By Kelleigh Nelson

April 30, 2024

Honesty is of God and dishonesty of the devil; the devil was a liar from the beginning.  —Joseph B. Wirthlin

When you’re a liar, a person of low moral fortitude, really any explanation you need to be true can be true. Especially if you’re smart enough. You can figure out a way to justify anything. —Samuel Witwer

Half a truth is often a great lie.  —Benjamin Franklin

By a lie, a man… annihilates his dignity as a man.  —Immanuel Kant, philosopher

America last. America last. That’s all this is. America last, every single day.  —Representative Marjorie Taylor Greene

By now, most Americans have figured out that our new Speaker of the House of Representatives lied to us, and not just once.

In his two-hour interview with Sean Hannity after he was elected, Johnson told host Hannity that, “Someone asked me today in the media, ‘People are curious, what does Mike Johnson think about any issue under the sun?’ I said, ‘Well, go pick up a Bible off your shelf and read it. That’s my worldview.’”

Really Speaker Johnson?  The Lord said, “Choose life!” But in 2022, you told Louisiana legislators that it wasn’t a right time to pass the bill abolishing abortion in your state, and you did this while a US Congressman.

Better take a look at Ecclesiastes 5:5 Mr. Speaker.  You have broken every promise you vowed to keep.  Yes, we can look in the Bible to know you and you seem cuddled up with the Stalinist demons of darkness.

Where are the J6 tapes you promised to release?

What have you done about election integrity?

Where is the border security you promised?  Proverbs 6:16-17.

What happened to Chip Roy (R-TX) and Byron Donalds (R-FL) working on plans for Continuing Resolutions cutting spending by eight percent and securing the border and protecting our military and veterans?  That was your stated promise in the Sean Hannity interview.

You haven’t provided even one dime to protect the southern border from the swarms of people entering the country illegally.

But all three men want to open and change our US Constitution.  Birds of a feather.

You, Mr. Speaker, and the Stalinist democrats, approved a nearly $100 billion foreign aid package that provides funding for Israel and Taiwan – but the bulk of the money is going to corrupt Ukraine – some $61 billion.

Promises, promises…all lies.

Tucker Carlson previously interviewed Bret Weinstein who had been to the Darien Gap at the request of Michael Yon.  The Weinstein interviews and the latest interview with Michael Yon should be seen by every American.

Who is facilitating the invasion and destruction of our country? Our own government!

Obama’s “fundamental transformation of America” is taking place before our eyes.

Watch the 58 second trailer of this Tucker Carlson interview with Michael Yon.

Johnson’s Personal Life

Normally, I’d consider personal life off target, but similar to former VP Mike Pence, Speaker Johnson lauds the fact that he’s a Christian and carries his Bible out front. It seems apparent that both he and Pence carry a knife behind their backs.

Johnson claims Christianity as his faith, but he is 52 and has a 40-year-old “adopted” black son who has a lengthy criminal record, lives in Los Angeles and has fathered four children. Speaker Johnson and his wife took custody of Michael Tirrell James, but never formally adopted him.  He is not included in their family pictures, by his own choice.

In 2022, the speaker revealed to media that he had installed “accountability software” between himself and his then 15-year-old biological son.  The surveillance software is called Covenant Eyes and is on devices in order to abstain from internet porn and other unsavory websites.  It is spyware. Covenant Eyes developed important relationships with Promise Keepers, Focus on the Family, churches and many other organizations.  Their founder is Ron DeHaas, an elder in his Calvinist Presbyterian Church.

Mike Johnson and his biological son, who is now 17, receive weekly reports on sites they’ve been to on their phones and computers.  One wonders if this includes his father’s political correspondence.  And why would anyone use this unless there was a problem?

Promise Keepers has a radical charismatic connection and promotes strong overt ecumenicism of the movement. One variation of the charismatic movement is the Vineyard movement, which has strong links to the Kansas City Prophets — a controversial cult claiming visions and revelations from God. They believe that God is giving new revelation today and that the miraculous signs of the early church should be normative for today. These beliefs have led to much confusion and error.

Treason

Johnson must think surveillance is just fine if he’s doing it with his son and vice versa, as he was the tie breaker to pass the reauthorization of section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA), without a requirement for warrants for surveillance on American citizens.  This was a massive betrayal of the fourth amendment.

In a highly unusual outcome, the amendment from Rep. Andy Biggs (R-AZ) to the reauthorization of the FISA Act tied at 212 — thereby failing. More than 80 Democrats joined with 128 Republicans in backing the measure, while 86 Republicans and 126 Democrats opposed it.

Face it! The betrayal is massive, and it’s not just the Stalinist Democrat Party; it is the majority of Trotskyite Republicans as well.  Our own country comes last with the representatives in both houses of Congress. Gaetz got rid of McCarthy, and we ended up with someone equally deceptive.

There is $61 billion more for Ukraine in this bill, bringing the total with armaments to over $250 billion given to the corrupt nation of Ukraine. (Zelensky just purchased the former home of Prince Charles and Diana.)  Israel will get $26.4 billion in aid and Taiwan will get $8 billion.

Johnson also buried $9 billion in aid to Gaza – meaning that money will be confiscated by Hamas.

Not a single penny went to secure our southern border.

Instead, Speaker Johnson actually endorsed the open border by making sure that another $4 billion is allocated for “migration and refugee assistance,” which is used by non-governmental organizations (NGOs) for the border invasion and migrant freebies.

The divvying up is this: $481 million in the Ukraine bill and $3.5 billion in the Israel bill.

Oh, and there’s $300 million for the State Border Guard and police…in Ukraine, not America.

In Rep. Andy Biggs’ (R-AZ) Washington Times article, Speaker Johnson’s Foreign Aid Bill is a Disaster, Andy explains where the funds are really going.

Cindy Dyer is the U.S. Ambassador-at-Large to Monitor and Combat Trafficking in Persons and appears to be highly qualified to lead that State Dept. office.  But it’s like pulling teeth to get this woman to talk about the mass human trafficking at our compromised southern border.

Tara Lee Rodas, who worked with the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Office of Refugee Resettlement to place unaccompanied migrant children with sponsors said, “Whether intentional or not, it can be argued that the US Government has become the middleman in a large scale, multi-billion-dollar, child trafficking operation run by bad actors seeking to profit off the lives of children.”

Chinese military, dangerous criminals, terrorists, and Mexican cartels are making tons of money in child trafficking and drugs as they pour across our southern border.

Our new Speaker spoke to Hakeem Jeffries, and said he would pray about the bill and how many Republicans he could deliver.  Apparently, Johnson believes the Lord told him to give billions of our tax dollars to Ukraine and Gaza and to ignore the invasion of our nation.

Democrats cheered this recent foreign aid bill and waved Ukrainian flags in the House.

Joe Biden lauded the Speaker and signed the bill.

Senator Schumer heaped praise on Johnson’s bi-partisan efforts.

Speaker Johnson has sided with the Stalinist Democrats who are decimating our country.

“Republican House Speaker Mike Johnson, has come under scrutiny following revelations that he received significant campaign contributions from a foreign lobby group, particularly known for its pro-foreign policy stance. According to analysis conducted by The Intercept based on Federal Election Commission records, this lobby group donated approximately $95,000 to Johnson’s campaign in November of last year.” Link

“In a shockingly short period of time, Speaker Johnson went from a MAGA hopeful to a Deep State stooge.”   Scott Adams explains in layman terms how the CIA ‘captures’ our lawmakers right under our nose.

Betrayal

Rep. Thomas Massie (R-KY) was threatened with a $500 fine for posting evidence of Congressional treason with the betrayal of lawmakers waving Ukrainian flags in celebration of them passing a $95 billion foreign aid package for Ukraine and Israel.

Dinesh D’Souza reposted it on X after Massie was told by Johnson to take it down.

Johnson had to walk back the fine as there was outrage from the GOP.  Instead of securing the border, Johnson caved to the Democrats.

Where in the Constitution is it legal to give tax dollars to foreign countries, and why is it that only Israel ever repays the funds and favors?

Our nation’s elected representatives are selling us down the river.  They’re all in on it, other than a small handful, and Matt Rosendale, one of the good guys, is leaving at the end of the year.

Our national debt is at the untenable amount of $35 trillion, yet they’re giving away borrowed money that is losing more value every day.  Inflation and shrinkflation are taxing the public into the poor house.

We’re looking at becoming the Weimar Republic in more ways than one, with hyper-inflation, Nazi rise and ultimate collapse.

Leo Hohmann writes, “Included in the package is $300 million to protect Ukraine’s border with Poland. This $300 million will be used to keep Ukrainians from fleeing into Poland to escape the military draft, which sends them into the meatgrinder and certain death at the front with a superior Russian military. No matter how hard they try to serve it up on a pretty platter, it doesn’t get any more evil than this.”

Leo ends his latest article with, “As the Bible says, woe to those who call good evil and evil good. Our politicians are on a mission to crash and burn what’s left of Western civilization.”

Johnson blew any border security leverage we had with his betrayal of the American people.

Johnson’s Advisors

Breitbart reports that Johnson’s top policy adviser is a former lobbyist who has corporate interests in the Ukraine War.  Dan Ziegler was previously executive director of the conservative Republican Study Committee that Johnson chaired from 2019 to 2021, and he left the Hill in December to join Williams and Jensen as a principal.

As a lobbyist with Williams and Jensen, Ziegler had a client list prone to support the Ukraine funding.  Here is a list of the groups and corporations who have retained them. Ziegler is a Heritage Action and American Energy Alliance alum, who lobbied for a range of health care clients, including Pfizer, Merck, Sanofi (the one Dr. Robert Malone loves), Owens & Minor, Eli Lilly, Novo Nordisk, PhRMA, Amgen and Elevance Health, in addition to companies like Visa, Vanguard Group, Bloom Energy and W Diamond Corporation.  (Heritage Action is a sister organization of controlled-opposition Heritage Foundation.)

According to a recent Breitbart article, Ziegler also represented News Media Alliance which was lobbying congress back when Ziegler worked for Williams and Jensen, to promote a very dangerous proposal that would silence conservative media. The proposal is called the Journalism Competition & Preservation Act (JCPA).  It has failed, but keeps coming back.

Johnson has several neo-con backers in his party.  House Foreign Affairs Committee Chairman Rep. Michael McCaul (R-TX) attacked conservatives who were against this horrendous bill in order to achieve passage.  He even launched an “unhinged attack” on Sen. J.D. Vance (R-OH) over Ukraine aid.  McCaul endorsed the bill before even having seen it.

Dan Ziegler and Josh Hodges are the top aides to Johnson and influence how he votes.  Hodges is Johnson’s National Security Adviser but reports to Ziegler.  Breitbart states, “Hodges is the brain behind many of the most controversial Johnson policy decisions related to funding foreign wars, FISA, foreign affairs, and national security, a source familiar with the Speaker’s office’s inner workings told Breitbart News. According to Legistorm, Hodges handles Johnson’s armed forces and national security portfolios.”

Both Zeigler and Hodges advocate the votes we’ve seen Johnson make. Johnson’s Deputy Chief of Staff for communications, Raj Shah, has refused to answer any questions.  After Shah left Trump’s White House, he went to work for Fox News with Paul Ryan.  Shah called out Massie and Greene for their threats to oust Johnson. Knowing that Ryan and Mike Pence were good friends in Congress doesn’t make me feel all warm and cuddly about Shah, much less about Ziegler and Hodges.

In Rep. Greene’s (R-GA) interview with Tucker Carlson, she claimed that Mike Johnson often speaks with Biden’s National Security Adviser, Jake Sullivan.  ABC reported that Sullivan “pushed” Johnson to put a bipartisan foreign aid bill to a vote.  He has been an adviser to Hillary Clinton, Barack Obama and Joe Biden.  He clerked for former Associate Justice Stephen Breyer.  Sullivan is a Rhodes scholar and earned his law degree at Yale.  He was an editor of the Yale Law Journal and the Yale Daily News. He interned at the globalist Council on Foreign Relations, and often writes for their Foreign Affairs Magazine.

Sullivan was a State Department official under then-U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton when in 2012, four Americans were killed in the terrorist attack on the U.S. consulate in Benghazi, Libya.  In 2015, he was called to testify before the U.S. House Select Committee on Benghazi.  Sullivan’s testimony became part of the Committee’s final report that concluded Clinton and Sullivan may have sent highly classified information using unsecured private emails rather than through secure government servers.

Jake speaks often at the Brookings Institute regarding the Biden administration’s international agenda.  Its largest contributors include the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, the William and Flora Hewlett Foundation, the Hutchins Family Foundation, JPMorgan Chase, the LEGO Foundation, David Rubenstein, State of Qatar, and John L. Thornton.

Even Mike Pompeo and the Stalinist owned intel community impressed upon Johnson the urgent need to approve assistance for Ukraine in its fight against Russia’s invasion.

Edward Snowden says Johnson is a textbook case of Congressional capture.  Revolver News explains, “In short, ‘Congressional capture’ is when lawmakers or legislative bodies fall under the heavy influence of outside interests, like big corporations, special interest groups, or US intel. These influences ensure that their agendas take precedence over the public’s needs. In simple terms, this means certain policies or laws that favor these groups are advanced, while criticism or resistance is quietly suppressed. Suddenly, their most ferocious critics become their biggest cheerleaders.”

We’re $35 trillion in debt, but that doesn’t even stop them!  These are inflationary dollars they’re printing with no backing.

This is the Weimar Republic’s hyperinflation in America!

There is no accounting for any of the money given to Ukraine.

And no audits of the US funding.

This could be one of the greatest financial frauds in US history – Next to the Biden COVID assistance fraud.  Link

Plenty of Republicans are angry. Tennessee’s own Andy Ogles, (R-TN) believes Johnson is giving up a significant negotiation tool without addressing the border crisis in these bills.  Andy is part of the hardline Freedom Caucus and he believes that Ukraine should look for its money elsewhere.

The new “Christian Conservative Constitutional Attorney” is fulfilling the dreams of the Democrat Party while making Matt Gaetz’ removal of Kevin McCarthy look downright stupid.

Conclusion

President Trump said, “I stand with the Speaker,” and “Johnson is doing a very good job.”

Sorry President Trump, but Mike Johnson is being controlled by the very people stabbing you in the back.

Giving Biden’s political gestapo a brand-new FBI building bigger than the Pentagon, while not providing a dime to protect the southern border from the swarms of people entering the country illegally, is doing a “good job?

Meanwhile, Chinese military, dangerous criminals, terrorists, and Mexican cartels are making tons of money in child trafficking and drugs as they pour across our southern border.

This administration invited this invasion, and Speaker Johnson is complicit.

© 2024 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: radiok@comcast.net

by Dan Titus

April 30, 2024

On September 20, 2023, the Biden administration met at the Sustainable Development Summit in New York with the goal of recommitting to the [United Nations] 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development and the Sustainable Development Goals—SDGs. A White House fact sheet stated, “The United States is committed to the full implementation of 2030 Agenda and the SDGs, at home and abroad… At their core, the SDGs seek to:

♦ Expand economic opportunity – This means public-private partnerships, which is crony capitalism. In this scheme there are winners and losers, where profits are privatized and losses are socialized on the backs of middle-class Americans.

♦ Advance social justice – This means placating and advancing people based on their skin color. At its core it is discriminatory.

♦ Promote good governance – This skirts our elected form of government and injects unelected special interest initiatives into our lives, where no one gets to vote.

♦ Ensure no one is left behind – This means catering to protected classes and minorities in order to create “capacity building” for initiatives and redistributive wealth schemes. Under Diversity and Inclusion (DEI), these classes are awarded “equity” and “inclusion” based on their skin color.

In a Ping-Pong game of executive orders, President Obama put the federal agencies into the SDGs; President Trump got SDGs out; President Biden put them back in during the first week of his administration. Congress has done nothing to reel them in.

Biden sent an envoy to California to study what the state has done with its radical climate bills in order to put the ideas to work in the $1.2 trillion dollar Infrastructure Bill and the $720 billion dollar Inflation Reduction Act. In order to “incentivize” states, the federal government offers grants for voluntary, nonbinding, United Nations SDGs. In other words, states don’t have to do this; however, they sell out for the money.

In order to take advantage of bribe money called grants, States have inserted themselves into California-style climate action plans to reduce arbitrary greenhouse gas emissions (GHGs). People can no longer say, “It’s just happening in California.” You are California…

According to the EPA, “States submitted climate action plans under President Biden’s Inflation Reduction Act. In 2023, under the first phase of the $5 billion program, EPA made a total of $250 million in grants available to states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, 80 MSAs, four territories, and over 200 Tribes and Tribal consortia to develop ambitious climate action plans that address greenhouse gas emissions. 45 states are now covered by a climate action plan. 5 states: Florida, Iowa, Kentucky, South Dakota and Wyoming decided not to participate.”

There’s capitalism; everything else is collectivism

Sustainability is collectivism: It’s a worldview where free individuals must give up their rights and private property for the collective good; where everyone is equal—equally poor. It is antithetical to the United States Constitution; therefore, it is unconstitutional. Even though it’s voluntary, that does not stop its implementation by the government.

Sustainability can be defined as artificial scarcity under the guise of conservation. Its goal is transformation through control of society by behavior modification and social engineering. It is using less of everything: Less food, less energy, less choice, less water, less mobility and less freedom. At its core, its rationing, all contrived by unelected agencies, boards, bodies, commissions, nonprofit corporations, international non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and Indian tribes. This ‘governance’ is designed to replace our representative form of ‘government’ by turning elected public officials into to rubber stamps, installing prepackaged solutions, for problems that don’t exist.

Once climate actions plans become law or have ordinances attached to them, property owners will have a difficult time unwinding them. Ordinances are now being drafted in the city of Rancho Cucamonga, California.

Rancho Cucamonga, California: A Climate Action Plan (CAP) Case Study

CAPs are being accomplished at the state and local level. For example, the city of Rancho Cucamonga, California has added a CAP to its comprehensive General Plan Update as a “companion”. Now, the city is drafting administrative ordinances to it. See the article titled, Climate Change: Rancho Cucamonga Proposing Questionable “Mandatory” Tax & Fees on Residential and Commercial Property, which was predicated on a letter sent to the city (see link below) council contesting ordinances for the CAP.

How to push back: Steps to review and critique a CAP

1- Download the city CAP.

2- Download the letter to the city council denoting page references to the CAP for comparison.

3- Find your “EPA” State CAP and/or city/county CAP, download it and start your critique using the example above. Your city/county CAP will be at their website. Google your city/county name and the words, “Climate Action Plan”.

4- Send or deliver your CAP critique to your local state representative and demand to know how it got into the state and tell them to get rid of it because it surrenders everyone’s property rights, protected by the Constitution, to the United Nations. If you email, be sure to confirm that the recipient received the message. Type at the top of the page “please confirm receipt of this email and distribution.”

As you do your review, consider these questions:

♦ Are Climate Action Plans (CAPs) mandatory?
♦ Are Green House Reductions (GHG) mandatory?
♦ Are ordinances in CAPs mandatory?

Answers: NO, NO and NO…

[BIO: Dan Titus is affiliated with the American Coalition for Sustainable Communities (ACSC). Their mission is sustaining representative government; not governance, by collectivist-oriented unelected agencies and commissions.]

© 2024 Dan Titus – All Rights Reserved

Email Dan Titus: contact@americanpolicy.org

By: Devvy

April 29, 2024

“The planter, the farmer, the mechanic, and the laborer… form the great body of the people of the United States, they are the bone and sinew of the country men who love liberty and desire nothing but equal rights and equal laws.” —President Andrew Jackson

The first of the job and sovereignty killing treaties so innocently called an agreement was NAFTA. Official title: North American Free Trade Agreement. In reality: No American Factories Taking Applications. That unconstitutional tool of the global elite was pushed through by globalist Newt Get-Rich, Sean Hannity’s buddy.  Who Is the Real Newt Gingrich?

Marxist Bill Clinton signed it into “law” in December 1993. Thus began the massive destruction of the three job sectors that made America the most prosperous nation on the face of this earth: manufacturing, industrial and agriculture.

In 2011, a bill was introduced in Congress to finally get us out. It got zero attention from the prostitute media including FOX. Too many Americans pay little to no attention to bills sitting in the biggest whore house on the planet- except for hot button issues like abortion. The bill went nowhere as there were too few of us to make it happen.

H.R. 29: To provide for the withdrawal of the United States from the North American Free Trade Agreement

The bill had 10 co-sponsors. Two Republicans, Rep. Ron Paul [TX] and Rep. Walter Jones [NC].  By 2011, NAFTA had ravaged our most important job sectors that made America great. HUNDREDS OF THOUSANDS of jobs were gone for cheap labor in Mexico and Canada.

I’ve driven through so many towns, particularly in Ohio, North and South Carolina and PA that were simply decimated within a few years after the passage of that “free” trade monster.  What was left after factories closed down were junk joints (fast “food”), a diner, maybe two gas stations, a small bank, school.  Tens of thousands of jobs were created for workers in foreign countries while America began its journey to destruction.

NAFTA was going to bring a new form of prosperity to Americans. Create thousands of new jobs!  Well, just the opposite happened as good paying jobs were outsourced. At the time of passage, factory workers averaged $18.00 per hour with benefits (for most, not all) while cheap labor in Mexico paid $3.00 per hour for the same job.  Factories closed down faster than one could count. Employers could not compete against slave wages in Mexico.  Our textile industry was utterly destroyed and most cotton grown here thanks to American cotton farmers, was going to foreign countries after NAFTA & WTO.

During the hearings on that monster, GATT/WTO*, French billionaire financier, the late Sir James Goldsmith, testified in front of Ernest Hollings committee. He demonstrated that GATT would gut the American textile market. The following are some quotes from the Washington Times, Dec. 6, 1993, which accurately reflect Sir Goldsmith’s statements during the hearings:

“Global free trade will force the poor of the rich countries to subsidize the rich in poor countries. What GATT means is that our national wealth, accumulated over centuries, will be transferred from a developed country like Britain to developing countries like Communist China, now building its first oceangoing navy in 500 years. China, with its 1.2 billion people, three Indochinese states with 900 million, the former Soviet republics with some 300 million, and many more can supply skilled labor for a fraction of Western costs. Five dollars in Communist China is the equivalent of a $100 wage in Europe.

“It is quite amazing that GATT is sowing the seeds for global social upheaval and that it is not even the subject of debate in America…If the masses understood the truth about GATT, there would be blood in the streets of many capitals. A healthy national economy has to produce a large part of its own needs. It cannot simply import what it needs and use its labor force to provide services for other countries. We have to rethink from top to bottom why we have elevated global free trade to the status of sacred cow, or moral dogma. It is a fatally flawed concept that will impoverish and destabilize the industrialized world while cruelly ravaging the Third World.”

How right the late Sir James Goldsmith was and this human invasion flooding our borders by design is another nail in our coffin.  Cheap, mostly illiterate workers, not to mention terrorists.

The clothes made from cotton in factories HERE were now being made in Mexico, Communist China, India and other foreign countries and shipped back to the U.S. Instead of Americans holding good factory jobs in so many capacities, they lost their jobs but got to buy cheap CRAP from ChinaMart aka Walmart they used to make.  Steel mills which paid excellent wages and a product so needed in this country.  Gone.

Family businesses in smaller cities and towns shuttered while major sell-out, China Mart, came in and destroyed them. Thomas Smith’s generations family-owned business downtown couldn’t compete with “cheap” from Mexico and then an avalanche from commie China. Thomas ended up working as a cashier at Walmart.  Minimum wage, had to sell the house and move family into a dump in a bad part of town.

This happened all over this country. Companies that had provided good paying jobs with benefits where Americans worked 20, 25 or more years. Good job security. After NAFTA was signed, farmers in Florida plowed under thousands of tons of tomatoes. I wrote extensively about it after I got my first PC and put up my web site, July 4, 1998.  They couldn’t compete with paying a decent wage and benefits to their workers up against cheap coming out of Mexico.

Trade surpluses that were going to grow like weeds once NAFTA was passed was a bust. A little over 60% of jobs primarily in the mid-West were gone by 2010.  Go look at this web site.  See all those imports – all those products that used to be made here, the money stayed here and not going into the pockets of tyrants and commie countries like China.  By 2012, U.S. auto jobs: 39.1% had gone to Mexico.

Before selling out the American worker prior to NAFTA (which went into effect on Jan. 1, 1994), we had a small trade surplus with Mexico at about $10 million dollars.  By 2007 that surplus blew up to a $91 BILLION dollar deficit and that didn’t include our deficit with Canada. What a deal! A 691% increase for our deficit with Mexico and Canada while Americans continued to reelect the same nation wreckers back to CON-gress who destroyed millions of jobs and drove down wages.

But Americans got cheap goods! Cheap CRAP from slave labor over in Communist China only it wasn’t so cheap after all.  Over the decades I’ve done price checking at stores like Macy’s, Target and compared price tags from before NAFTA and know what?  A dress from China was more expensive than before GATT (General Agreement on Tariffs & trade) and the WTO (World Trade Organization).  Prior to joining GATT/WTO, 97% of all shoes sold in this country were made in America, employed Americans and the profits stayed here.  Profits American companies used to hire and pay decent wages.

One book that stands out on this issue is America’s Projectionist Takeoff 1815- 1914: The Neglected American School of Political Economy by Michael Hudson. I invite you to read the comments about Hudson’s book; it really is a must read. What made us a power house has been destroyed since 1994 and yet, every two years the American people who have suffered so badly because of all those treaties continue to reelect the same liars, thieves and crooks back to the House of Representatives and Senate who have taken us to poverty with more coming.

Patrick Buchanan explains it perfectly:

“Seems that, despite the academic consensus that free trade is win-win for all, free trade is not free. Great nations that have risen to global power by protecting their manufacturing, like Britain in the early 19th century, have begun their relative decline when they embraced free trade. Between 1870 and 1914, projectionist America and Germany both shoved Britain aside.

“Since Y2K, China, which protects its industrial base by keeping its currency artificially cheap, has surged past Italy, Britain, France, Germany and Japan to become the world’s second largest economy. And they are gaining steadily on us. Free trade appears to be the policy of fading nations.

“Perhaps it is time for a profit and loss statement of its costs and benefits. Undeniably, free trade has been a bonanza for the top 1 percent and many among our top 10 percent. As U.S. manufacturers shut down scores of thousands of U.S. factories to finance new plants in Asia, their production costs plummeted. Wages and benefits for Asians were, and are still, but a fraction of those of American workers.

“Health, safety and environmental standards were in some cases almost nonexistent. The eight-story garment factory in Bangladesh that collapsed in April, killing 1,100 workers, mostly women, and injuring another 2,500, would never have passed a U.S. building inspection.

“After having shifted production overseas and dramatically lowered costs, U.S. transnationals saw a surge in profits. These were used to push corporate salaries into the stratosphere, increase dividends to shareholders, and keep the Washington lobbyists working the Hill day and night for fast track and free trade. And the lifestyle of our corporate elites changed. Where their fathers walked sooty factory floors in smokestack towns in World War II, these masters of the universe fly Gulfstream Vs to Davos and Dubai to dine with titled Europeans, Saudi princes and Chinese billionaires.

“These are America’s winners from free trade. The losers? Middle Americans. The average U.S. family has not seen a rise in real wages in 40 years. This is directly traceable to the loss of more than one-third of all U.S. manufacturing jobs. And that loss, that deindustrialization of America, is directly tied to the $10 trillion in trade deficits since Bush I.

“Writers who celebrate how U.S. imports have risen in this month or that year almost never mention the trade deficit for this month or that year. Perhaps that is because the United States has not run a trade surplus in four decades, whereas, in the first 70 years of the 20th century, we never ran a trade deficit. Trade surpluses add to GDP; trade deficits subtract from GDP.

“And when in a company town the company closes the factory, the town often dies. And all the little satellite businesses — bars, diners, food stores, pharmacies — that rose around the factory, they die, too. “The tombstones of countless dead towns across America should read: Killed by Free Trade. Tenured economists on college campuses call this “creative destruction.” End of excerpt.

Because labor was/is so cheap in Mexico, former “American” companies like Coca Cola, RCA, GM, GE, Ford, just to name a few – all opened assembly plants in Mexico and Ross Perot’s “great sucking sound” became a reality.

President-Elect (He fairly won in 2020) President Trump promised to get us out of NAFTA.  Once again, he depended on ‘trusted’ advisers like billionaire globalist Wilbur Ross, 81 at the time, who became Trump’s Secty of Commerce.  Trump did get rid of NAFTA and it was replaced with a job and sovereignty killing beast:  The USMCA “Trade Agreement” Violates Our Constitution And Sets Up Global Government, Jan. 15, 2019 – “(United States-Mexico-Canada Trade Agreement) was negotiated by U.S. Trade Representative, Robert Lighthizer.  He is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations, which works to move the United States into the North American Union (NAU).[1]”

USMCA “Trade Agreement”, the North American Union, an Article V convention, and Red Flag Laws:  Connecting the Dots, Dec. 10, 2019

The other thing NAFTA and subsequent treaties did was scatter families all over the country. As factories and steel mills closed down, families who lived close to each other, well, off they went to big cities to find work. Close families for generations became far away strangers. Family farmers suffered terribly as big ag started taking over and America’s youth no longer wanted to be part of family farming or ranching.  If people could actually see what goes on at factory farming operations.  There’s humane and then there’s cruelty.

A massive culture shift

Not long after NAFTA, CAFTA, GATT/WTO, along came the home computer. It wasn’t bad enough cable TV had been pumping filth and garbage into American homes after ‘free’ TV disappeared.  (All of a sudden, we had ‘cable TV’ so pay up.) The Internet has become one-stop shopping for scams, propaganda, filthy porn, including kiddie porn.  Even way back then I watched some MTV to see why parents were so upset.  What trash and teens as well as young adults were drowning in broadcast on MTV and it continues today.

Mostly naked young girls gyrating like strippers in “music” videos, rap crap. I never allowed my daughter to watch a minute of it. I’m very fortunate my daughter was in gifted and talented programs from age 5 on. Private Christian schools, a heavy financial burden on me; a single mother with no child support coming in.  She later went to college on scholarships because of her very high grades.  Now she’s a math dept head at one of the biggest school districts in a major city as well as an adjunct professor at a local college.

I don’t think she’s watched the propaganda box (TV) five hours a week her whole life.  Our public library was well used by us.  Kids who read succeed.  Now she is Dr. _______ (for privacy reasons I won’t use her name).  All the credit goes to her and all the hard work and dedication she put forth to get her Ph.D.

By the time home PC’s took off, suddenly a massive push by parents engulfed the country:  Every young person must go to college. “Kenny (or Jannie) is the first person in our family to go to college.”  It almost became a status symbol even though too many were/are so under educated, they dropped out after signing student loans they couldn’t pay. Because they know they’re never going to get to graduation, too many end up as nothing but party animals pumping their bodies full of booze, drugs and STDs.

What job sector suffered the most for decades now? The ‘trades’.  Electricians, plumbers, mechanics to name a few.  I read an article a few years ago about a man who owned a cabinet company.  He was lamenting he couldn’t find qualified men or women (high school graduates) because they couldn’t even read a ruler properly to take measurements.  He went on to say what a shame about public education that doesn’t teach and prepare kids for the real world.

But, I’m happy to report that over the past five, six years more and more young Americans – an encouraging number of them known as Gen Z – are attending trade schools or getting trucker’s licenses.  Despite pressure from family to go to college (and if you don’t, you’ll be a loser!), they’re saying no, that’s not what I want. Kudos to them.  University isn’t for everyone.  A good plumber apprentice in a large city (100 miles north of me) can start making $75,000 a year and no student loan debt.

Gen Zers are ‘catching the wave’ of blue-collar jobs that AI can’t take, tech CEO says – People are ‘understanding the need for trades,’ Lincoln Tech CEO Scott Shaw says, April 28, 2024 // Welders and blue collar trade jobs are in high demand, Gen Z is answering the call, April , 2024

Yes, certain careers do require college. Lawyers, doctors, scientists and vets to name a few.  Right now, nationwide there is a MASSIVE shortage of veterinarians.  It’s a real serious problem – especially where I live in the Permian Basin in W. Texas.  Currently, there’s about a 30% deficit for number of vets needed throughout the country.  Veterinarian Shortage Risks Pet Lives

America’s history

Our constitutional republic and the colonies were birthed by wise intelligent men who fully understood why we needed to protect our important job sectors which is why immigrants who could contribute and work making ships, buildings, merchants, etc, were welcomed. Parasites looking to exist off someone else’s labor were not welcome.

Yes, it was a tumultuous time in our history.  Robber barons proliferated because wealth meant everything to them. I doubt there’s a country on this planet that doesn’t have shameful policies/history (like slavery which is still a thriving industry in some countries today) that eventually were corrected for the better.  Building railroads and expanding this new country was based on growing our own food, industry and manufacturing what we needed while the wealth stayed here.

“The measure of the wealth of a nation is indicated by the measure of its protection of its industry; the measure of the poverty of a nation is marked by the degree in which it neglects and abandons the care of its own industry, leaving it exposed to the action of foreign powers.” Congressman Henry Clay, 1824

That’s exactly what’s happened to America courtesy of corrupt political whores in CON-gress for more than a hundred years. Let’s not forget what the unconstitutional, privately owned “Federal” Reserve has done to our farmers.  This is a MUST read column, May 7, 2005:  The Fed & The Farmer.  It’s most unfortunate former Congressman Ron Paul’s abolish the fed bill in 2007 didn’t have a single co-sponsor. If Trump gets fairly elected, one of his top priorities MUST be – as the leader of the Republican Party – is to hammer on CON-gress to abolish the “Fed” and free Americans from the bondage of a central bank.

The same as we must get out of all those destructive “free” trade treaties and NATO which is nothing but a big money war machine.

We the people must continue telling retailers:  I want Made in America. I’ll find what I need on-line.  More and more companies are manufacturing here at home and the power of our wallets is key to making it happen.  There is nothing wrong with fair trade but it’s long past time to put America first to make America great again for ALL Americans.  Illegal aliens do not count as they have NO right to even be on U.S. soil. They need to be deported.

This is how you create jobs in America, Dec. 8, 2013: “For example, if a factory that employs 10,000 Americans moves to Asia, we’re not just putting Americans out of work. We’re also losing all the taxes those employees would have paid, those the workers at their suppliers would have paid, and so on. That web of economic activity not only disappears, but so do the tax revenues that would have been collected!

“Thus, the more that is Made in USA, the more tax revenue the government collects. Indeed, the correlation between the rise of the budget deficit (excluding Social Security transfers) and the trade deficit since 1970 is very tight. We not only vote USA when we purchase Made in USA, we add tax revenue to the government without raising taxes!”

Heed these words of wisdom from Thomas Jefferson: “He, therefore, who is now against domestic manufacture, must be for reducing us either to dependence on that foreign nation, or be clothed in skins, and to live like beasts in dens and caverns. I am not one of those.”

I’ll always remember this snot nosed male caller while a guest on a radio show.  I don’t want to work on no damn farm or factory he proclaimed in an angry voice.  No one is forcing you. It was okay for our grand parents and even many generations back to work in factories or mills which provided good pay for a day’s honest work. And still today we don’t give enough thanks for those who work in coal mines. Grandparents who didn’t go hungry and neither did their kids – your parents.  There was/is no shame working in manufacturing or industrial.  Farming and ranching are a tough life and ours feed us and many around the world.

The caller made his living in the tech world which is fine.  Say, how do those computer chips taste? Need a plumber, buddy?  Oops, none available until next week because everyone wants to work in the tech world.  When there’s a depression (I won’t even get into that now) or some catastrophic event like a massive earthquake hitting the New Madrid Seismic Zone, can you feed yourself and your family?  Supply chain obliterated.

From the beginning new Americans were tough and self-sufficient. They had to be and what made America so great and debt free were our three most important job sectors.  We are a nation blessed by God with natural resources, creative minds and those who choose independence over dependence.

“I prefer dangerous freedom over peaceful slavery.” —Thomas Jefferson.

Today we see too many pansies and empty heads who couldn’t figure out how to open an umbrella who have little to no work ethic. Can’t get a signal for their fancy IPhone or Smart Phone and they have to go to the ER for stress.

Thomas Jefferson also firmly believed agriculture is the lifeblood of a country.  Support local farms and ranchers. Tell your grocery store manager you want grown in America just as I’ve been doing the past 30 years. What you need and what you want are two different things. And try to find a butcher: Do you sell cattle meat that’s been injected with the mRNA vaccine?  (Illegal here in Texas.) Same as for pigs; swine industry had been shooting them up since 2018.

Make America great again means buying American even if you have to spend extra time searching on-line.  Here and there I have purchased foreign products but I’m very careful in researching the company.

THERE IS NO REASON FOR POVERTY IN AMERICA. When America started shifting to an entertainment-based economy and outsourcing good jobs, I thought, you just wait a few years and We the People will have to depend on foreign countries – many our enemies unless we keep feeding them our paychecks in the form of unconstitutional “foreign aid” – for just about everything.

We have a massive number of Americans sick and dying who depend on a lot of medications that should be made here and not by the commies in China.  Problems with the supply chain or a cargo ship hitting a bridge that’s loaded with foreign cars, clothes – you name it.  We manufacture here, the money stays here and jobs are created for Americans. Our road warriors (truckers) and rail lines deliver for our people.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

*GATT: General Agreement on Tariffs & Trade. WTO: World Trade Organization whose cut off our nuts repeatedly hurting our job sectors.

Made in USA.com

Made in America Store

I’m not sure how many on this list are still in business as I quit updating it years ago; had no one to do the posting.  But, check them out as well as the others.

Mike Rowe Contrasts Today’s Liberal College Campuses with Trade Schools Where He is “Pleased to Report, No One is Calling for the Extermination of Jews”, April 23, 2024

TV Host Mike Rowe weighs in on Gen Z gravitating toward trade jobs, April 1, 2024

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 29, 2024

Part 3: What’s coming will cause you to have an upset stomach along with an upset mind.

“Those who contemplate the beauty of the earth find reserves of strength that will endure as long as life lasts. There is something infinitely healing in the repeated refrains of nature — the assurance that dawn comes after night, and spring after winter.” ― Rachel Carson, Silent Spring

Growing up on a farm in LeRoy, Michigan, population 500 farmers, I got close to the Earth.  I helped my parents plant a quarter-acre  garden every spring.  Nothing like getting your hands dirty in the dark riches of organic soil!

As the peas, tomatoes, corn, cabbage, squash, green beans, strawberries, and cucumbers broke through to the surface, I witnessed “life” springing toward the light. I used a hoe to cull back the weeds. I picked the caterpillars off the tomato leaves. I watched the summer rains soaking the good earth until it burst forth with its green abundance.

In the autumn, mom grabbed the Ball Jars out of the cellar.  We prepared all those vegetable for canning.  Family effort.  We picked blackberries and raspberries out of the deep woods on our farm.  We still own that 80 acres with its big 120 year old farm house.  It used be warmed by a wood burning furnace. I used the outhouse until  I was seven.  Once we installed a toilet and shower, well, I pretty much felt that I had made it to heaven.

For certain, I wish every American kid could grow up on a farm. You get to see chickens hatch. You get to gather eggs.  You get to see baby sheep and calves being born.  You get to tap tree sap from the trees and boil it down to rich maple syrup.  I think it tastes better when you do it yourself.  Did you know that it takes 40 gallons of tree sap to boil down to one  gallon of maple syrup?  That’s  why it costs so much in the grocery store.

As a teen, I drove a big green John Deere tractor, 1949 B, dawn to dusk. I cut hay, I baled hay, I mowed hay up the the rafters in grandpas big barn. I planted corn. I cultivated it. I cut it and brought it to silage in the silo. I dug potatoes and got 2 cents a bushel for cucumbers.  My brother Rex and I shoveled a lot of cow, horse and pig manure!  We spread it all over the back 100 acres to feed the soil with nutrients.  I milked a lot of cows with my grandpa Jesse Ward Johnson.  He worked every day of his life until he died.  I always looked up to him.

When I look at all the kids today bending their necks 10 hours a day with their fancy cell phones, I can’t help but feel pity for their lack of growing up on a farm.  It grounds you!  It gives you purpose because the day isn’t done until  the chores are completed.  It keeps you in touch with the Earth. It balances you.  It gives you an appreciation of all four seasons.

So, what does that have to do with “Earth Day 2050?”

Have you thought about 26 years from now?  Do you understand the United States faces horrendous consequences as to what its leaders are doing to all of us?  Have you thought about what’s  coming?

As it Part 1 of this series, you saw that a mere 3.5 billion humans lived on this planet in 1970.  A scant 195 million Americans occupied the lower 48 states.  Now, we house 350 million plus another 40 million illegal aliens in our country.  Do you understand that we grow by 4 million more people annually, net gain?   Do the math: 4 million by 26 years gives you 100,000,000 more “resource competitors” who will demand an incredible amount of food, water, resources and energy.

But no one is talking about it. Why?  There’s not a single TV program  mentioning what’s going to happen to this country in 26 years with such a horrendous population overload. Ted Nye, the science guy, on NPR won’t speak to it.  Those news boys and girls at “60 Minutes” avoid anyone who  wants to address it.  I’ve  tried for 20 years to interview on “60 Minutes.”  They run from my three books showing exactly what we’re facing.  They keep the American people deliberately ignorant as to  what’s coming to our civilization.  They won’t interview the top 20 population specialists that I have offered them.

Sure, the weather people warn you about snow and rain storms to save you from disaster.  They warn you about tornadoes so you can run.  But not a single one of them will educate you as to the horrendous amount of people about to land on America in 26 short years.

Here’s one reported by NPR last week: we lose 3,500 square miles of wilderness every ten years to growth in our society.   That’s a lot of land. That’s millions of new houses, new roads, new resource competitors.   Where do the animals go?  Answer: they go extinct.

There’s nobody talking about the fact that the Colorado River cannot feed another 20 million people about to land on California in the next 26 years. They  will  jump from 39 million to 59 million people.

And yet, our “brilliantly moronic Congress” keeps importing millions upon millions of refugees as if THAT will solve our already overwhelmed society.  Our dementia-plagued President Biden commits every child living in 2050 to a totally unstable and unsustainable civilization in a mere 26 years.  He’s that stupid, that inept and that incompetent. Or, at least his handlers choose this insane path, the ones who are actually running this country.   But half this country will vote for him and support him.  Are we screwed or what?

Part 4: In part four of this series, I’m going to cover the extent of the crises that your kids will be experiencing.  I’m going to ask you to understand what our airports are going to look like with millions of more planes flying the friendly skies. I’m  going to refer you to books that will scare the pants off of you.  I’m going to show you what happens when you lack water for drinking and flushing.  Whether it’s catastrophic climate destabilization, no more gasoline, and no more of the resources to create batteries or plumbing or wiring—-that’s  what you’re facing 26 years from now.

• “The greatest threat to our planet is the belief that someone else will save it.” — Robert Swan
• “Is the spring coming?” he said. “What is it like?”… “It is the sun shining on the rain and the rain falling on the sunshine…” ― Frances Hodgson Burnett, The Secret Garden
• “We are on Earth to take care of life. We are on Earth to take care of each other.” — Xiye Bastida
• “In every walk with nature, one receives far more than he seeks.” — John Muir

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

© 2024 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

April 28, 2024

Do you value freedom of speech? Do you think that political correctness has gone too far? Are you frustrated with the rhetoric of social justice warriors? Are you looking for ways to cut through all the PC confusion with clarity and truth? You are not alone.

No one likes to be offended.

“Sticks and stones may break my bones, but words will never hurt me” is actually not true, even though it’s a useful verse to teach children not to retaliate against insults with violence.

[The full text of this essay is below the video.]

Words can indeed hurt and wound, and many young people today are quick to point out that they are offended in a large variety of ways, and fully expect profuse apologies from the offenders.

Those who find that they’ve given offense are often good-hearted people who have no desire to harm others, and thus they typically apologize. No one wants to be an “offensive” person, or a racist, bigot, sexist, homophobe, transphobe, Islamophobe, cultural appropriator, or any other possible category of “badness.”

Human beings have a deeply rooted sensitivity to the beauty and value of love, which is actually humanity’s great hope to finally leave violence behind and grow as a species to the point where a world of love is possible. It’s rare to find a person who would honestly say that their deepest desire every day is to harm others, including children, and most especially puppies. We have a sense of pride that we should at least appear to be good, and usually agree with the idea that it is good to be good.

Thus, very few people experience real, deep, lasting joy when they offend others.

This is why the current culture of political correctness is so powerful. Being called a racist, a bigot, a sexist, or a hater is deeply troubling, so many people do their best to avoid these accusations by self-censoring their words so that no one will be offended and accuse them of being a “phobe.”

Because of this sentiment, political correctness has created a culture of fear—a culture in which anyone at any time can turn on someone and label them as offensive and by extension, evil. Political correctness is partially fueled by Identity Politics—the division of human beings into groups defined by their assumed status as oppressors or the oppressed. Very little attention is paid to the character of individuals. Instead, victimology reigns supreme with individuals competing in an “Oppression Olympics” with circuitous pathways of “Intersectionality” that create ever more complex combinations of oppression that eventually brand everyone as an oppressor of someone else.

White males are labeled as the ultimate oppressors who offend everyone else by their mere existence. Putting aside for the moment the fact that large numbers of white males in history have been incredibly loving, principled, noble, and sacrificial human beings, what about a white male who is gay, or identifies as transracial Asian and trans female? (There are such cases.) Is he now oppressed? Has his whiteness and genetic maleness been forgiven by his self-identification? If so, why? Intersectional identity politics is an enormous pile of tangled spaghetti logic that collapses in on itself if one pulls at the strands.

Its twisted and confusing narrowness has created a politically correct culture of tyrants who roam the streets and hallways waiting to be offended, screaming that their hurt feelings have victimized them because of the purported offense of “the invalid other.” Their response is to verbally and sometimes physically assault their enemy offenders with a self-righteousness often fueled by a petulant rage that has forgotten all about the values of love and forgiveness, and most certainly pays no attention to the log in their own eye.

In this politically correct culture, offended accusers do not have to prove their allegations. In many cases, simply calling John Smith a racist, a hater, a sexist, a bigot, or a transphobe/homophobe is enough to end his career. There’s no due process and no defense accepted. The content of one’s character as an individual is irrelevant. This phenomenon hearkens back to the Salem Witch trials and the malevolent accusations of Mao’s Red Guard student movement in the 1960s.

If the Western culture of sacred individual liberty is to survive, the destructive culture of political correctness must be transformed from its current state of tyranny and hostility and replaced by a thoughtful, reasoned, kind, and respectful culture that promotes harmony and love between people. This can only be done by fostering deep listening between all human beings, and mutual respect between opposing sides.

A social justice warrior who earnestly corrects an “offensive” person may believe that he or she is promoting goodness and vanquishing hate. Yet, all too often SJWs scream with hatred at those with whom they disagree. Even when they don’t raise their voices, SJWs who pursue their conviction of political correctness don’t listen to the other person. They don’t respectfully ask deep questions with a desire to learn opposing opinions.

The culture of political correctness is shallow and one-sided. It allows no debate or discussion, and engenders contempt and hatred toward the ones accused of “hatred.” It is a snake that will eat its own children because it is based on the ever-changing “winds of offense.” Today’s hate-speech policeman will be tomorrow’s criminal.

But, a social justice warrior might wail, “Hate speech is bad! Saying hateful, bigoted, offensive things about Group X, Y, or Z is evil! We cannot allow such harmful things to be said! We must make laws against it to protect the innocent members of all marginalized groups!”

It is a seductive refrain because loving human beings don’t normally want to harm others. Thus, in the name of “love and peace and goodness,” opposing views are crushed, and violators are fined, jailed, and in many Islamic societies, killed. And of course, we must mention communist societies like North Korea, Cuba, and China as examples of political correctness fully grown.

The elephant in the room that social justice warriors ignore is that creating a tyrannical society of political correctness in which people can be fined, jailed, and killed will create a majority population of oppressed victims that will inevitably include members of the SJW class. Tyranny eats its own because it is merciless. Under tyranny, the finer sentiments of love, kindness, and compassion are no longer valued. Thus, in the name of social justice, with a passing reference to love that is soon forgotten, the hell of tyranny is created.

“Totalitarian” is defined as “exercising control over the freedom, will, or thought of others.” Those who support the culture of political correctness, whether they brand themselves as social justice warriors or not, must recognize that telling people what they can and cannot say is the first step toward tyranny. It is a major step, for when free speech is restricted or eliminated, the flow of truth stops.

Children are then raised with the State’s version of truth and grow up entirely ignorant of reality. Eventually, of course, they catch on and revolt, perhaps after many generations. But the cost in human suffering is enormous. The people of North Korea, Cuba, China, and most Islamic countries are in this dire situation right now.

The Founding Fathers of America understood the evils of tyranny and worked brilliantly to create a government with checks and balances, and magnificent freedoms that they expressed as gifts from a Divine source. The Constitutional guarantee of freedom of speech was not meant to protect “nice” speech. It was established to protect everyone against the repression of opinions when those opinions were not popular. It allows citizens to insult and condemn their leaders without being locked up under the laws of “Lèse-majesté,” or “injured majesty.” Lèse-majesté is still in force in many countries around the world—but it has no power in the United States, which has given amazing freedom to all citizens, including members of the media and comedians to insult their leaders with impunity.

A comedian can even hold up a bloodied effigy of the severed head of a current president and not be charged with a crime. That is the free speech guarantee at work. There are not too many things more offensive than holding up a bloody model of someone’s severed head. One must ask how the media and supporters of political correctness would have responded to that severed head if they actually liked the man it represented. One can see then, that to safely guarantee free speech for all, it must be thoroughly and rigorously supported at all times by all people.

The United States was formed with unique guarantees of freedom that were so special that millions upon millions of immigrants swarmed to our shores to enjoy those freedoms. The United States is incredibly exceptional—not because its citizens are any more moral than others, but because of the ideas and principles of freedom that created our country. That is true American exceptionalism.

And yes, living in a free country like America has often engendered an attitude of life that creates exceptional people, of all races and religions. We have been a melting pot of diverse peoples from around the world who adopted a common creed of freedom and shared opportunity for all and thus we proudly became “Americans.” After only eighty-five years from the founding of our country in 1776, hundreds of thousands of Christian men, both white and black, bled and died together to correct the monstrous sin of slavery, a momentous and unprecedented sacrificial event in human history. Freedom in America was created and has matured on the foundation of self-sacrifice and a belief in the sacred rights of every individual, without exception.

In 1860, after an anti-slavery meeting in Boston was disrupted by men hired by slavers, Frederick Douglass, a former slave, delivered “A Plea for Free Speech in Boston.” His words could easily describe today’s PC culture:

“Even here in Boston, and among the friends of freedom, we hear two voices: one denouncing the mob that broke up our meeting on Monday as a base and cowardly outrage; and another, deprecating and regretting the holding of such a meeting, by such men, at such a time. We are told that the meeting was ill-timed, and the parties to it unwise.”[1]

He went on to say:

“There can be no right of speech where any man, however lifted up, or however humble, however young, or however old, is overawed by force, and compelled to suppress his honest sentiments. Equally clear is the right to hear. To suppress free speech is a double wrong. It violates the rights of the hearer as well as those of the speaker.”[2]

Thus, freedom of speech is the first line of defense against tyranny of every sort. Very specifically, this means that social justice warriors and supporters of political correctness must accept that all speech is free, including hateful speech, disagreeable speech, or insulting speech. Only a very narrow line of speech that directly incites violence can and should be opposed.

We must remember that good-hearted people don’t normally wish to offend others. Yet in spite of the risk that speech might offend others, all speech must be protected if liberty is to survive.

“Islamophobia” is a popular canard in the West these days. Canada, Britain, and Europe are passing laws that criminalize criticism of Islam while leaving criticism of Christianity, Judaism, and other religions open to unbridled condemnation without consequence. Who benefits from these laws?

If one examines life in Iran or Saudi Arabia or other strict Islamic Sharī‘ah countries, one can see that over a billion wonderful human beings around the world who just happen to be Muslim are unable to criticize Mohammed or Islamic doctrines without suffering severe and sometimes fatal consequences. Blasphemy laws that criminalize opposition to Islam benefit a tyrannical class that has no interest in granting freedom of speech and religion to their own Muslim populations who are the first and constant victims of their tyranny—most especially women.

Muslims cannot leave Islam upon pain of death. It is reasonable and logical to assume that vast numbers of Muslims would leave Islam if they felt that it was safe to do so. The Islamic religious and political culture that pushes men across the globe to riot, burn, and kill when someone in a faraway land draws a cartoon of Mohammed is a culture that has become a fully realized version of political correctness and tyranny.

Can you imagine the outcry in Western media if Christians were killed if they tried to leave Christianity? Can you imagine the disgust and contempt toward Christians if they rioted, burned, and killed people around the globe if someone created a piece of art that mocked Jesus? The media and people in general would scorch the Christian world with their criticisms—as well they should if Christians did those things. Which, of course, they do not. Christians can leave their faith at any time, and Jesus has been mocked endlessly by a large variety of people, in the most vile of ways. But Christians almost always turn the other cheek because they were taught to love their enemy instead of hating him.

Why then do so many Westerners in media, entertainment, politics, and academia refuse to speak out against the violence and oppression in the Islamic world, while still criticizing the West? Why the double standard?

Is it because of naivety and ignorance about Islam? This type of behavior reminds me of a scene in the movie The Poseidon Adventure, in which Gene Hackman’s character tries to get a second group to follow them—the right way—to safety. The second group stubbornly refuses, and of course, dies.

Or is it because they have so much hatred for Judeo-Christian values that they gladly join with Islamists in their jihad against Western civilization?

Or, do they keep silent about Islam because of fear—fear that angry Muslims will respond with violence, as has so often happened? For the West to be cowed by fear of Islam is a terrible situation to be in, that needs review and a solution. To find answers to these questions, one must look at things with common sense, courage, open eyes, objectivity, and most of all, honesty.

Do we really want to yield to the tyranny of Islamic Sharī‘ah law in the West? Unfortunately, too many people are saying yes. It is short-sighted and may become a matter of great regret, most especially to their children who will inherit the results of their policies.

The historian Arnold J. Toynbee stated, “Civilizations die from suicide, not by murder.”[3] Western liberals who support political correctness are leading people into an abyss that will swallow all of us unless we vigorously oppose the Offense and Tyranny of Political Correctness.

That means that when someone spews forth a stream of invective, laced with the standard descriptors of phobes, haters, and bigots, etc, we must courageously push back against it, with bold speech supported by an underlying desire to eventually create harmony between all sides—a harmony centered on love and respect, but most of all a harmony centered upon an unbreakable commitment to sacred, individual liberty.

That freedom applies to all men and women of every race. Martin Luther King, Jr. did not preach hatred toward whites or blacks or any other race, but instead timelessly affirmed that the value of every human being was based on their individual spirit and character. In Dr. King’s acceptance speech for the Nobel Peace Prize in 1964, he stated:

“I refuse to accept the view that mankind is so tragically bound to the starless midnight of racism and war that the bright daybreak of peace and brotherhood can never become a reality.”[4]

May Dr. King’s dream at long last come true.

© 2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Footnotes:

1. Frederick Douglass, “A Plea for Free Speech in Boston,” December 9, 1860, Boston’s Music Hall
2. Ibid.
3. Arnold J. Toynbee, referenced in “Arnold J. Toynbee,” New World Encyclopedia.
4. Martin Luther King, Jr., “Martin Luther King Jr. Acceptance Speech, on the occasion of the award of the Nobel Peace Prize in Oslo, 10 December 1964.

By Rob Pue

April 28, 2024

I believe America is at a tipping point. Most Americans realize there is something deeply wrong with the nation we live in.  Even non-Christians have had all they can take of the Leftists’ “woke” agenda, and especially of the vilification of common sense when it comes to our children.

In recent years, we’ve seen parents who object to pornographic books, drag queens and the LGBTQP+ movement indoctrinating their children labeled as “the most dangerous threats to our democracy,” and also called “domestic terrorists.”  In reality, the opposite is true.  Those who push for the normalization of sexual deviancy, homosexuality, pedophilia and the mutilation of the minds and bodies of our children are the real predators, and they have many allies, now baked in to the curricula of our public schools and celebrated wholesale in cities and small towns all across the USA.

In 1963, “45 Communist goals to take down America” were read into the Congressional record.  Among them: “break down cultural standards of morality by promoting pornography and obscenity in the media;” “present homosexuality, degeneracy and promiscuity as ‘normal, natural and healthy;’” “infiltrate the churches;” “discredit the family as an institution;”  “Encourage promiscuity and easy divorce;” “emphasize the need to raise children away from the ‘negative’ influence of parents.”  And here we are today, with all of those Communist goals to take down America achieved.

June is coming quickly.  In the year 2000, Bill Clinton declared the month of June as “Gay and Lesbian Pride Month.”  Since then, “Pride Month” has spread around the globe, but it doesn’t end when July 1st rolls around.  Today, the LGBTQP+ monster — and now the “transgender” abomination — continues all year long.  Through organizations like the “Human Rights Campaign,” their agenda is forced down the throats of companies and corporations, so that they must either endorse and financially support this sexual deviancy and the myriad of mental disorders associated with it all, or be publicly shamed, boycotted  and labeled as “homophobic” and now, “transphobic.”

But those pulling the strings behind the scenes are pushing even harder and never stop their assault on all that is normal, natural and God-ordained.  Today we have the “Transgender Day of Vengeance.”  We have a new multi-billion dollar industry within the medical industrial complex, to forever mutilate and sterilize young children with hormone-blocking drugs and so-called “gender affirming surgeries” that destroy young children and maim them for life.  Josef Mengele would be proud.

For many years, I’ve joined my Christian friends on the streets during “Pride parades,” to stand as a witness for Christ and God’s natural design for marriage and family.  I’ve attended some of the largest “pride” festivals in the country, where it’s been 100 Christians trying to reach a half-million sodomites and their allies.  I’ve witnessed thousands of young children exposed to sexual deviancy in the streets of American cities.  Young children participating with their homosexual parents in these parades.  Young children viewing simulated sodomite sex acts involving completely- or mostly-naked men and women in broad daylight.  Young children, whose parents give them dollar bills to stuff in the “g-strings” of nearly-nude drag queens, dancing provocatively in front of adoring crowds of hedonists.

With the exception of a handful of times, attempting to reason with or even have a meaningful conversation with the sodomites and transgenders has been futile.  The police see the Christians as the enemies, and they protect the perverts.  The sodomites blow bullhorns directly into our ears as we try to speak.  They beat drums, blow trumpets, yell and scream like demons, to keep our words from going forth.  When we use signs with messages of common sense, hordes of deranged sodomites descend upon us, covering our signs with rainbow flags at a minimum… destroying our signs, and attacking us physically most of the time.  And Christians being attacked at these events has been — every time — the greatest form of amusement for those charged with the duty to “protect and serve.”

Sadly, the vast majority of American pastors and churches have remained mute, and have allowed all of this to grow to enormous proportions, so that today, you can go nowhere without being assaulted by homosexual or transgender propaganda and vile displays of debauchery.  The rainbow flag is a symbol of conquest. No one can argue that the devil and his minions have won this culture war, because the pastors and churches have been too cowardly to do ANYTHING.  Correction: I shouldn’t say the churches haven’t done anything… the last “pride” parade I attended included no less than forty churches participating IN the parade, with banners on their floats expressing sentiments like “God thinks you’re fabulous.”

But people are fed up with all this.  Most of us have had enough of these mental illnesses being pridefully celebrated and we’re now forced to celebrate this perversion under penalty of law.  Some have suggested there be a “Straight Pride” parade.  But heterosexual people do not celebrate the fact that they’re heterosexual, nor do they flaunt their sexuality in public, in front of children.  And what would a “Straight Pride” parade even look like? A bunch of normal people walking down the street?  And further, if anyone even tried to arrange something like this, they’d be viciously attacked and vilified in the mainstream media and compared to “Nazis.”  You know that would happen.

Several years ago, my friend, JR Harrison, who leads the Natural Family Foundation, came up with the idea of celebrating “Natural Family Month” — from Mother’s Day to Father’s Day.  The first week would be a celebration of Mother’s Day. The second week would be a celebration of children. The third week would be a celebration of grandparents. The next week would be a celebration of extended family, and it would all culminate in a celebration of Dads on Father’s Day.

JR has created a website, NaturalFamilyStrong.com, where he lays out the plan, and offers a pledge people can sign to affirm their support of God’s ordained design for the NATURAL family: one biological man married to one biological woman united in a monogamous marriage for life, bearing and raising Godly children in the fear and admonition of the Lord.  There’s overwhelming scientific evidence showing that children thrive within the Natural Family.  There’s much less poverty, mental illness, drug use, rage and rebellion, and children grow up to be much happier and well-adjusted adults when raised within the Natural Family.

Last June, I came up with an idea, but it was too late to put into action then.  This year, thanks to other ministry friends, the idea is coming to fruition — and God has greatly blessed this plan, which focuses on “lighting a candle” instead of cursing the darkness.  Mind you, in prior years as we went to witness for Christ at these sodomite events, we weren’t “cursing” anyone.  We were there to shine the light of Christ and have meaningful, thoughtful and loving conversations with those so lost and deceived by Satan.  Unfortunately, in this sort of environment, our little band of Christian brothers and sisters were no match for the demonic spirits inhabiting a half million people — including city government leaders, police officers, pastors and churches.

So this year, we’re preparing something totally different, for June 29th. That’s the day the “drag queens” will be performing in a downtown family park.  Once again, men will be dressed as outrageous prostitutes and will be dancing and gyrating in sexually suggestive ways in front of little children. They’ll also be dressing little children in “drag” and teaching them how to “strut their stuff” in front of the adults there.

But on this same day, a few blocks away, at another city park, we will be hosting a Natural Family Festival.  This is our attempt to “light a candle” in this community and as I wrote in my article last year, to “show them what a natural family is.”

The mayor of the city has agreed to open our festival with a speech on the value of families…natural families.  We will have other excellent speakers to encourage people to cherish the institution of the family…the Godly foundation for a Godly nation.  And then we’ll have activities, for children and adults.    But not just any sort of activities.  This is not some sort of “carnival” with silly stuff and meaningless games.  All of the activities we have planned are designed to bring families together and to honor God’s design for the natural family…again, one real man and one real woman, united in marriage and bearing and raising children for the glory of God.

One activity will involve children and their parents learning to plant and grow things.  We’ll provide small flower and vegetable plants, soil and pots, so children can work together with their parents to grow something.  Once planted, we’ll have a little sign that reads “I love my family” that they can decorate their pot with.

Another activity will include boys working with their dads to build a simple birdhouse or bird feeder.  Again, this activity is meant to connect fathers together with their sons and build something — achieve something — together.

At another station, we’ll be doing a bigger project, to involve the older children.  Under the supervision of expert builders, young teens will be building an actual house — a playhouse — throughout the day.  This will provide an opportunity for dads to work with their teenagers and actually learn to build a HOUSE!  When it’s completed, we’ll draw one name from among those who worked on the project and the winner will win the playhouse… here again, we’re connecting dads with teens, and teens will learn they can build and achieve something of great significance, with their own two hands, alongside their dads.

We’ll also set up a lemonade stand… but not just any lemonade stand.  Next to our stand, we’ll have a “Help Wanted” sign, and children ages 5-13 can sign up for half-hour segments to work at the stand.  We’ll supply the lemonade, cups and ice.  Kids just need to sign up and show up for “work.”  At the end of their shift, they get to keep what they’ve earned.  This teaches kids how to “get a job,” and the satisfaction of learning to work, and how to earn money.

And we all know the “drag queens” offer “story time.”  We’ll have story time too.  But OUR stories will come from the old McGuffey Readers, which are filled with uplifting, positive stories of families…with the gospel message woven throughout.  And here’s the best part:  the stories will be read by GRANDPARENTS.  So, we’ll be connecting the oldest generation with the youngest generation, and these grandparents will also share the wisdom of their own life’s experiences with the young kids who listen.  I strongly believe we need to return honor and VALUE to our elders, who are so easily forgotten and minimalized in today’s culture.

We’ll also have a petting zoo, pony and cart rides, other craft opportunities for kids and their parents to create and build things together, and we will have acappella music sung by families from our local Mennonite community.  So instead of silly songs, comedy and frivolous “entertainment,” we’ll be offering beautiful music — hymns sung together by FAMILIES.  There will also be a mobile Creation Museum, showing how God created the world in six days, and how the first family began.

This will be an opportunity to turn the hearts of the fathers back toward their children.  To re-connect the grandparents with their grandchildren, for moms and daughters to connect in substantial ways, to hear meaningful stories of how God designed the family to really be.  To HONOR our parents, our elders, and get our young people out of the clutches of pop culture and turn THEIR hearts back to respecting themselves, each other and their mothers, fathers and families.

Friends, as goes the church, so goes the family. Sadly, our churches have failed to build solid God-honoring families.  But also, as goes the family, so goes the nation.  And we can all easily see how desperately our nation needs strong families again — free of the shackles of mindless TikTok videos and gaming and soul-sucking electronic “entertainment” and social media.

We’re offering a clear and stark alternative.  This community will have the opportunity to see two completely different worldviews on the same day just a few blocks apart: the celebration of sodomite “pride,” “drag queen” perversion and sexual grooming of children versus the wholesome, NATURAL FAMILY the way it used to be; the way God designed it to be and the way it should be.  In the end, I believe the people of this small town will be deeply impacted and I pray that hearts are deeply touched and transformed as we will show them and demonstrate to them what a natural family is.  We’re lighting a candle, rather than cursing the darkness and it’s my hope that other people, in communities all across this nation, will grab a hold of this vision and put together Natural Family Festivals for their own towns.  If you’d like to learn how you can easily do this in your town, please contact me.

© 2024 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com and ask for message number 427.

By Putch Paugh

April 27, 2024

Let me start this article by stating unequivocally, “Yes, by the grace of God, I am a Christian Nationalist with no apologies!”

Now you are probably asking, what in the world is a Christian Nationalist? Let’s start by looking at what a leftist humanistic reporter by the name of Heidi Przybyla says it is. Here’s one of her comments from an interview in part that she did on MSNBC recently. “They (Christian Nationalists) believe that our rights as Americans and as all human beings do not come from any earthly authority. They don’t come from Congress, from the Supreme Court, they come from God.” In an article in Politico she stated “Christian nationalists in America believe that the country was founded as a Christian nation and that Christian values should be prioritized throughout government and public life.” She also said in the interview on MSNBC the most “Christians” don’t believe this. Implying that only Christian Nationalists believe this and therefore are not true Christians. Please allow me to clarify something right now. If you are a Christian that believes in the superiority of the Creator God as taught in the scriptures then you must be a Christian Nationalist! And if you don’t believe the scriptures taught in the inerrant word of God, the 1611 KJV, you are not a Christian! So there Ms. Przybyla!

Anyone who has even a rudimentary knowledge of our country’s founding and the beliefs of some of the men who had a hand in bringing the very unique concept of a nation based on the belief that no man or group of men had a “divine” right to be the “sovereign” power and authority over other men must, of necessity, believe in a higher authority! In a document written and approved by such men that has been all but forgotten and ignored by society today titled “The Declaration of Independence’, you will find the following statement: “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are “created” equal, that they are endowed by their “Creator” with certain unalienable Rights, that among these (not limited to) are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.” Obviously these “radicals” believed there is a divine Creator that man derived their rights from beyond man’s sphere or realm of authority! And even more importantly, mankind must bow to this authority as truly being the only true “sovereign” as supreme in their lives!

As a matter of truth and fact, the very same document continues with a very serious statement and warning to all who read it!

It makes a very clearly stated fact that has been ignored for so long that the very idea of a society of self-governing men who owe no allegiance to any other authority but their Creator, Saviour, Lord and King, Jesus Christ, that the concept of divine authority that rules in every sphere of mankind’s life on earth is regarded as not only radical and threatening to society, but a terroristic idea. This Christian nationalistic document states “when a long train of abuses and usurpations (man usurping the divine and sovereign authority of God over other men) pursuing invariable the same object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute despotism (tyranny of men), “It is their right (God-given), it is their duty (commanded by God Himself) to throw off such (ungodly authority) government.”

Of course, what made this document even more evil in the eyes of the humanistic atheistic and anti-Christ influencers of society today is that all of writers and framers of such new luminary ideas of their day in history is that they were all “Caucasian white” Christian nationalists! While I have to admit there are very few true Christian Nationalists left, there is one wonderful truth to share! Today, although we are few in number, we now have Christian Nationalists of every color! Caucasian, Black, Hispanic and more who are sincerely born again, spirit-filled believers in our only Sovereign, Lord and King Jesus Christ!

Now, for the final point that the low down, God hating, Christian hating, humanism heathens that absolutely despise God’s laws and His Authority in all things; As is written in Psalms chapter 2, these heathen rose against God and His people. It also states that God laughs at their stupidity and arrogance and that He will have them in derision, which means He will hold them in contempt! Nonetheless, God is the supreme, sovereign and His Will will ultimately be done in the day of His final judgment!

In closing this article, I will make this final statement. I totally realize that the ideas, concepts and desires that many of our nation’s founders had from the pilgrims and puritans and on through our history are lost to us forever as Americans. Our nation has sinned beyond redemption. (II Kings 24:2-4, Ps. 106:40,41) but as for myself and other Christian Nationalists, let me state unequivocally that we believe and will declare before all men and their “earthly” government, that God’s laws, commandments and judgments should be the only foundation on how mankind should “govern” their lives! As individuals in our homes, our churches and in all spheres of civil government God’s law is sovereign and it is the whole duty of man to obey it! Ecc. 12:13-14

In Christ’s Service,

© 2024 Butch Paugh – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Butch Paugh: ctdm@hotmail.com

By Paul Engel

April 27, 2024

• FISA Section 702 has been used repeatedly by the FBI to illegally spy on Americans.
• There are those who claim requiring a warrant to search the Section 702 database is unreasonable.
• Will the American people give up their rights for the promise of safety?

A policy statement released by the Executive Office of the administration’s Office of Management and Budget, effectively made the very bold statement that the Constitution of the United States was a threat to national security. Does this not remind you of the saying from Benjamin Franklin?

“They who would give up an essential liberty for temporary security, deserve neither liberty or security.”

Benjamin Franklin

Are the American people willing to give up their right to be free from unreasonable searches for the promise of national security?

On April 12, 2024, Jordain Carney posted on X what she claims is a memo from the Biden Administration regarding an amendment to HR 7888, a bill to reauthorize Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA). The title of the memo is “THE BIGGS AMENDMENT IS A THREAT TO NATIONAL SECURITY”. I say she “claims to” because she provided no link to the original document and I have not been able to find a copy of the document she posted anywhere else. I did, however, find a policy statement from the administration’s Office of Management and Budget that, while not as explicit in its claims as the memo Ms. Carney posted, essentially says the same thing.

Spying on Americans

There have been numerous examples of the Federal Bureau of Investigations misusing the data collected under FISA Section 702 and stored on its database. The FBI lied to the FISA court to authorize surveillance on a Presidential candidate and his staff, and then again to continue the surveillance after Donal Trump had been elected President. The FISA Court identified more than 278,000 times the FBI violated their own standards to use Section 702 to spy on Americans, including those suspects in the Jan. 6, 2021 breach of the capital, Black Lives Matters, and even political campaign donors. This has led to numerous calls to either eliminate Section 702 or modify it in order to protect the rights of the American people. During the debate of HR 7888, the Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act, an amendment was offered by Rep. Andy Biggs which stated:

An amendment numbered 1 printed in House Report 118-456 to prohibit warrantless searches of U.S. person communications in the FISA 702 database, with exceptions for imminent threats to life or bodily harm, consent searches, or known cybersecurity threat signatures

H.Amdt.876 — 118th Congress (2023-2024)

This led to the OMB policy statement of April 11, 2024, which included the statement:

For these same reasons, the Administration strongly opposes the amendment proposed by Rep. Biggs to H.R. 7888 that would rebuild a wall around, and thus block our access to, already lawfully collected information in the possession of the U.S. Government.

STATEMENT OF ADMINISTRATION POLICY H.R. 7888 –Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

Interesting. The administration doesn’t claim Mr. Biggs’ amendment would create a new wall around the 702 database, but rebuild one that previously existed.

The Whitehouse Position on Section 702

The Whitehouse has expressed unqualified support for the renewal of FISA Section 702.

The Administration strongly supports H.R. 7888, a bipartisan bill to reauthorize an essential intelligence authority, Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (“FISA”), and other FISA provisions before they would expire on April 19, 2024.

STATEMENT OF ADMINISTRATION POLICY H.R. 7888 –Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

If it has been shown that the FBI has been abusing their access to the Section 702 database, why does this administration want to retain such access?

Expiration of Section 702 authorities would deprive us of insight into precisely the threats Americans expect their government to identify and counter: terrorist threats to the Homeland, fentanyl supply chains bringing deadly drugs into American communities, hostile governments’ recruitment of spies in our midst, PRC transnational repression, penetrations of our critical infrastructure, adversaries’ attempts to illicitly acquire sensitive dual-use and military commodities and technology, ransomware attacks against major American companies and nonprofits, Russian war crimes, and many more.

STATEMENT OF ADMINISTRATION POLICY H.R. 7888 –Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

The Administration lists a number of threats they claim from which the American people expect to be protected. That’s fine, but what about the abusive uses of this data?

To protect the American people, we need to maintain this vital collection authority while strengthening its protective guardrails with the most robust set of reforms ever included in legislation to reauthorize Section 702, and H.R. 7888 does that.

STATEMENT OF ADMINISTRATION POLICY H.R. 7888 –Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

I’m not sure if the protections in HR 7888 are the most robust ever put in place for a reauthorization of Section 702, but I do know they are, at best, as thin as tissue paper. For example, if someone in the FBI wishes to query the Section 702 database for data on an American citizen, the requirements would be:

Federal Bureau of Investigation personnel must obtain prior approval from a Federal Bureau of Investigation supervisor (or employee of equivalent or greater rank) or attorney who is authorized to access unminimized contents or noncontents obtained through acquisitions authorized under subsection (a) for any query of such unminimized contents or noncontents made using a United States person query term.

HR 7888 – Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

So FBI personnel merely needs the OK from a supervisor or higher to access this data. That’s the “unminimized” data. No probable cause, no proof of relevancy to an ongoing and approved investigation. Just a request and approval from an FBI supervisor or an attorney with access to the unminimized (unredacted) data. Isn’t this a case of the “fox guarding the hen house”? Isn’t this what so many people have been complaining about? But wait, there’s more:

A United States person query to be conducted by the Federal Bureau of Investigation of unminimized contents or noncontents obtained through acquisitions authorized under subsection (a) using a United States person query term may be conducted without obtaining prior approval as specified in clause (i) only if the person conducting the United States person query has a reasonable belief that conducting the query could assist in mitigating or eliminating a threat to life or serious bodily harm.”.

HR 7888 – Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

So, as long as the FBI actor has a “reasonable” belief that someone could be killed or injured, even the tissue paper thin protections go out the window? Notice, there is no timeframe for the threat to life or serious bodily harm. The investigation could be looking into a possible attack months, even years in the future, but they do not require even the most minimal of review by a supervisor? This is, to the Biden Administration, sufficient safeguards to protect the American people’s rights from the administration’s abuses?

What About the Constitution?

It seems that those in the Biden Administration, not to mention many in the Republican Caucus in the House of Representatives, have forgotten they have sworn or affirmed to support the Constitution, which includes the Fourth Amendment:

The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated,

U.S. Constitution – Amendment IV

Much of what has been collected in Section 702’s database are emails and other digital communications, the modern day equivalent of a person’s papers and effects. While the U.S. Constitution has no legal authority in foreign nations, it most certainly does within the borders United States and when the United States is dealing with its citizens and residents. Since the Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land (Article VI, Clause 2), that means for a search of the digital papers and effects of any American to be legal, there must be a reason. And to provide proof of that reasonableness, the government must acquire a warrant or show an exigent (urgent) circumstance exists. Which sounds an awful lot like what would be required by Mr. Biggs’ amendment.

to prohibit warrantless searches of U.S. person communications in the FISA 702 database, with exceptions for imminent threats to life or bodily harm, consent searches, or known cybersecurity threat signatures.

H.Amdt.876 — 118th Congress (2023-2024)

However, it appears the Biden Administration, like many of its predecessors, doesn’t like the idea of their illegal powers being challenged.

For these same reasons, the Administration strongly opposes the amendment proposed by Rep. Biggs to H.R. 7888 that would rebuild a wall around, and thus block our access to, already lawfully collected information in the possession of the U.S. Government. The amendment would prohibit U.S. officials from reviewing critical information that the Intelligence Community has already lawfully collected, with exceptions that are exceedingly narrow and unworkable in practice. Our intelligence, defense, and public safety communities are united: the extensive harms of this proposal simply cannot be mitigated. Therefore, the Administration strongly opposes the amendment.

STATEMENT OF ADMINISTRATION POLICY H.R. 7888 –Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

Yes, the amendment would prohibit the unlawful review of what is, in some cases, lawfully collected data. It would require the Intelligence Community to follow the law, including the Constitution, that they swore or affirmed to follow. The restrictions are narrow for two very important reasons. First, so they would be pursuant to the Constitution of the United States. And second, to prevent the types of criminal abuses we have already seen those in the FBI are more than willing to commit. The administration seems concerned about the “extensive harms” the Biggs Amendment would have on their ability to illegally spy on the American people, while at the same time showing no concern of the extensive crimes they have committed against them.

THE BIGGS AMENDMENT IS A THREAT TO NATIONAL SECURITY Memo

I place limited confidence in the memo Ms. Carney posted, simply because there is no evidence that it is actually a Whitehouse memo. With that caveat, and giving Ms. Carney the benefit of the doubt, there are details in this memo that would be of great importance if it’s real.

According to the memo Ms. Carney published, the FBI claims to have thwarted three (3) attacks based on data they found by searching the Section 702 database. Of course, they provide no details to verify their claims. While that makes sense from an operational security standpoint, with all of their illegal activity and proven targeting of political opponents, does anyone trust the FBI’s claims anymore?

In this memo, the Biden Administration admits that their searches of the Section 702 database violate the Fourth Amendment.

The “warrant” exception allows a query if, beforehand, the executive branch has obtained a court order based on probable cause. But the executive branch almost never can meet that standard at the earliest stages of an investigation when queries are most critical.

THE BIGGS AMENDMENT IS A THREAT TO NATIONAL SECURITY

The Biden Administration admits that it does not have the probable cause necessary to obtain a warrant when they search the database. That is not only the definition of an unreasonable search, but a deprivation of due process, thereby violating the Fifth Amendment as well. The Biden Administration has turned Section 702 into a “general warrant” like those used during the colonial period to investigate the person in search of a crime, and effectively neutering the Fourth Amendment.

Conclusion

The FBI has already committed crimes in their abuse of the Section 702 database. They have searched the database without a warrant, thus depriving their victims of their security against unreasonable searches. Although not as straightforward, I claim they also violated the Fourth Amendment when they seized copies of the digital versions of papers and effects of U.S. citizens and residents to store in such a database. (That is why I propose a Constitutional amendment to specifically expand the Fourth Amendment for the digital age by including digital documents, communications, and data about the person.) Yet to date, I am not aware of a single FBI employee who has been charged with the crimes that have been committed. Even those who lied under oath when they knowingly provided false data in their affidavits to obtain therefore invalid warrants to spy on the President of the United States and members of his campaign and cabinet have not been charged. And yet the sitting President wants us to trust that FBI supervisors and attorneys with access to the database will follow the law this time?

And here we have the Biden Administration, telling us we need to give up our essential liberty, our rights to due process, and to be secure against unreasonable searches and seizures, all with the promise of protecting our national security. Are you willing to give up your essential liberties for what has shown to be the false promise of temporary safety?

It seems to me there is a much greater threat to national security than the FBI losing its unrestricted and illegal access to their precious Section 702 database: That would be allowing them to continue to criminally spy on the American people.

© 2024 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

by Kat Stansell

April 26, 2024

I published my first Substack on this, 4/18/24, six days ago. Tucker Carlson brought it up last night, in his interview with Michael Yon. I’ll admit, THAT was fun to say, regardless of the treasonous depravity of the topic.

The OBiden regime is desperate. We all know that. They trail in every poll save for a few wishful ones from the MSM . At this point, it seems as they are realizing that they must rely on ineligible illegal voters for the necessary votes to steal 2024.

As much as I have concentrated on the massive AI data base of phantom voters, churned up by the ERIC system (Electronic Registration Information Center), I really thought the Junta had enough illegal votes from the ghost voters to tip the honest vote totals with mail-in’s, early voting and ballot harvesting. Guess I was wrong on that one, although, I know ERIC’s phantom’s will play a part.

Then, a friend in Florida called me to say that his Venezuelan wife had received a copy of a letter, in Spanish, from the Resource Center Matamoras, which boldly urged the invaders to:

“Remember to vote for President Biden when you are in the United States. We need another four years of his term to stay.”

Open invitation to vote illegally.

Below is an image of the letter, in both Spanish and English

RCM is an immigrant welcoming/processing center, in Matamoras, Mexico, 330 miles south of Eagle Pass, TX, which provides legal aid and social services to thousands of border invaders. The letter/invitation appeared there in poster form, on every every available surface.

RCM is associated with the Hebrew Immigrant Aid Society, or HIAS, where Mayorkas was a member of the Board of Directors. That is worth repeating.

Alexandro Mayorkas was a board member of HIAS, and stepped down only as he assumed his cabinet position. The group congratulated him warmly on his new job.

We know, of course, that many religious groups, including Catholic Charities and Jewish Family Services and the 120+ year-old Hebrew Immigrant Aid Society are involved in giving aid to the illegals. Other groups, including a “women of color” group ASAP (Asylum Seekers Advocacy Project) formed in 2016; Texas-Rio Grande Legal Aid; and the Immigration Defenders Law Center (ImmDef) help the “immigrants”.

Some of these groups were unfamiliar to me, so I checked them out – you know, funding sources, boards of directors, et. al. What fascinating findings. . . !

The flow of people and funds tells quite a story. Inquiring minds and all that…

But, it gets even more interesting. The ASAP group, formed in 2016, and now over 630,000 members strong worldwide is funded, in part, by a family charity, the Walder Family Foundation, in Skokie IL . Please open this link and read carefully about the family and their businesses. Mr. Walder, now deceased, had founded a company, Integrated DNA Technologies, in 1987, which perfected the craft of artificial RNA and DNA. This company was sold in 2018, and was source of their funds for the Foundation. Mrs. Walder, an attorney, headed an immigration law group in Chicago, and did quite well, financially, most likely. She now runs the family foundation.

The day before I wrote on this the first time, 4/17, Revolver News asked if the letter was real. It is no longer a question of “if”. It’s proven. So too, the fact that many of the RSM communiques are being sent to Florida.

Florida is important for three reasons.

First, its FL Dir. of Elections, Maria Matthews, has been mandating that voter registrations be given to ALL comers to the state’s motor vehicle/drivers’ license centers since DeSantis took office in 2019. The state has quite a collection of non-citizen voters on their rolls, thanks to this act of treason.

Second, the only real portion of Florida’s “election integrity” bill, HB7050, which dealt with integrity, and MADE VOTING BY NON-CITIZENS A CRIME – was struck down, in March, 2024, by an Obama-appointed judge in the US Circuit Court North District. This same bill made any audit by citizens groups illegal, but, voting by non-citizens? Of course! You go, Cord Byrd and Ron DeSantis. Gettin’ ready for 2024.

I gave you a lefty reference here, for a touch of sick humor…they call forbidding non-citizens the vote, “voter suppression”.

Third, FLORIDA HAS 30 ELECTORAL COLLEGE VOTES, WHICH IS 11% OF THE 270 NEEDED TO ELECT A POTUS.

TX, with 40 electors, is guaranteed to the on the illegal registrants list. Their SOS, Nelson, had better come out of the election management shadows and do her job on this one.

What I am talking about here, is perfidy. Pure deceitful, untrustworthy acts by officials of our illegitimate government and their cronies.

I dare call it treason.

It applies to every person in Congress who voted to let Mayorkas off the hook for his richly deserved impeachment; to fund foreign wars; to allow warrantless searches and seizures of innocent Americans; to approve NON-GOVERNMENTAL organizations to make policy and call the shots on the GreenSlime movement. Most in DC are simply encouraging the dissolution of our society with direct frontal attack.

Here is the official list of Congressioinal treasonists, on the final vote of the Ukraine funding bill. FL, MO, TN, and WY are the ONLY states that had BOTH US Senators vote against the funding give-away. Don’t forget to THANK them.

The DC swamp rats think they have filled that swamp/sewer/filthy litter box with enough illegal acts that we will be intimidated from cleaning it out. Well, put on your waders and hold your nose. We have a country to save.

Remember, too, that there is no representative of any state, “good red” or otherwise, that is beyond a firm reminder of this treason afoot. Calling/writing them is your very first move.

Our next and most urgent job is to make sure that ONLY LEGALLY REGISTERED AMERICAN CAN VOTE. This one is on all of us, in every state. Don’t waste time…get in touch with your state’s top election officials and let them know what we expect. HAND-COUNTING is at the top of the list, and, yes, still doable. More on the one person who can help your state with this, soon.

I put this out again, now that Tucker Carlson has picked up on it, because it is more possible that we move on it. Tucker has the followers few others in the country have. Between now and the November general election what WE do – what WE THE LITTLE PEOPLE do – may well be the difference between hanging onto freedom, or falling into the death pits of totalitarian rule. Tucker knows this, too.

Remember, Joey the Dim, is thinking about planning a fake “GREEN EMERGENCY” with unconstitutional covid-like powers. No time to waste.

Yes, this applies to ALL voters. It’s not about party affiliation. Take off those blue-blocker blinders, and please understand. We have one last chance to save our country, and a vote for the DC maffia isn’t it.

© 2024 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

April 26, 2024

Pardon me if you think I am crazy for asking the question, but WHY do we spend an ENTIRE MONTH celebration GAY PRIDE?

At the risk of being called a bigot…or homophobe…or hater…could someone please explain to me what “pride” there is in celebrating UNNATURAL behaviors?  You see, there is a difference between acceptance and tolerance and it seems to me that those who engage in such deviant behaviors are not content with simply being free to live their lifestyle, but hell-bent on making the rest of us CELEBRATE their PRIVATE behavior.

If you believe the latest Government statistics,  only 7.6% of Americans identify as one of the Alphabet groups…up from 3.5% in 2012.  (BTW…spend some time on the link and you will find some eye-opening stats surrounding the LGBTQ behaviors.)  From the website…

Gallup collected its 2023 data through telephone surveys with more than 12,000 Americans 18 or older.

Of the respondents, 85.6% said they were straight, 7.6% identified with one or more identifiers within the LGBTQ+ community, and 6.8% of those surveyed declined to respond, Gallup said.

The data found that bisexual adults made up the largest proportion of the LGBTQ+ community, with 4.4% of U.S. adults and 57.3% of LGBTQ+ adults reporting that they are bisexual.

Folks…Gallup reports that over half of the GAY community are switch hitters.  They aren’t “Homo” sexual…they are PANSEXUAL.  READ THIS.  GAY means sex with ANYONE…not just same-sex attraction.

(Sorry…didn’t mean to drag you into the weeds…but I thought maybe the SCIENCE might interest you…you know…with jabs and all.   Trust the Science…right?  Or does that only apply to Science one agrees with?)

Soooo…7.6% of ALL AMERICANS get an ENTIRE MONTH to make the rest of us acknowledge their deviant attractions.  (DEVIANT is defined as “departing from the norm.)   Now, we love them all, of course, but why are we FORCED to join in the celebration of their “diverse” ways of having orgasms?

A month mind you.  BTW…a month is 1/12 of a year…or 8.2% of the calendar year.  Funny how those numbers match up.

Anyway…one of my buddies has launched a movement to celebrate the NATURAL FAMILY…you know, the one comprised of “one biological born man and one biological born woman committed in a lifelong monogamous relationship to include their biological and or adopted children.”  You talk about inclusion…every person walking the earth today is the fruit of just sort a “family.”  Isn’t it time we celebrated such an inclusive holiday?

Here is the plan:  Help Us Celebrate NATURAL FAMILY MONTH. As you are aware, our ministry does the best we can to TRAIN, EQUIP, and MOBILIZE the Saints for the WORK of the ministry and we are asking your help to help this initiative go national!!  One of the ministries we promote is NaturalFamilyStrong.com. lead by long-time cultural warrior Jim Harrison.  JR, as he is called, has labored long and hard over his passion of seeing the RESTORATION of the NATURAL FAMILY as the foundation of American society.  NATURAL, meaning one biological born man and one biological born woman committed in a lifelong monogamous relationship to include their biological and or adopted children.  What better way to promote the family than dedicate an entire month…MOTHER’S DAY TO FATHER’S DAY…the celebration of the first institution that God ordained!  The goal is to eventually make this a NATIONAL CELEBRATION…sort of like Gay Shame Month is today.

Look at What They are DOING in Wisconsin

Salt and Light Brigadier Ray LeBlanc has grabbed the bull by the horns.  He approached the Mayor and City Council in his small town of Marshfield, Wisconsin and has encouraged them to make an official proclamation of NATURAL FAMILY MONTH in Marshfield.  Their hesitancy has not stopped Ray and his wife Jeign as they have launched the FIRST IN THE NATION…NATURAL FAMILY DAY celebration in the city park!!  As their flier says “The Natural Family Festival is a positive, uplifting celebration of the family. It is an opportunity to connect children with their parents, parents with their children, grandparents with their children and grandchildren in substantial, meaningful, hands-on ways. It is a community event that draws families together, in ways they may not have experienced in a very long time. It gets kids back to being kids — away from the harmful influences of pop culture, social media and electronics. An opportunity for our oldest generations to connect with the youngest generations, for Dads and Moms to bond with their kids and for kids to learn to VALUE, respect and honor their parents, grandparents, and elders. It is a chance for families to BUILD something significant, and strengthen the community at large.”

Start a Movement in YOUR Town!!

Despise not the days of small beginnings!  Get involved.  Go to HERE to order some signs to put in your yard!!  Let us start a groundswell of support for the NATURAL FAMILY and begin the restoration of sanity in this land.  This will not happen overnight but you can make a difference RIGHT NOW as we build the momentum for a NATIONWIDE CELEBRATION of FAMILY the way GOD DESIGNED IT!!  If the GAYS can have a month to celebrate their sin, shouldn’t we  promote the NATURAL FAMILY as the way the overwhelming percentage of American citizens live it!!    IT IS TIME FOR CHRISTIANS TO COME OUT OF THE CLOSET AND DEMAND

YOU can do this!  YOU can make a difference.  YOU can help launch a movement!  I say, get off your couch and do something!!

Look at what they are doing in Wisconsin!!

© 2024 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

By Lex Greene

April 25, 2024

You can shoot the messenger here if you want, but it won’t change these facts! Single female voters are the single largest problem in the USA electorate as 70% of them are single issue voters, seeking a protected right to kill their own children in the womb…abortion!

I firmly believe that given the chance, 70% of single American women would vote for Stalin, Mao, or Hitler, and the total destruction of our country, if these leaders promised to protect their right to kill their own children in the womb. Their voting history confirms it!

For the record, this isn’t an attempt to drive divisions even deeper, our government is the expert at that. This is a desperate attempt to shake voters awake before they destroy everything.

Voting Trends by Contrast

• Over 59% of married men vote GOP
• Over 56% of married women also vote GOP
• Even 52% of single men vote GOP
• But only 30% of single women vote GOP

In other words, responsible pro-family Americans overwhelmingly vote GOP in every election, by at least a 60-40 margin, with a majority of single men voting GOP as well.

But approximately 70% of single female voters vote against everyone else, none more so than their own children in the womb. So long as this remains the case, the entire country is doomed, as whole generations of Natural Born American Citizens are exterminated by their own mothers.

I wish I were just making this up or taking it from some far-right propaganda survey, because I’d rather these facts not be true in my country. But no, this data is taken from a report written by AEI Distinguished Senior Fellow Emeritus Karlyn Bowman.

For years now, I have somewhat jokingly said, mostly to my wife of many years, that “women have been a problem since Eve in the garden.” Look no further for proof than the voting trends of “anti-life” single female voters, their friends, or their anti-American elected female lunatics, like Michigan Governor Whitmer and three-time loser Killary Clinton.

Sure, I know what I’m reporting here will offend many single female voters. But everyone else should be deeply offended by the voting trends of women who can’t even be trusted to protect their own offspring.

It’s an obvious question that most Americans are scared to ask, and yet, it must be asked…for the sake of freedom and liberty for all.

Can voters who can’t be trusted to even protect the life of their own children, be trusted with the future of our country?

We don’t allow mentally ill people to vote, because their mental illness could jeopardize the entire nation. Same goes for felons already proven to make horrible decisions in their lives.

But we’re talking about voters who kill their own children here, and vote in every election to secure some insane right to do so. Thousands occupy a prison cell for taking the life of an innocent, but these folks parade around like they deserve some kind of participation trophy for killing their own children or protecting the so-called “right” of other women to kill theirs. They don’t just do it, they celebrate it!

Before you mention it, I’m not referring to the less than 1% of all abortions which may in truth involve rape or incest. This argument is like saying 1% of the food in your refrigerator has gone bad, so you think it justifies throwing out 100% of the food. It’s a foundationally flawed debate jingle, nothing more.

These are voters we can trust with the future of our children and grandchildren… Really? Ya think? These same voters are responsible for boys in your daughter’s locker rooms, men in your women’s bathrooms, pedophiles in your neighborhoods and gender-confused people reading gay books in your kid’s kindergarten class.

Would you even allow someone who believes in a right to kill their own children, to babysit your children, or grandchildren? I don’t think so…

Now look… all the way back in the 1970s, a wife filed a suit asking the court if her husband had the legal power to force her to have a baby or abort a baby, against her will, and the court said NO…that was Roe v. Wade.

Despite the court ruling, Jane Roe (aka Norma McCorvey) never aborted any of her three babies, and prior to her passing in 2017, she was a staunch anti-abortion advocate, feeling responsible for the death of over 70-million innocent American children in the womb.

In September 2021, her daughter gave an interview to the left-wing magazine The Atlantic.

“Norma could be salty and fun, but she was also self-absorbed and dishonest, and she remained, until her death in 2017, at the age of 69, fundamentally unhappy.”

“Norma’s personal life was complex. She had casual affairs with men, and one brief marriage at age 16. She bore three children, each of them placed for adoption. But she slept far more often with women, and worked in lesbian bars.”

Sadly, our government (including the courts, and the mass media) saw an opportunity in Roe v. Wade, a chance to “reduce unwanted population” (mostly in the black community) via the ruling authored by Justice Harry Blackmun who stated that “the criminalization of abortion did not have roots in the English common-law tradition.” — One of many reasons why the USA is supposed to function on Constitutional Law, not British Common Law.

Under USA Constitutional Law, every American (born and unborn) has an inalienable protected Right to LIFE, Liberty, and the Pursuit of Happiness.

However, British Common Law does not recognize any fundamental inalienable Rights of the People at all. Instead, it is based upon precedents established by previous court decisions, customs, and legal principles developed over time. The doctrine of binding precedent, whereby courts follow and apply the principles declared in previous cases decided by more senior courts, is also known by the Latin expression “stare decisis,” a legal principle that obligates judges to respect and follow the precedent established by prior decisions.

In other words, the judges are entirely free to determine what Rights you have and don’t have, by the mere court opinion of unelected and totally unaccountable lifetime partisan-political appointees.

In the end, this means that the good people of the United States do not have any “constitutional” courts today. Instead, we currently have British Common Law courts and every attorney who graduated law school in the past century is not only indoctrinated into British Common Law, instead of Constitutional Law, they are sworn by the American Bar Association to act upon those customs and practices to maintain their license. If that’s not bad enough, we now have The 65 Project targeting lawyers who don’t comply.

It also means that female voters in the USA have been lied to on the matter of abortion, since Roe v. Wade in the 1970s, 50-years ago now. So, over 70% of single females vote against their own children and our country in every election cycle, plain as that!

It isn’t just single female voters though, as some 44% of married females and 40% of males also vote for today’s death cult democrats, in support of the single female vote.

I will ask another unpopular but critical question for the future of our once great nation…including all you go-along to get-along folks…

What good can possibly come in a country wherein the electorate will decide the future of the country on the basis of some evil “right” to murder their own children in the womb?

I submit to you, that such a people, like the people of Rome before the fall, cannot survive themselves.

Prove me wrong!

© 2024 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 25, 2024

Part 1: What are we doing to change course?  Why haven’t we acted on an international level?  It’s only 26 years away, but what do we expect to happen on Earth Day 2050?

“You cannot live through a single day without having an impact on the world around you.  What you do makes a difference and you have to decide what kind of a difference you want to make.” —Jane Goodall

Dozens of emails poured into my computer after the publication of “Irony, Pain, and Hope for Earth Day 2024.” (March 22, 2024)  Some quite negative! Some gave up years ago.  Some felt distressed over the 1.0 million vertebrate creatures killed on America’s highways every single day of the year.  Many “birders” felt angry at the wind turbines chopping up a half million birds annually:  just in the United States.  That number doubles and even quadruples when you look at wind turbines all over Europe, Canada, and Australia.  Some could not comprehend the enormous number of plastics floating on the surface or sunk to the bottom of our oceans.

In fact, oceanographer Julie Whitty in OneEarth Magazine, researched and calculated a figure that just about blew my mind: on average, 56,000 plastic bottles cover every square mile of our oceans.  The 100,000,000 ton Great Pacific Garbage Patch floating out in the Pacific Ocean about 1,000 miles off San Francisco measures about the size of Texas. It’s anywhere from 30 to 90 feet deep of floating plastics.  It keeps growing by 8,000,000 pieces of plastic tossed into our oceans 24/7.  It kills millions of mammals including dolphins, whales, sea birds by the tens of thousands, seals, turtles, sharks and just about any sea creature caught in its grasp.

When Oprah Winfrey reported on it 20 years ago, I figured that all the leaders of the world would mandate a 50-cent deposit/return container law to make certain of a 99 percent return on all containers.  What happened?  Answer: NOTHING!  You can’t help but scratch your head and wonder, “How stupid, how arrogant, how insane, how ignorant, and how obscene is the human race?”  Answer: I would submit that humans are/were God’s worst mistake.

What other species has done SO much damage to this planet in less than 100 years?  What other species created 84,000 chemicals?  Who created massive wars that last for decades that kill millions of people?  What other species causes so much suffering of women, children and animals in places like Africa, India and more countries than I can count?  What other species would be smart enough and dumb enough to create highly toxic Roundup, spray it all over America, watch the cancers explode in humans and contamination of soil, air and water, after 30 years, and KEEP PRODUCING IT for any moron to spray everywhere—on all our crops, on our gardens and along our sidewalks?  It soaks into our groundwater—ultimately poisoning our drinking water!

All the while, we use every other kind of insecticide, pesticide and synthetic fertilizers to cover farmland with poisons.

You’ve heard of “Bee Colony Collapse.”  We spray so many poisons on our crops, and our flowering plants—that bees lose their bearings, their nerves and their ability to function.  Those pollinators are the most important link between humans and our food.  Do you think that stops all those chemical companies from producing those poisons?  Answer:  Monsanto still produces Agent Orange, offshoots of DDT, and hundreds of other chemicals.  Guess what? We buy all those poisons to poison ourselves and our children.

How do you think it’s going to play out in another 26 years as we gallop toward 2050?

During this series, I will paint a picture of what it’s going to look like on “Earth Day 2050.”  You won’t like it. It will frighten you.  Maybe it will scare you enough to take action to stop this ongoing insanity being perpetuated on our civilization.

Additionally, I will address the fact that we’re running out of water, energy and resources to sustain the 350,000,000 Americans—plus another 30 or 40 million illegal aliens who have invaded our country. When you understand that we face another 80 to 100 million MORE people added to America, you might suffer a panic attack for your children or anyone living in America in 2050.

I have read two very important books on what we face:  Christopher O. Clugston’s  book Scarcity: Because the natural resource utilization behavior that enables our current success—our industrialized way of life—and that is essential to perpetrating our success, is simultaneously undermining our very existence.

He emphatically states that we will run out of the natural resources that “allow”  our current existence. Once they suffer exhaustion, all hell will break loose.  He said, “Neither our natural resource utilization behavior nor our industrial lifestyle paradigm is sustainable.  This is our predicament.”

Clugston said, “If we Homo Sapiens (which means “clever apes”) are truly an exceptional species, now is the time to prove it.”

Will we change course toward a sustainable future for our coming generations?  What do you think?

Part 2:  Riding the resource horse until it dies under the saddle.  Money and power more important than reasoned choices.  Humanity’s need for wars rather than peaceful solutions.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

by Lee Duigon

April 25, 2024

Democrat operatives are growing increasingly frantic about Vice President Kamala Harris’ popularity. Polls consistently show her mired somewhere in the 30s—34 percent here, 35 percent there, etc. They will not admit to any lower numbers.

The Save Kamala PAC—off the record, but not so far off that we have to pretend we never saw it—asserts that come hell or high water, Kamala will be SloJo Biden’s running mate. “Are you kiddin’? We’re stuck with her!” grants White House shaman Xia Jin Pow. “Just try dumping the first black woman v.p. and sees what happens to you!”

But not all White House staff go that far. Jia Ma-fu declares, “But this is easy! Sure, Kamala is dead weight on the ticket—well, so what? If you want to get rid of her, just appoint her to the Supreme Court: Justice Kamala Harris. End of problem!”

When reminded that there are currently no vacancies on the court, Mr. Jia smirked knowingly and remarked, “It ain’t just COVID that they brew up in the Wuhan lab, baby! There are ways of creating a vacancy, know what I mean?”

Even so, there are those in the administration who would prefer to keep Ms. Harris on board. “She takes boos and brickbats that would otherwise be thrown at our beloved president,” said Tan Bu-ting, in charge of what’s in the Oval Office broom closet (top secret). “Imagine if we had a vice president who was at all competent, and actually more popular than poison ivy. That leaves our glorious leader to take the heat. No way we can have that!”

According to incredibly confidential sources, “experts” are zeroing in on Ms. Harris’ notorious laugh—“her cackle”—that always seems to erupt at just the wrong moment.

“No doubt about it—it’s that creepy laugh that turns people off,” said consultant Wu Xiu. “We’ve tried all kinds of ways to break her of that habit. Sad stories don’t work; she laughs at those, too. We’ve even tried small electric shocks, and still come up empty. So far, we’re stumped!”

But what about some of the administration’s wildly unpopular public policies? Refusing to enforce our nation’s borders. Wiping out a trillion dollars’ worth of student loans. Trying to force people to buy electric cars that they don’t want. Using the schools to promote transgenderism. It’s a very long list.

“Policy, schmolicy!” said Mr. Wu. “We’ve got the news media, social media censorship, mail-in ballots, celebrities—so who cares what all those peasants out there think of any policy? Do you really think our policies will get us any votes? Fooey! Get rid of that laugh and we can let the World Economic Forum dictate America’s policy.”

But then there’s the looming specter, four years from now, of “President Kamala Harris,” cackle and all.

“You’re all assuming there will still be a United States of America four years from now,” Mr. Wu said. “Well, there will be, of course—but not in any shape that anyone over twenty would recognize.

“Remember: we are aiming for a fundamental transformation of America, and we will let nothing stand in our way.

“Not even Kamala Harris’ laugh.”

I have covered this and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and put your two cents in! My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2024 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Cliff Kincaid

April 24, 2024

Christopher F. Rufo is the winner of the 2024 Conservative Book of the Year Award for his work, America’s Cultural Revolution: How the Radical Left Conquered Everything.  This talented young writer has discovered, belatedly, that communism has come to America through infiltration of our culture and institutions. However, his revelation about communism in America ignores another part of the problem – the conservative movement of which he is a part.

While posing as an enemy of Cultural Marxism, Rufo celebrates “gay conservative” Dave Rubin’s same-sex “marriage” and two surrogate pregnancies.

Call me old-fashioned, but fathering children through surrogates and raising them without a mother seems to me like a new form of Cultural Marxism. It was Marx, after all, who called for the abolition of the traditional family. And it was Harry Hay, a communist, who started the modern gay rights movement in America.

Indeed, the Communist Party (CPUSA) proclaims that it was Harry Hay “who brought communist theory and practice to the fight for gay liberation.” Our access to his FBI file confirms all of this.

“Sen. Joe McCarthy once said that to be against him, one had to be a —-sucker or a Communist, and Harry Hay was both,” the CPUSA proudly declares.

Ignored by Rufo is the fact that the Republican Party has largely surrendered to the Cultural Marxists, as President Trump has abandoned his pro-life stand and his Catholic wife is raising money for a “gay” Republican group, the Log Cabin Republicans, based on the left-wing myth that Republican President Abraham Lincoln was a secret homosexual.

The pro-homosexual trend was also apparent when Dave Rubin mentioned on one of his shows that the Catholic wife of Florida’s Republican Governor Ron DeSantis had sent him baby clothes for one of “his” children.

For his part, Rufo’s failure to identify his own role in the cultural collapse may reflect the fact that he works for an organization, the Manhattan Institute, which is funded by Paul Singer, who has been pumping millions of dollars into the campaign to normalize homosexual activity, even “gay marriage,” especially among Republicans. Singer, whose son is gay, is chairman and Rufo is a senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute.

Nine years ago, my group, America’s Survival, Inc. (ASI), held a national press conference in the Zenger Room of the National Press Club in Washington, D.C. titled “Crimes against Nature and the Constitution: Cultural Marxism and America’s Moral Collapse.” Our warnings about the cultural decline of America were ignored by the conservative establishment. They defunded me for my principled conservative stand.

The speakers at our April 21, 2015 event included Dr. Alan Keyes; Peter LaBarbera, President, Americans for Truth; Matt Barber, constitutional attorney; and James Simpson, the investigative journalist.

Unfortunately, the videos of this great event were censored by YouTube.

However, our detailed report, “Cultural Marxism and America’s Moral Collapse,” exposed what was happening and is still available. It ties the homosexual movement to the decline of Britain as a world power and describes how America is following the same ruinous path.

At the time, we warned that a major effort was underway to destroy the winning Reagan coalition of social, economic, and foreign policy conservatives. “Some Republican Party elites are trying to marginalize and isolate traditional conservatives – as well as drive millions of Christians out of the Republican Party,” I said in advance of the event.

This has come to pass, as even some prominent MAGA Republicans have “gone gay” on domestic policy, forging an alliance with the “Log Cabin Republicans” and backing a Republican flip-flop on abortion, going from pro-life to “state’s rights.”

Call me old-fashioned, but I seem to remember that the right to life is established in one of America’s founding documents, the Declaration of Independence.

The successful Reagan coalition is being undermined in front of our eyes, as the presumed Republican presidential candidate, Donald J. Trump, is forced to defend himself in various kangaroo courts on dubious and politically-motivated charges while moving left on cultural issues.

He will never satisfy the forces out to get him.

While the Intercollegiate Studies Institute (ISI) hailed Rufo’s book as “an essential guide to navigating and comprehending” the changes in American society, his endorsement of the “gay conservative” agenda suggests he is leading people astray in even more insidious ways.

The conservative establishment that is represented on the ISI board can pat themselves on the back for belatedly recognizing there is a communist problem in America today. In my opinion, however, they are black tie losers who dine on lobster dinners while America burns.

Things could have been different had our warnings been taken seriously. In 2008, before the election of Barack Hussein Obama as president, we disclosed documentary evidence, including FBI files, demonstrating that Obama had ties with extreme anti-American elements, including agents of the Moscow-controlled Communist Party USA.

At our 2010 conference on “Marxism in America,” we issued a call-to-action for the Republican-led Congress to bring back the House Internal Security Committee.  But nothing was done.

In fact, when former Republican Rep. Steve King came under media attack for speaking out in favor of saving Western civilization, House Republican “Leader” Kevin McCarthy arranged to have King replaced on various congressional committees and orchestrated his defeat. King had supported a House Internal Security Committee to uncover communists.

King’s book, Walking Through the Fire, describes in detail how the GOP leadership, led by McCarthy, forced him out of Congress through lies and collaboration with the New York Times.

Howard Phillips, 1941-2013, chairman of the Conservative Caucus, was a visionary who started a third political party, now known as the Constitution Party, when the Republican Party began drifting away from conservatism.

The Constitution Party is meeting this week and could be on the ballot in 35 states, giving conservatives an alternative to Trump.

My observation from decades of involvement in the conservative movement is that the conservative movement has been terribly compromised by people, some of them well-intentioned, who did not grasp the political reality of what was happening in their own country. Some are slowly coming to the realization of what is happening, like Rufo, but his Damascus Road conversion to the truth about communism in America comes too late to make a significant difference.

What is worse, as we have seen with their embrace of homosexuality, they are waving the white flag of surrender while claiming to be bracing for victory.

Catholic writer Trent Horn has noted, in regard to Dave Rubin and his partner hiring surrogates to have their children, they have  created “a relationship that is explicitly designed so that these children will not be raised by their mother, will not be raised in an environment with their biological mother and father.” Contrary to Rufo and other “conservatives,” he argues that it is nothing to be celebrated.

Writer Laurie Higgins of the Illinois Family Institute says the “purchase” of babies clearly undermines the family structure and is immoral.  By design, she argues, “sodomitic mimicry of intercourse is non-reproductive.” She adds, “All efforts to mimic intercourse and to obtain the fruit of such unions — including shopping for eggs as Rubin shared he did — by homosexuals are morally repugnant and selfish.”

Meanwhile, the demonization of Trump is obviously designed to divert attention from the Marxist takeover of the major institutions of government. And should he win, he is being advised not to seek retribution against the Marxists. Big mistake.

Trump could rally the America people if he were to declare that he intends to identify, isolate, imprison, and/or deport the Marxists. Nothing less will suffice.

In this context, in light of current events on the campuses, I recommend our 2016 book, Marxist Madrassas: The Hostile Takeover of Higher Education in America.  The book, published 8 years ago, explained that the anti-Israel campaign emerged from the International Solidarity Movement (ISM) and its base on college campuses. This is the organization which sponsored the BDS (boycotts, divestment, and sanctions) economic warfare campaign against Israel.

“Jewish students tend to be targets in these campaigns and have been threatened and assaulted,” our book warned.

What we warned about has come to pass in a dramatic manner. Anti-Semitism is on the rise, not only in colleges and universities but globally, largely because of the propaganda campaigns and support from a nuclear-armed Russia and its client state Iran, now on the verge of attaining nuclear weapons.

I followed up with a report on the communist-organized “Free Palestine” rally in Washington, D.C. on November 4, 2023.

The hour is late and the Republican majority is slim, but House Speaker Mike Johnson could and should act on our request. Bring back the House Committee on Internal Security.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Bradlee Dean

April 24, 2024

“Propaganda works best when those who are being manipulated are confident, they are acting on their own free will.” —Joseph Goebbels

If you listen to The Sons of Liberty Radio show, you have probably heard it said a thousand times over that 94% of the American people claim that they do not believe the mainstream media.  Rightfully so.  Yet, I have one question for you:  Why are the people allowing the “useful idiots” in the mainstream media to drive their lying narrative (Micah 6:16)?

The Bible says that the devil and his minions are liars and that the devil is the father of them.  In John 8:44, Scripture tells us:

“Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it.”

In Revelation 12:9 it says, “And the great dragon was cast out — that serpent of old called the devil and satan, who deceiveth the whole world. He was cast out onto the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.”

Jesus said of the Lord kicking him out of the Heavens, “I beheld Satan as lightning fall from Heaven.”

Friends, if the Lord kicked him out of Heaven, which He did, how is it that the American people, which 86% claim to be Christian, continuously proclaim that “God has shed His grace upon us,” which He has (Psalm 33:12), while tolerating what it is that the Lord did not?

How do the said Christians pray that the Lord’s will be done on this earth as it is in Heaven when He already exhibited His will.  Again, how do these professors sit back and allow what the Lord forbids (Matthew 6:9-13)?

Satan is also called a DELUDER, one who deceives; a deceiver; an imposter; one who holds out false pretenses.

When it comes to the “Clowns in the circus” of politics (America’s politicians), Scripture clearly warns us in 2 Corinthians 11:13-15:

“For such are… deceitful workers, transforming themselves into the apostles of Christ.  And no marvel; for Satan himself is transformed into an angel of light.  Therefore, it is no great thing if his ministers also be transformed as the ministers of righteousness; whose end shall be according to their works.”

Furthermore, the people in this country see that what the MSM promulgates.

If it is not covering for conspirators (Jeremiah 11:9), then it’s distraction and confusion by design being acted out by the corrupt within the halls of government.

The Lord is not the author of confusion (1 Corinthians 14:33).  Yet, people wonder why they are confused (Daniel 9:7).

It’s interesting how the Word of God (The Lord is not a man that He should lie; Numbers 23:19) teaches us the opposite of the propaganda narrative that is set in this country on a daily basis.

“For he whom God hath sent speaketh the words of God.” -John 3:34

And in Matthew 28:18, Jesus said, “All power is given unto Me in Heaven and in earth,” and in turn He gives that authority unto His church, “Behold, I give unto you power… over all the power of the enemy” (Luke 10:19).

How is a defeated foe, Satan, subduing those, the righteous, who claim to be the Lord’s?

Conclusion: Americans in this country are the government (Preamble to the U.S. Constitution).  They are the law under God and are obligated to keep His commandments, judgments, and statutes (Deuteronomy 4:40).  In so doing, they will experience righteousness and peace within (Isaiah 51:4; Amos 5:15).

As Thomas Edison rightly stated, “The strength of the Constitution lies in the will of the people to defend it.”

On almost every level (State and federal), corruption within this government is treasonously warring against its own people (Article III, Section 3 U.S. Constitution).

Instead of uniting under the Lord and condemning the criminal efforts that are being committed in hopes of undermining who we are as a people (confusion, distraction – Order out of created chaos), the people are simply following in close pursuit of what they say that they do not believe. Setting in front of their television sets and letting the corrupt media and the corrupt politicians (working hand-in-glove with the corporations – Isaiah 28:18) continuously allowed to set the narrative by speaking on their behalf.

And the worst of it is that Americans then wonder why they are confused (the Lord is not the author of confusion -1 Corinthians 14:33) in chasing their tails or watching the tail wag the dog.

© 2024 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

April 23, 2024

Search the Constitution and you will find no power granted to the legislative branch to make laws governing agriculture, housing, medicine, energy, private ownership or weapons, and a great deal more. —John F. McManus

Communism is the corruption of a dream of justice. —Adlai E. Stevenson, Democrat politician and former UN Ambassador from 1961-1965

Communism has never come to power in a country that was not disrupted by war or corruption, or both. —John F. Kennedy

We are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence — on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies by day.  —John F. Kennedy

There isn’t a day that some horrible news doesn’t come into our home via newspapers, magazines or email.  Today is no different.  Yesterday’s headline was that the Republican held House reauthorized a two-year government surveillance power in the FISA bill, and Speaker Mike Johnson cast the winning vote.

Today’s news was just as horrifying.  The unelected elitists in the World Economic Forum are strongly promoting digital IDs to enforce vaccination compliance.

There is a network of power-seekers operating in the US and throughout the world to destroy nations and rule the planet.  They hate freedom and liberty.

Community organizer Saul Alinsky stated, “True revolutionaries do not flaunt their radicalism. They cut their hair, put on suits and infiltrate the system from within.”

And they infiltrate…everything.

Italian Marxist Antonio Gramsci gave us the blueprint for what has happened to America, “Socialism is precisely the religion that must overwhelm Judeo-Christianity. … In the new order, Socialism will triumph by first capturing the culture via infiltration of schools, universities, churches and the media by transforming the consciousness of society.”

Infiltration and Extirpation

Back in 2009, when the Tea Parties started up, I remember watching Glenn Beck on Fox News.  He had Tea Party representatives from all over the country in studio.  I was astonished at their lack of knowledge, but they knew something was very wrong and wanted to fix it.  Judge Napolitano came out at the end and stated that all could be fixed with a constitutional convention, and it wasn’t long before Beck was touting one as well.  Opening our fabulous constitution to destruction is the goal of the infiltrators.

A neighbor and I went to a TP meeting in an adjoining county and I watched as the “leaders” led the people to Heritage Foundation and Newt Gingrich.  I was appalled!  Heritage has always been “controlled opposition,” funded by pro-abortion and globalist Council on Foreign Relations members.

A controlled opposition is a protest movement that is actually being led by government agents. Nearly all governments in history have employed this technique to trick and subdue their adversaries. Vladimir Lenin said, “The best way to control the opposition is to lead it ourselves.”

As for Newt, in 1996, Speaker Gingrich signed the Republican-led “gun free school zones act,” creating criminal safe zones like Virginia Tech, where the only person armed was a murderous criminal.  Senator Herb Kohl of Wisconsin introduced the bill that was incorporated into the Crime Control Act of 1990 and signed into law by George H.W. Bush.

If you check on the voting list of those who voted “yea” on Public Law 101-216 in 1989 (an update to the General and Complete Disarmament Law, Public Law 87-297) you will find that Newt Gingrich voted in favor of section 2 of this disarmament bill which reads: “(2) as defined in this Act, the terms ‘arms control’ and ‘disarmament’ mean ‘the identification, verification, inspection, limitation, control, reduction, or elimination, of armed forces and armaments of all kinds under international agreement to establish an effective system of international control’.”

As for those Tea Parties, within six to eight weeks, the majority were infiltrated and became nothing more than garden clubs effecting no change.

In Manning Johnson’s 1958 book, Color, Communism and Common Sense, Johnson exposed the communist infiltration of black churches using the age old adage of divide and conquer by stirring up racial hatred.  Johnson wrote that communists plotted to use the US Courts to aid communism, to subvert the black churches and to use their members to stir up race conflict.  Many white churches have been infiltrated with Black Lives Matter, gay rights, and even Antifa.    All of this was exposed in R. M. Whitney’s 1926 book, Reds in America.

This brings me to the core of this article and what I have seen taking place in the John Birch Society’s New American Magazine, an organization and magazine that I love and am concerned about.

John F. McManus

Many years ago, I had written an article where I quoted someone who had lied about the John Birch Society (JBS).  Shortly thereafter, John (Jack) F. McManus, President of JBS called me and we spoke for over an hour.  I joined the Society.

Years later, Jack was to speak in Memphis, so a girlfriend and I drove across state and heard Jack express his distaste for Rockefeller’s United Nations and how it needed to be defunded and abolished.  Two JBS life members were with us and we enjoyed a wonderful evening.  You can still watch Jack’s magnificent expose of the UN.

Jack became a wonderful friend over the years.  And what a fabulous author of numerous books; my favorite being, “William F. Buckley, Pied Piper for the Establishment.”  It should be reprinted!

Interestingly enough, it was Buckley’s National Review that brought Jack to the Birch Society.  He had been an antagonist regarding the JBS and read an article in National Review he agreed with regarding Robert Welch’s organization.  Watch this two-minute video where Jack tells what happened.

I cannot begin to list all that Jack McManus accomplished in his lifetime.  I had hoped that an entire issue of JBS’ New American Magazine (NAM) would be devoted to his memory since he passed away on March 4^th of this year.  I wanted to see the photo from the cover of this book on the front of an issue devoted to this wonderful man.  It is Jack speaking with Robert Welch.

In the April 15, 2024 issue, Senior Editor, Rebecca Terrell wrote a beautiful tribute to Jack entitled, The Patriot’s Patriot: A Tribute to John F. McManus (1935-2024).  She knew and loved Jack as all of us did, but he was like a father to her.

Stay the Course

In February of this year, I wrote a letter to the publisher of the NAM with copies to editors and directors of the magazine as well as the CEO, president emeritus and others.

I was extremely concerned with changes I had seen.  So often, the direction changes and weakens, in these wonderful liberty and freedom organizations, when the old guard passes away.

Many of the JBS employees are allegedly not even members of the Society, and as I recall, CEO Bill Hahn, wasn’t a member before he was made CEO.  How can that be?  Where is the allegiance to the organization if you aren’t even a paying member?

The NAM’s logo had always been “That Freedom Shall Not Perish.” It was recently changed to “Know More, Do More,” which sounds like an advertisement for Home Depot or Lowes.

I was horrified that the freedom logo had been replaced.  And asked in my letter:

• Isn’t freedom the entire goal of the John Birch Society?
• Aren’t we to be educated and equipped warriors against the evils of Marxism and fascism?
• Aren’t we all waging a war to stop the juggernaut of communist evil from overtaking our beloved country?
• Wasn’t it freedom that JBS founder, Robert Welch, spent his life fighting for?

That word “Freedom” means as much today as it did when our founders adopted the Declaration of Independence on July 4, 1776, the actual signing occurred on August 2, of 1776.  Following the signing, were seven years of America’s War for Independence from Great Britain that didn’t end until September of 1783.

Freedom, that cry of all people, needs to be the everlasting banner of the New American Magazine, especially today, when our freedom is in great peril of perishing.

Another problem popped up last year.  In all the years I had been a member, I was able to find the NAM articles on the web that had appeared in the magazine and forward them widely to friends.  I knew that many of those who received the articles were impressed and ended up ordering the magazine.

All of a sudden, they were unavailable.

The magazine had adopted the business model of charging to read their articles, but for months, state leaders could not even access the articles to forward them.  Under Biden’s economy, feeding the family and paying the bills comes first.  Incomes are stretched to the limit and few can afford extras.

This problem is now fixed after many months, and we can once again forward articles, but only members can access the articles.

There are some amazing investigative journalists who are editors of the magazine. Alex Newman, Rebecca Terrell and R. Cort Kirkwood are my favorites. I have sent hundreds of NAM articles through email, but there were two that were extremely important;  Rebecca Terrell’s Covid Hospital Rescue and Alex Newman’s BlackRock: Masters of the Universe.

Another change has been the use of AI for magazine cover art.  I was shocked at the visage of Klaus Schwab on one cover as it didn’t even look like that despicable snake.

But what was most disturbing was a post script to my letter which included James Perloff’s blog and his article, My Strange Encounters with Some of the John Birch Society Leadership Over 39 Years.  James is the author of The Shadows of Power: The Council on Foreign Relations, which was sold by the Society.  In this article, James claimed, and showed proof, that some of his articles were being attributed to other authors, one of them even to the NAM publisher’s wife!  Quite shocking really.

These minor changes along with others I haven’t mentioned, have me concerned.  We need this organization to be operating with the same focus they had at their inception.

My letter was directed to the publisher, but I never received a response.  Instead, JBS CEO, Bill Hahn, who was sent a copy of the letter, responded via email.  Rather than alleviating my fears by telling me he’d look into everything I mentioned, he sent a “defense” letter.  That certainly wasn’t the way to win friends and influence people and it didn’t assuage my fears.

The Communist Onslaught

America was long ago infiltrated with communists.  As I’ve written in past articles, the first communist arrived here in 1824.  His name was Robert Owen and he started a socialist school in Harmony, Indiana where he had purchased 20,000 acres.  The school failed.

His son, Robert Dale Owen, also a socialist, became a US Congressman and founded the Smithsonian Institute, understood completely where New Harmony went wrong.

“All cooperative schemes which provide equal remuneration to the skilled and industrious and the ignorant and idle must work their own downfall,” he wrote of his father’s utopia. “For by this unjust plan they must of necessity eliminate the valuable members and retain only the improvident, unskilled and vicious.”

In 1848, a huge number of communists immigrated to the United States after their socialist efforts had failed in Germany.  Thirteen high ranking soldiers in the Union Army were Marxists and corresponded with Marx.  President Lincoln received letters from Karl Marx and they are in the Smithsonian.

By the 1930s, our government schools were being infiltrated with Marxists as told by former Congressman Paul W. Shafer and John Howland Snow in their book, The Turning of the Tides.

In the 1950s, Hollywood and our government were being infiltrated with communists and Senator Joseph McCarthy knew they had to be exposed.  Blacklisted By History authored by M. Stanton Evans, tells the full story of the struggles of Joe McCarthy to expose what was happening to our beloved nation.  It is a revealing expose of the forces that distorted our national policy in the cold war conflict and our understanding of its history since.  It is an incredibly detailed work of scholarship and investigative journalism.

Conclusion

Infiltration is the key.  We must not allow it to happen to the only group known for exposing and fighting communism.  The United Nations, The World Economic Forum and The World Health Organization all represent Marxist control.

Today, the Leftists who appear to be full-blown Stalinists, are in control of far too many facets of American society and culture.  This is why we need a vibrant and strong John Birch Society with the same fire in the belly to save our beloved country.

The education must go on with new leaders like Jack McManus, a man whose heart was always for God, Family and Country.

I pray it is not too late.

© 2024 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: radiok@comcast.net

By Lex Greene

April 23, 2024

Contrary to modern popular belief, the US Constitution isn’t the first document establishing the USA as a sovereign nation of free self-governed people, the Declaration of Independence is. In fact, the document that preceded the Declaration of 1776 is the Mayflower Compact (1620), the foundation for what appears in the Declaration establishing the USA as a free people and independent sovereign nation almost 250 years ago.

Text of the Mayflower Compact (1620)

“In the name of God, Amen. We, whose names are underwritten, the loyal subjects of our dread Sovereign Lord, King James, by the grace of God, of Great Britaine, France and Ireland king, defender of the faith, etc. having undertaken, for the glory of God, and advancement of the Christian faith, and honor of our king and country, a voyage to plant the first colony in the Northern parts of Virginia, do by these presents solemnly and mutually in the presence of God and one of another, covenant and combine ourselves together into a civil body politick, for our better ordering and preservation.”

Due to increasing tyrannical abuses of power under British rule, our nation’s Founders adopted the Declaration of Independence from England on July 4, 1776, 156 years later. From that day on, the United States of America became a sovereign nation of free self-governed people, who would forever be the final arbiters of truth, justice, law, freedom, and sovereign security in preservation of themselves and all posterity.

Eleven years later in 1787, the Founders adopted the US Constitution forming and guaranteeing every State in the Union, a “republican form of government” obligated to uphold and defend the founding principles and values of the new free nation, based upon “the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God.” (aka Natural Law)

The sole purpose of the US Constitution was stated in the preamble to the document…

“in Order to form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defense, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity”

In order to gain support for the adoption of the Constitution, our Founders agreed to immediately take additional action to specifically limit the power and authority of the Federal government via a Bill of Rights on September 25, 1789, the reasoning once again explained in the preamble.

“The Conventions of a number of the States, having at the time of their adopting the Constitution, expressed a desire, in order to prevent misconstruction or abuse of its powers, that further declaratory and restrictive clauses should be added: And as extending the ground of public confidence in the Government, will best ensure the beneficent ends of its institution.”

The three founding documents combined, The Declaration, Constitution, and Bill of Rights, establish what has been referred to ever since, as the “Charters of Freedom.” Each document provides a specific measure of security for the American people to preserve freedom, liberty, justice, and prosperity for all lawful Citizens of the United States. Combined, they are the cornerstone of freedom forever.

However, in order for these historic documents to do their job, it requires a well-informed and active society forever vigilant in the protection, preservation, and enforcement of everything in these three documents.

The Bill of Rights is not an enumeration of The People’s Rights, which are far too numerous to ever number. Instead, the Bill of Rights is an enumeration of strict prohibitions of federal authority and power. They must be read within this proper context, or they are useless.

“The Constitution might never have been ratified if the framers hadn’t promised to add a Bill of Rights. The first ten amendments to the Constitution gave citizens more confidence in the new government and contain many of today’s Americans’ most valued freedoms.”

What First Amendment?

“Congress shall make no law” means that the only law-making branch of the Federal government, Congress, has no power or lawful authority whatsoever over the following subjects…

• an establishment of religion
• or prohibiting the free exercise thereof
• or abridging the freedom of speech
• or of the press
• or the right of the people peaceably to assemble
• and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances

Today, the federal government is deeply engaged in violating all six protections in the First Amendment. The government has essentially attempted to establish itself as a religion opposing more than 70% of American Citizens who claim the Christian faith, with increasing attacks on Jews as well, including open attempts to “prohibit the free exercise thereof.”

They have prosecuted and jailed thousands of Citizens for simply speaking their political views in the public square, J6ers being the most blatant example, but they have done this to innocent Citizens for years. The ongoing witch-hunts trying to eliminate their political opponent Trump being yet another egregious example, where the government can say anything they want about Trump to manipulate public impressions of Trump, including proven lies, while they try to muzzle Trump’s ability to defend himself via a totally unconstitutional GAG ordered by a blatantly political Judge in New York.

Trump couldn’t possibly get a more politically motivated bias court or jury than the one he faces in New York right now. But mindless Trump-haters see no problem with direct violations of the Bill of Rights, so long as the abuse of power is aimed at someone they were dog whistle trained to hate.

But it isn’t just Trump… the extreme global Marxist left did the same thing to Sanders and Warren to make room for Obama puppet Joe in 2020. They have done the same to countless journalists either out of work or scared for their lives under tyrannical threat from the Obama regime in power. They have done it to more than a thousand J6 rally goers, while protecting their own street minions as they burn and loot cities across the country, referred to as “peaceful protests” by the left. And…they are even doing it to Robert Kennedy Jr. as he challenges the tyrannical regime as an “independent” candidate in 2024.

Indoctrinated children are taking over college campuses and whole cities shouting, “death to America” and “we are Hamas,” with total immunity from the laws they break. But anyone and anything “pro-American” is being hunted down by our weaponized government, as global criminals and terrorists are being imported and spread across the country in preparation for the “imminent attacks on US soil” that the same government is issuing warnings about daily.

The current federal government totally controls the press and all social media platforms, except Tik Tok, which is why the government is hellbent to eliminate the one public forum they can’t control, Tik Tok.

They have criminalized the right of the people to assemble and labeled the right to petition the Government for a redress of grievances, an “insurrection.” There’s nothing in the First Amendment that hasn’t been directly violated by the people currently in control of the federal government and their offenses are far worse than any of the offenses perpetrated by King George in the 1700s.

Which is why the Second Amendment exists…without which, there’s no means to protect any other rights at all…

“A well-regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State,

the right of the people to keep (own) and bear (carry) Arms, shall not be infringed.”

Yep, the current government has taken aim at both militias and lawful private gun rights too, for equally obvious reasons. Nations all over the world have fallen under brutal communist and Marxist dictatorships for centuries, but not until after the citizenry was disarmed! Meanwhile, they spread nothing but threats of death and destruction across America in their ongoing foreign invasion of military age males from the worst places on earth.

What Bill of Rights?

If Amendment one and two can no longer be defended, tell me what else in the Bill of Rights can be? Nothing in the other eight amendments can be protected without protecting the first two, it’s just that simple.

Included in the Right of Free Speech is the most important form of free speech, the lawful secure voice of the legitimate eligible American voters. If our country cannot be governed by the people through free, fair, lawful, and transparent elections, then all that is left is street justice. That’s exactly what the current federal government is pushing for…all out war in our streets.

Left with no peaceful constitutional remedies, the people will sooner or later be pushed to war against their own government.

When everything in the Constitution and Bill of Rights fails, the people must return to their foundations of freedom in the Declaration.

“We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain inalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.–That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, –That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness.”

In other words, if the federal government is no longer restrained by its limited Constitutional authority, and the additional restrictions in the Bill of Rights, then it is no longer a faithful partner in that contract with the member States, or the American people, and it has no right to exist at all. Every penny sent to DC is “taxation without representation.”

The final arbiter isn’t any temporary occupant of the Oval Office, any Executive Branch Agency, the US Military, any legislator, or court, it’s the American people…so says our Founding documents.

The Founders had it all right…but the people have not been “forever vigilant” for over a hundred years now. As a result, the vast majority of Americans are now demoralized, depressed, and defeated. The framers had this part right too…

“Prudence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly all experience hath shewn, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed.”

Unfortunately, by the time the people have had enough, they will have already lost everything, including the means to right their own ship. Everything they tried to protect by keeping their head down and mouth shut, they will lose.

Freedom once lost, has never been regained in the history of mankind. The USA was the one exception in the world, and now, it appears the people will let it fall too…

Those who do not know history, are doomed to repeat history!

© 2024 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

By Steven Yates

April 23, 2024

“Fundamentally, the Vibe Shift is a return to — a championing of — Reality, a rejection of the bureaucratic, the cowardly, the guilt-driven; a return to greatness, courage, and joyous ambition.”  —Santiago Pliego, “Vibe Shift,” Substack, Feb 24, 2024.

Santiago Pliego’s article sent me on fire more than anything I’d recently encountered on Substack. It did more than keep my mind occupied before the “minor” heart surgery I had scheduled for the following Monday.

Since I’d not heard of him before, I did a search and learned that he’s involved with a venture firm called New Founding, which (according to its website) “build(s) and back(s) companies defined by American ideals and a positive national vision.” Followed with, “We explicitly oppose all DEI/ESG and the bureaucratization of American business culture.”

They sound like my kind of folks! Naturally I signed up to receive their newsletter!

But what on Earth is a “vibe shift”?

Vibe Shifts 2022.

The phrase was kicking around online in early 2022. The catastrophic lockdowns and “social distancing” measures were starting to end, and people were trying to figure out what was what. It was a time of great disorientation, as so many were still uncertain what had hit them during the previous two years. Some of us started waiting for the next shoe to drop.

A trend-watcher/forecaster named Sean Monahan claims credit for coining the phrase. He identified it with changing fashions like the return of “hipster” culture. Why, he asked, does one such trend seem to define an era? Why do certain things seem “in” or “out of style”? His first article on the subject is (unfortunately) behind a paywall. He did leave us this illuminating diagram. You’ll also find him commenting publicly here:

The US supreme court judge Potter Stewart refused to define obscenity, saying in 1964 rather: “I know it when I see it.” Trends are a bit like this. You know them when you see them — you just have to have your pattern recognition goggles on.

In other words, if you’re looking and you have some idea what to look for, you just “see” it. Earlier that year, one Allison P. Davis elaborated in a widely circulated article in a publication called The Cut:

In the culture, sometimes things change, and a once-dominant social wavelength starts to feel dated. Monahan … breaks down the three vibe shifts he has survived and observed: hipster/indie music (ca. 2003-09) … post-Internet techno revival (ca. 2010 – 16) … [including] … dressing like The Matrix…. And Hypebeast/Woke (ca. 2016-20)….

There’s been a real paranoia that people have, everyone coming out of hibernation being like, What are people wearing? What are people reading? What are people doing? 

Not everyone survives a vibe shift, Davis continues. Trends move on. Something new and exciting comes along, embraced by early adopters. The crowd follows. Then you’re asked, hopefully by friends, “Why are you wearing that?” Or perhaps, “Why are you saying that?”

I thought I was something of a pop culture watcher who didn’t take it too seriously. I’ve always been a music afficionado with a substantial collection covering all the decades of my life (and before). Most “vibes” are associated with clothing and hair styles. Bright-colored bellbottoms were everywhere in the 1960s and gone by the 1980s. I don’t know exactly when women started getting tattoos and men started wearing earrings, or when either started dyeing their hair every color of the rainbow. What I know is that when I was in high school in the early 1970s, heaven help anyone who did any of those!

Remember when TikTok became “a thing”? Seems that was late in 2020. All of a sudden, selfie videos of Gen Z-ers gyrating mindlessly seemed to be everywhere. I just assumed that someone, somewhere, was making a killing. (Turns out, it was the Chinese.)

I’ve no clue what Hypebeast is (or was). I guess I didn’t have the right pattern-recognition goggles on. I knew what it meant to be goth back in the naughty-aughties — for the “unhip,” that’s the ‘00’ decade. Goth was kids (sometimes adults) dressed like Barnabas Collins or Elvira, Mistress of the Dark, and dancing to dark music.

I also know what Woke is, and I consider it disastrous (it didn’t stop in 2020, either!).

Ending Cancel Culture, Returning to Reality.

Getting back to Santiago Pliego … I have my doubts the commentators above would find his article all that conducive to what they’re up to. He begins with a discussion of the James Damore versus Google fracas back in 2017. Damore, if you remember, was cancelled by Google after penning a piece questioning that the imbalance of women to men tech engineers was due to systemic discrimination. The essence of Damore’s question:

“Hey, what if Reality — and not targeted misogyny — accounts for the fact that more men than women work in tech? Also, why does it feel like I could get fired for asking this?”

It took just three months. What followed was a lawsuit alleging that the real discrimination in Big Tech was against white male conservatives. The suit was eventually dropped.

Cancel culture was definitely “in” during the latter 2010s, Trump notwithstanding. It continued to be “in” when Captain Covid hit, and afterwards as the New Normal began. Look at all the people kicked off Twitter, YouTube, etc., etc., for questioning the necessity of the lockdowns or the safety and efficacy of the mRNA shots that appeared at the start of 2021: obviously without the years of laboratory tests, clinical trials, etc., real vaccines had always undergone.

Censorship was definitely “in” during the early 2020s. Add to the above, Election 2020 and Hunter Biden’s laptop.

Pliego intimates that the tide is turning, and that while Google might be able to get away with canceling a James Damore today, there’s be a louder outcry than there was in 2017.

He pins down the turning point as Elon Musk’s buying Twitter and turning it into X. Quoting Mike Solana, also of New Founding:

For over twenty years it’s been obvious the internet doomed the 20^th Century media oligopoly. But it took decades for a majority of Americans to move online, and in 2016, at precisely the moment it seemed social media would replace the former order, an unofficial alliance of powers refortified an elitist hold on discourse. A year ago, Elon shattered that alliance. The thought criminals were freed, and the window of acceptable discourse broadened until it broke — a total Overton collapse. Now, for better and for worse, there is no more curation, there are no more fake trends, there are no more Washington Post-employed state sock puppets propped up artificially, and there is no more political censorship. Yes, whatever Elon finds personally annoying tends to vanish (R.I.P Substack links), and he’s still not been tested by a major election. But, for now at least, news trends are dominated by stories people actually care about (even when they suck). This has never happened before, and so the phenomenon necessarily poses opportunity that has never before existed.

While his description of the present state of affairs seems a bit optimistic to me, remember PropOrNot?

Anonymous “experts” alleged in a totally unsourced article on the front page of The Washington Post that “Russian propaganda” had infiltrated online discourse, fueled Trump’s campaign, putting him into the presidency.

It was so transparently an attempt to delegitimize the election the leftist-globalist alliance had just lost that it practically caricatured itself. Hillary Clinton’s loss was the biggest upset that what Solano calls the oligopoly had yet seen, a consequence of the collapse of the narratives the oligopoly had championed for decades.

The oligopoly is more than “legacy” (corporate) media, of course. That’s just another term for the leftist-globalist ruling class. This class, which I sometimes call GloboCorps, controls the money and international banking system (via the Federal Reserve and its overseers the Bank of International Settlements, SWIFT, etc.), intel agencies and the military hierarchy; globalist “think tanks” here and abroad (think: Trilateral Commission, Atlantic Council, etc.); the WHO; the WTO; Big Tech; Big Pharma; academia via the Ivy Leagues which DIE (Diversity, Inclusion, Equity) has substantially compromised and weakened over the years.

Haven’t you noticed: the oligopoly’s minions still don’t need to produce evidence for their claims. No one ever proved, for example, that Donald Trump sexually assaulted E. Jean Carroll. She couldn’t even remember the year of the supposed assault. An honest judge and jury would have thrown that case out in embarrassment. Come to think of it, there’s no evidence of a tryst between Trump and Stormy Daniels; at one point, she denied it! Until she didn’t!

Leftist Democrats make up Reality as they go along.

Thus absence of evidence didn’t prevent a leftist judge from fining Trump almost half-a-billion dollars total for exercising his rights under the First Amendment. We have no “rule of law”! What we have is a system in which money, power, and weaponized language dominate. This is becoming obvious to anyone paying attention.

Is the obviousness of this starting to bring about a change from the outside? That’s the really interesting question!

Vibe Shift 2024!

Vibe shifts apply to the information world, not just the worlds the trendwatchers watch (fashion trends, music, aggregate generational behavior).

Maybe, because so many people are sick and tired of the lies, the canceling, the bullying, the bullshit,* the biggest vibe shift in quite a while might be starting!

It might indeed have begun when Elon Musk turned Twitter into X, those called the “woke mob” left on their own, and the platform became a place where real conversations could take place.

Substack, I’ve also noticed, is full of real writers of various stripes encouraging real conversations (some earn decent incomes doing so!).

Even a few Democrats have noticed, after all, that our present VP, a DIE pick if ever there was one, isn’t even remotely qualified to be one heartbeat away from the presidency.

This, with the guy at the helm often stumbling, slurring words, trying to shake hands with people who aren’t there.

Now consider the torching of Claudine Gay’s short-lived, DIE-sponsored presidency at Harvard (I’ve discussed this here; it is also at the center of Solana’s piece). Hers was just one of a wave of resignations of the unqualified.

For the first time, DIE is being rolled back across the country. Its premises, that the U.S. is an irredeemably “systemically racist” country also drowning in misogyny, homophobia, transphobia, etc. (what’s next? pedophobia?), are being challenged openly.

I’ve been saying all along that 2024 has the potential to be a year with some of the biggest pivots we’ve seen in our lifetimes!

In that spirit I very much applaud Santiago Pliego’s proposals:

The Vibe Shift looks like ditching childless civilizational nihilism and saying, yeah, having kids is good, actually.

The Vibe Shift is the repudiation of homogenizing hyperglobalism and instead intentionally pursuing the communal, the local, and the national.

The Vibe Shift is the rejection of reality denial and instead embracing that men and women are unique and different.

The Vibe Shift is the refusal to subordinate yourself and your family to the whims and anxieties of activists and bureaucrats and relearning to trust your eyes and ears.

The Vibe Shift is the rejection of secular liberal materialism and a return to the Christian foundations of the West.

Last emphasis mine, because actually, believing in God and trusting in Providence suddenly sounds kind of cool!

Atheists are as tiresome as they are arrogant!

Pliego lists more, so I’ll again send you to the article (scroll down).

The Vibe Shift We Need rejects everything that is holding us back if not actually destroying us.

It embraces equal treatment under the law but rejects DIE. Hire your people based on your best determinations of merit, not politically-coerced favoritism. I’ve been arguing this since 1989. Too bad we’ve had the disasters we’ve had before this started to sink in.

The Vibe Shift We Need embraces science but rejects The Science (Tony Fauci’s faith to be “believed in” and followed blindly).

It embraces technology so long as technology is our servant and not our master (at the hands of corporate predators).

It embraces markets in the same spirit: they are our servants and not our masters. Money is no more a good surrogate for God than the state.

The Vibe Shift We Need looks toward the Christian elements in our national founding and rejects paranoid nonsense about “theocracy” or “dominionism.”

It urges a life culture and rejects the death culture. It might embrace the idea that human beings, as individuals, were created in God’s image, and urge an ethic of the intrinsic value of a human being that acknowledges this and develops the consequences.

Needless to say, after this Vibe Shift, women killing their unborn children will no longer be cool! They won’t want to. They will see that children are our future.

The Vibe Shift We Need embraces human finiteness. We are not God. Anyone who thinks he/she is, or thinks himself/herself able to plan the planet for all of humanity, is possibly a sociopath and will be shunned no matter how much clout he/she wields or money he/she throws about.

It thus supports Pliego and New Founding in embracing the local, the communal, the national.

I’d add that this Vibe Shift embraces approaching others with kindness and empathy, as all our lives can be viewed as lengthy adventures including struggles, with oneself the central character and protagonist.

Everyone you pass on the sidewalk may be fighting battles you can’t see or hear.

This Vibe Shift thus encourages civility towards those who disagree, assuming charitably that the reason they disagree goes to their life story in some way. This to the extent they will permit disagreement, of course, and not confuse disagreement with hate. If they don’t, the new ethos will counsel simply walking away.

In the new ethos, bullying will not be tolerated.

For civil dialogue is a better path to truth and justice than shouting and cancelation. Through conversation and careful identification of our common problems in a common world, we might work together instead of separately to improve the human world just a little. Cancel culture — efforts to erase whatever makes political bullies angry and afraid — will be seen as increasingly uncool! (Even progressive rock groups are now subjecting cancel culture to ridicule.)

Can we turn the New Normal in a new direction? We’ll find out. The future will come regardless; and it might be best if we took charge of it and worked to make it better.

*For more delicate readers: I’m using the term bullshit the way the late philosopher Harry Frankfurt used it in his slim tract On Bullshit (2005). The truth-teller and the liar both care about what is true; the former tells it while the latter tells something else intending to divert your attention from it. The bullshitter, Frankfurt argues compellingly, couldn’t care less about truth or falsehood. He/she is only interested in trolling.

© 2024 Steven Yares – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

This essay is also available on Steven Yates’s Substack publication Navigating the New Normal. Please consider subscribing if you haven’t already.

Steven Yates is a (still recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored more than 20 articles, book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself. In 2021 he moved to Chile. He is married to a Chilean national.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).

By: Devvy

April 22, 2024

“It is not enough to conquer; one must know how to seduce.” Voltaire

1972 Richard Nixon met with Chou En-Lai in Shanghai to “cement a new world order”. America crawled into bed with the commies. The same communists who were holding our POW/MIAs from the Korean and Viet Nam “conflicts.” Only God knows how many were still alive, but those butchers of Beijing had them at the same time Nixon was over there kissing En-Lai’s backside and toasting champagne.

Chou En-Lai was the first Premier of the People’s Republic of China until he died in 1976.  Chou served under Chairman Mao Zedong and aided the Communist Party in rising to power.  Under the so-called Great Leap Forward policy, Mao was responsible for the deaths of about 45 million Chinese human beings.

How many Congressional committees have we seen anguish over our mortal enemy, Communist China?  Why, one only need check C-SPAN for broadcasts.  Members of Congress huff and puff about China’s aggression towards the U.S. while wearing suits, expensive shirts, ties, tighty-whiteys and shoes made in Communist China, not to mention a thousand other products in their homes, tools and equipment.   Americans spend TENS AND TENS OF BILLIONS OF DOLLARS ON MADE IN CHINA every year– especially cheap toys.

Few seem to remember the Cox Report and the role of serial adulterer, Billy Clinton.  Of course, Billy played dumb for two months back then about the massive espionage that had been taking place.  The dirty Clinton duo never missed an opportunity to line their pockets with foreign money at the expense of our national security.  Hildebeast screeching about Trump and Russia, Russia, Russia!

Hillary-Putin Uranium Deal: How Long Will Media Ignore It?, Aug. 26, 2016 by William Jasper (one of the best researchers for many decades).  You can read or listen to the article:

“Most American voters looking toward November would probably be interested in learning about Hillary Clinton’s prime role in delivering one-fifth of America’s uranium production to Vladimir Putin’s Russia. As this matter is critically relevant to our national security, as well as America’s energy security, voters would probably appreciate learning about it before they cast their ballot for the next Oval Office occupant. However, most Americans probably have never even heard about Bill and Hillary Clinton’s ties to the Uranium One-Rosatom-Frank Giustra scandal, through the couple’s corruption-troubled Clinton Foundation, and Hillary’s official dealings while serving as President Obama’s secretary of state.

“That is hardly surprising, considering the overwhelming pro-Clinton, anti-Trump bias of the “progressive” establishment media. But new Clinton e-mails and State Department memos released by WikiLeaks may cause some members of the pro-Clinton press brigade to break ranks and confront the Democratic Party candidate on this vitally important issue. Among the many documents to surface recently is a State Department cable from October 2009 warning of the intentions of  Rosatom, Russia’s nuclear energy agency, as it “flexes muscles” with regard to the global uranium market…

“Nevertheless, President Obama and Secretary Clinton have ignored those concerns, with the result that Russia now controls one-fifth (or more) of America’s uranium production. And the Obama administration, via the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), apparently lied to Senator Barrasso when it assured him that ore from the Uranium One mine in Wyoming wouldn’t be exported.”

FBI’s 37 secret pages of memos about Russia, Clintons and Uranium One, Oct. 1, 2018 by the great investigator, John Solomon – “I was the reporter who first disclosed last fall that a globetrotting American businessman, William Douglas Campbell, managed to burrow his way inside Russian President Vladimir Putin’s nuclear giant, Rosatom, in 2009 posing as a consultant while working as an FBI informant.

“Campbell gathered extensive evidence for his FBI counterintelligence handlers by early 2010 that Rosatom’s main executive in the United States, Vadim Mikerin, orchestrated a racketeering plot involving kickbacks, bribes and extortion that corrupted the main uranium trucking company in the United States. That is a serious national security compromise by any measure.

“The evidence was compiled as Secretary Clinton courted Russia for better relations, as her husband former President Clinton collected a $500,000 speech payday in Moscow, and as the Obama administration approved the sale of a U.S. mining company, Uranium One, to Rosatom.  The sale — made famous years later by author Peter Schweizer and an epic New York Times exposé in 2015 — turned over a large swath of America’s untapped uranium deposits to Russia.”

Bill & Hildebeast strolling the beach at the toney Hampton’s, Aug. 26, 2021.  Corruption and selling out your country pay BIG bux.  My, isn’t Hildebeast so fashionable?

Let’s for forget good old Ronnie Reagan:  The Cox Report’s ‘Dirty Little Secret’

“But the Reagan administration’s decision to expedite technology transfer to China bears most directly on the report’s findings. As the Chinese sought to develop a civilian industrial base where none or little had existed before, technology transfer from the United States was pivotal. Much of this effort involved technologies and know-how with inherent relevance to both civilian and military programs. It included provision of a massive array of technical and design data for assembly of McDonnell-Douglas aircraft in Shanghai, including an MD-82 coproduction agreement signed in 1985—the largest U.S.-Chinese industrial project of the past two decades.”

Sound familiar?

CRS Report for Congress
China’s Technology Acquisitions:
Cox Committee’s Report —
Findings, Issues, and Recommendations
June 8, 1999
Shirley A. Kan

Abstract
On May 25, 1999, the House Select Committee on U.S. National Security and Military/Commercial Concerns with the People’s Republic of China (Cox Committee) released the declassified version of its January 3, 1999 classified report on its investigation of U.S. technology transfers to China. The 3-volume, 871-page unclassified report discussed findings related to Chinese acquisition of U.S. nuclear weapon information, missile technology through satellite exports, high-performance computers, and other dual-use technology.

“According to the committee, the PRC has “stolen” classified information on the most advanced U.S. thermonuclear weapons, giving the PRC design information on thermonuclear weapons “on a par with our own.” The information includes classified information on seven warheads, including “every currently deployed thermonuclear warhead in the U.S. ballistic missile arsenal;” on the neutron bomb; and on “a number of” U.S. re-entry vehicles.

“The PRC acquired information on seven U.S. nuclear warheads, including the W88, the most advanced, miniature U.S. nuclear warhead deployed on the Trident D-5 submarine-launched ballistic missile. The committee reported that U.S. information accelerated PRC nuclear weapon modernization and helping its efforts “to fabricate and successfully test its next generation of nuclear weapons designs. These warheads give the PRC small, modern thermonuclear warheads roughly equivalent to current U.S. warhead yields.”

“The committee said that, after three failed satellite launches in 1992, 1995, and 1996, U.S. satellite makers (Hughes and Loral) transferred missile design information and know-how to China without required export licenses from the Department of State “in violation of the International Traffic in Arms Regulations.” The firms gave technical information that has improved the “reliability” of Chinese rockets used to
launch satellites with civilian and military purposes. The information is also useful for the design and improved reliability of “future PRC ballistic missiles.”

Bush Gave China Permanent Normal Trade Relations Status With the US 15 Years Ago. What Did That Change? – Was the decision to grant PNTR to China a catastrophe or a driver of mutual prosperity?  Dec. 28, 2001 – “U.S.-China trade volume in goods and services stood at roughly $660 billion in 2015 and the country is the United States’ largest trading partner. The U.S. Department of Commerce estimated that trade with China supported roughly 251,000 U.S. jobs. In 2015, the United States saw a $366 billion trade deficit with China, representing a 6.6 percent increase from the previous year.”

Our largest trading “partner” is stealing us blind while working to fulfill ownership of everything they can here in OUR country – including ports of entry.  Then they can control all the food, pharmaceuticals, manufacturing, you name it.

Americans continue to enrich our mortal enemy while we live under the threat of when, not if (many believe the Francis Scott Key bridge was a successful operation) the Communist Chinese hit us hard.  And now, filthy dirty player FBI Director Christopher Way is upset about China?  (Trump’s nomination of Wray was a fatal mistake.  He should have fired Wray in 2018 because by that time surely Trump could see what was going on under Wray’s direction.)

FBI’s Chris Wray warns Chinese hackers preparing to attack US infrastructure ‘to induce panic’, April 19, 2024: “FBI Director Christopher Wray warned Thursday that a hacking group linked to the Chinese government is waiting for the right moment to “deal a devastating blow” to U.S. critical infrastructure.

“Wray delivered a keynote speech at the Vanderbilt Summit on Modern Conflict and Emerging Threats in Nashville, and told national security and intelligence experts that the risks posed by the government of China to U.S. national and economic security are “upon us now.”

“The director said a recent bureau investigation found that the Chinese government had gained illicit access to networks within America’s “critical telecommunications, energy, water, and other infrastructure sectors.”

“The PRC [People’s Republic of China] has made it clear that it considers every sector that makes our society run as fair game in its bid to dominate on the world stage, and that its plan is to land low blows against civilian infrastructure to try to induce panic and break America’s will to resist,” Wray said — the FBI explained “these vital sectors—everything from water treatment facilities and energy grids to transportation and information technology—form the backbone of our society.”

While the FBI has spent years hunting down Catholics and pro-life individuals trying to save inconvenient babies from being snuffed out and thrown into a bio-hazard bucket.

Tens of thousands of Chinese, mostly fit males of fighting age, have come across the border just in the past year.  Remember:  Communism is pounded into the heads of small school children in China.  There is no God.  The CCP is their God.  I did read not too long ago there are 67 million Chinese Christians although where that number comes from was not identified.

The Venona Secrets:  Exposing Soviet Espionage and America’s Traitors by Herbert Romerstein and Derick Breindel – one of the best books on communist infiltration within our government which has only grown in scope and size. (Free on-line) //  Exclusive – Peter Schweizer: Mitch McConnell’s Deep Financial Ties to China ‘Unprecedented’ in U.S. History

Complete negligence by state governments have allowed Chinese owned businesses – and you do NOT cross the CCP or your company will be punished – buy up American ag and ranch land, build manufacturing plants and buy land next to OUR military bases.  DAMN STUPID AND ALL FOR GREED.

(Texas) Lt. Gov. Dan Patrick also noted that he may release an additional—albeit shorter—list of interim charges before the session begins in January. “The list of charges runs the gamut of issues conservatives have called on the legislature to address, including property tax relief, protecting Texas land from hostile foreign ownership, and strengthening laws preventing electioneering by school districts and other political subdivisions.”

In April 2020, I had almost finished a column on this but great researcher and writer colleague, Kelleigh Nelson’s came out first but here’s a few important highlights from my column:  “In 2013, Smithfield sold out to a Communist Chinese company. They are now the biggest in the world. How sickening ANY American company sells out to communists. At the time, the president and CEO of Smithfield even had to defend his actions to his mother who asked him why he would sell out to the communists. His response, “These are not Russian communists. They like Americans.” GAG ME. COMMUNISTS ALWAYS LIE TO GET WHAT THEY WANT.

Also from my unfinished column back then:  “The communists now own 1 in every 4 pigs raised in this country. In 2011 the Communist Chinese government laid out their 5-year plan to purchase as much U.S. farmland as possible. At that time, they already owned almost $82 MILLION in OUR farmland. Kissed and blessed by Congress. Damn jackals. The Smithfield deal included another $480 million in farmland bringing the commies total purchases of OUR farmland to $1.4 billion dollars.

“Pope claimed the buyers weren’t part of the Communist Chinese government. Pope assured U.S. senators this purchase (the big stick) would create jobs; at that time Smithfield was in financial trouble. Pope said the deal was just one private company buying another. In a pig’s ear.

“The truth from someone who actually traveled to China and interviewed a top dog at one of their plants: “Shuanghui is required to adhere to Beijing’s five-year plan, the Communist Party’s national economic agenda. And the document was clear. Shuanghui meets its obligations and follows the path laid out by the Communist Party.

“Despite its public listing in Hong Kong, Shuanghui answers to the Chinese government – going beyond regulatory compliance. It receives directives from Beijing, and it follows them. The company’s candidness surprised me, especially because U.S. senators had been sparring over this exact topic a year earlier. Here was conclusive proof.”

“So, that holiday ham for Christmas and Smithfield’s sausage offerings you have for breakfast every morning, I just want you to know who you are enriching and they want you dead.

My late husband loved sausage, bacon and ham.  If I had two BLT’s in a year that was a lot; just not a pork person.  A couple of years ago we find out the swine industry has been shooting up their pigs with the mRNA vaccine technology since 2018.  Oh, but it’s perfectly safe!  Sort of like wicked witch, Nancy Pelosi’s proclamation:  Pass Obamacare first and then find out what’s in the bill.

Commerce Sec’y: China Targets Our Companies, Steals IP, But We Have to Try to Trade with Them, ‘Which Creates Jobs’, July 21, 2023 – “Raimondo responded, “Well, it’ll be the first time a commerce secretary has gone to the region in years. We need to put before them our really serious concerns about the way they’re targeting U.S. tech companies, about the way they don’t respect intellectual property, but also try to find lanes of commerce where we can do commerce, which creates jobs in America.”

How stupid can you be, lady?  Think Xi Jinping gives a crap about stealing our technology and hacking into our government’s agencies?  Create jobs?  BS.  We became the richest debt free nation on this earth until our most important jobs sectors, agriculture, manufacturing and industrial were destroyed by “free trade”.  Create a few jobs and the profits go to Communist China, Communist Viet Nam, India and other countries.  From my unfinished column:

“With its five-year plan in 2011, the Chinese government identified meat processing as a strategically important industry, and with the Smithfield purchase, the country gained access to the world’s most advanced animal rearing, slaughtering and meat processing and distribution technology, she said.

“Haley has testified before Congress several times on how China’s growth is damaging the U.S. economy. She is a fast, firm speaker, and once she gets on a roll, she can dominate a conversation.

“The Chinese will quickly import Smithfield’s technology to China, using it to increase their domestic production and establish massive processing plants to churn out sausages and deli cuts from animals raised around the world, she said. The United States increasingly will become a large hog farm for the Chinese, with refrigerated shipping containers transporting frozen pig carcasses to China, Haley said.

“China is now turning its sights on American agriculture. She laid out her prediction for China’s impact in about five breaths. “In two to five years, we will start noticing major changes in the United States. China will be in many agricultural sectors, not just pork. China will start acquiring much larger farms, for example. China will start consolidating,” she said. “So, in these oligopolistic industries, such as pork, where four manufacturers control over 75 percent of the American pork industry, there will be much price cutting, layoffs, etc., as competitors start feeling the hot breath of China on their necks.”

Globalist poison.  Thankfully, Trump got us out of the TPP and the scam Paris Climate Agreement.  Vivek! has attached himself to Trump like glue.

Vivek Ramaswamy Aligns with McConnell, DeSantis, Club for Growth and Wall Street Promoting U.S. to Reenter TPP Trade Agreement, July 29, 2023 – Vivek! complains about China but his latest pharma venture is in Communist China.

Stop Buying Made in China

Yes, you can.  It all comes down to need vs want.  I have not purchased a single piece of fruit or vegetable from Mexico, Guatemala or other countries since 1995 (NAFTA then GATT) A couple of times I’ve purchased tomatoes from Canada.  I support American farmers and ranchers first or I simply go without.  Yes, I am fully up to speed on trade (especially the cotton industry) and how our ranchers and other producers ship to other countries.  My next column is going to be that very issue which will also cover bringing back what really made America great – besides being a Christian nation.  The bottom line is we have to stop enriching our enemies while destroying our own country.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

Doctor recounts organ harvesting victim being alive and watching him – ‘It was horrifying beyond words’ – Doctors forced to extract organs from live human beings (Yes, it is true.  The CCP are psychopaths.  Satan awaits their arrival.)

China NEEDS your money.  I don’t need them:  China’s Stock Gutted with Brutal Loss of Over $6 Trillion – This Isn’t Beijing’s Only Problem, Jan. 21, 2024

Time to Declare a ‘People’s War’ on the CCP: All of China Is One Military Machine, The Gatestone Institute  //  Disguised ‘total warfare’ waged against the U.S. – Blockbuster report unmasks how one powerful country is conquering America. “It’s one of the most vexing and consequential questions facing Americans today: Why do this nation’s ruling elites seem to be madly in love with China?

“Or to put a finer point on it: Why are the political and corporate leaders of America – long the freest, most successful, most prosperous and most Christian nation in history – now in craven submission to a ruthless, communist, totalitarian and explicitly atheistic dictatorship openly committed to ruling the world, including America?”

“New bill would let fentanyl victims’ families sue Chinese Communists: ‘The leading killer of adults fit for military service’” by Peter LaBarbera (Highly recommend) “But that’s just the beginning. China forces entire minority populations, like the Uyghur Muslims, into slave-labor concentration camps. Even worse, it routinely harvests organs from them and other innocent people it regards as expendable commodities…

“Multiple credible eyewitness reports confirm that women in these large slave-labor camps – which Chinese communist authorities call “re-education camps” – are routinely raped, tortured, forcibly sterilized, and forced to sing patriotic communist songs.

“As Amelia Pang, author of “Made in China: A Prisoner, an SOS Letter, and the Hidden Cost of America’s Cheap Goods,” told the New York Post: “Rape is pretty standard in forced labor camps. The goal is to brainwash prisoners into being patriotic and extremely aligned with the Chinese state.”

Knowledge IS power:  Irresistible Revolution – Marxism’s Goal of Conquest & the Unmaking of the American Military (Book)  //  The Naked Communist W. Cleon Skousen (Book) Free on-line  //  The Venona Secrets:  Exposing Soviet Espionage and America’s Traitors by Herbert Romerstein and Derick Breindel – one of the best books on communist infiltration within our government which has only grown in scope and size.  Free on-line.

Dr. Antony Sutton was a brilliant historian:  National Suicide: Military Aid to the Soviet Union (free on-line) and The Best Enemy Money Can Buy (Free on-line)  //  Chinese spy balloon gathered intelligence from sensitive U.S. military sites, despite U.S. efforts to block it, April 3, 2023

By Paul Engel

April 22, 2024

• When does government encouragement become coercion?
• Do government actors have a legal responsibility to manage a business’s “repetitional risk”?
• Can government uses its power to encourage others not to do business with you?

If there’s a boogie man in the anti-gun community, it’s probably the National Rifle Association. Accused of complicity in almost every gun crime from gang violence to mass murder, the NRA has become the lightning rod for the vitriol of those whose fear of firearms has grown to an irrational state. What happens though, when government actors advice others about the dangers of doing business with such a company? Is it merely warning of the dangers of sleeping with dogs, or an attempt to use their power to intimidate others into abandoning those they otherwise would do business with? The case of NRA v Vullo is just such a case.

Background

When does advice become coercion? That appears to be at the heart of the case NRA v. Vullo. The NRA claimed that after the April 2018 shooting in Parkland Florida, Maria T. Vullo, then Superintendent of the New York State Department of Financial Services (DFS), with the assistance of then Governor Andrew Cuomo, used her position to coerce financial companies to stop doing business with the NRA. In turn, the NRA sued Governor Cuomo and Ms. Vullo in the District Court for the Northern District of New York, alleging, among other things, that the actions of Governor Cuomo and Ms. Vullo violated their rights protected under the First Amendment. Ms. Vullo claimed qualified immunity against such charges. The District Court dismissed all charges except the First Amendment claims against Ms. Vullo, who appealed to the Second Circuit to dismiss these charges. The Second Circuit reversed the District Court’s decision, which led the NRA to appeal the case to the Supreme Court.

Oral Arguments for the Petitioner

The Supreme Court heard Oral Arguments on March 18, 2024. We start with the arguments for the petitioner, the NRA.

Government officials are free to urge people not to support political groups they oppose. What they cannot do is use their regulatory might to add “or else” to that request.

Respondent Vullo did just that. Not content to rely on the force of her ideas, she abused the coercive power of her office. In February 2018, she told Lloyd’s, the insurance underwriter, that she’d go easy on its unrelated insurance violations if it aided her campaign to weaken the NRA by halting all business with the group. Lloyd’s agreed.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

When does urging someone become coercion? As Mr. Cole, attorney for the NRA, mentioned, when the request comes with an “or else”. For example, it was one thing for Ms. Vullo to suggest that Lloyd’s might want to stop doing business with the NRA, but the promise to go easy if they comply is also a threat to go hard against them if they don’t. This is not the only claim that the NRA made.

Six weeks later, she issued guidance letters and a press release directing the thousands of banks and insurance companies that she directly oversees to cut off their ties with the NRA not because of any alleged illegality but because they promote guns.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

At one point Mr. Katyal, attorney for Ms. Vullo, suggested that these guidance letters were nothing special since the NRA had admitted to selling insurance that violated state law. However, Ms. Vullo did not issue guidance letters only to insurance companies, but to banks and other financial institutions as well. If these letters were to punish the NRA for their insurance program, why encourage banks to stop doing business with them? While these guidance letters do not specifically say “do this or else”, remember DFS does regulate them. Just as Ms. Vullo could make life easy or hard for Lloyds, she could for any company regulated by her agency.

Ms. Vullo was not working on this alone.

In the accompanying press release, Vullo’s boss and co-defendant, Governor Andrew Cuomo, said he directed Vullo to issue the guidance because doing business with the NRA “sends the wrong message.” Shortly thereafter, Vullo extracted legally binding consent orders from the NRA’s three principal insurance providers, barring them from ever providing affinity insurance to the group ever again, no matter how lawfully they do so.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

Apparently, Ms. Vullo’s “warnings” were effective.

These actions worked as multiple financial institutions refused to do business with the NRA, citing Vullo’s threats. This was not about enforcing insurance law or mere government speech. It was a campaign by the state’s highest political officials to use their power to coerce a boycott of a political advocacy organization because they disagreed with its advocacy.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

Sounds pretty bad for Ms. Vullo. Then again, we haven’t heard the other side of the case yet. Before we look at the respondents arguments, let’s look at some of the questions the judges had for Mr. Cole.

The NRA is claiming that their freedom of speech is being violated. Justice Thomas asked about that.

JUSTICE THOMAS: Mr. Cole, what is the speech here, protected speech, that you allege has been suppressed?

1. COLE: Promoting guns, advocating for gun rights, sending the wrong message. It is — it is that — it was — it’s precisely the speech of the NRA which caused Vullo and Cuomo to decide to target their — their partners and seek to coerce them into boycotting the NRA. So they are seeking to penalize the NRA because of its speech advocating for gun rights.

JUSTICE THOMAS: So your argument is that the sanctions on a third party suppress the speech of NRA?

1. COLE: Yeah, it doesn’t — Your Honor, it doesn’t — the Court’s First Amendment jurisprudence does not require proof of suppression. It requires proof of burden. If Vullo had imposed a $1 fine on the NRA for promoting guns, it would be unquestionably unconstitutional even though it wouldn’t actually suppress their speech.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

That’s an interesting approach. Do the actions of Ms. Vullo suppress speech, burden speech, or abridge the right of free speech? More on that, and the applicability of the First Amendment later.

Justice Jackson brought her understanding of the issue to light in one of her questions.

JUSTICE JACKSON: I mean, that’s — so — so that’s why we have to be really careful about what you’re alleging is the First Amendment problem because the government can regulate conduct, correct?

1. COLE: I agree. And if this was a case in which the government had said, you know, the NRA is violating the law left and right and we have to respond to that and here are the legal obligations, that would be one thing.

That is not what they said. They said we want to shut the NRA down, we want to put the gun lobby out of business. Why — the title of the guidance letters that she issues are Guidance Regarding the NRA and Other Gun Promotion Organizations. The whole guidance is saying, I don’t like the fact that people use guns. I don’t like the fact that people advocate for the use of guns. We need to stop this. We need to stop this now.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

So this doesn’t appear to be a case of punishing the NRA for their illegal insurance program, but an attack on any and all gun promotion organizations. Justice Jackson brought up another question related to the freedom of speech issue.

JUSTICE JACKSON: So Justice Kavanaugh picked up on what I think might be a critical distinction, and I’m just trying to understand it. So he said here we have a situation in which the government is not acting on a company that is itself in the business of speech, which is true, unlike Bantam Books, where it was.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

Mr. Cole based his argument primarily on the case Bantam Books, which is why Justice Jackson brought it up. Do advocacy companies still have free speech rights? From her comparison to the Bantam Books case, this seemed to confuse Justice Jackson. After all, Bantam Books makes books, which to the twisted understanding of the court, is speech rather than press. The NRA’s business is advocacy. What is advocacy? The support of a policy or cause. How does one advocate for said policy or cause without expressing such support either by voice, print, or digital publication?

Justice Kagan explored the question of “Reputational Risk:.

JUSTICE KAGAN: But that idea of reputational risk, Mr. Cole, that is a real idea, right?

1. COLE: Yeah.

JUSTICE KAGAN: It wasn’t invented for the NRA. There is a view that bank regulators have that companies are supposed to look at their reputational risks.

1. COLE: Right, right.

JUSTICE KAGAN: And so how do we know — I mean, I take — there’s obviously a lot about guns in that letter. But it might be that gun advocacy groups, gun companies do impose reputational risks of the kind that bank regulators are concerned about. So how — where do you — how do you — how do we know?

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

This raised an immediate question for me. Where does any government get the authority to evaluate the risk to the reputation of an institution? Should a company be concerned about their reputation? I would think so, but on many more levels that what I’ve seen regulators consider. For example, Justice Kagan seems concerned that guns impose an unfavorable reputational risk to the company. On the other hand I consider businesses that seek to infringe on my right to keep and bear arms to be not only an unfavorable reputation, but cause to avoid doing business with them.

Oral Arguments for the Respondent

Let’s go on to the oral arguments presented by Neal K. Katyal for Ms. Vullo.

The key fact in this case is the conceded illegal conduct. As Justice Sotomayor said, the three insurers and the NRA broke the law. They were selling intentional criminal act insurance, and all of the products they offered were unlawful because the NRA refused to get a license. That’s why Bantam Books is miles away from this case, and it’s why the court below found qualified immunity protects Vullo.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

The foundation of Ms. Vullo’s defense appears to be that NRA broke the law, so pretty much any punishment is acceptable.

Second, the fact NRA was doing all of these affinity products without a license. Now, just without a license alone, DFS routinely imposes massive sanctions, including lifetime bans.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

It didn’t sound like Justice Alito agreed with Mr. Katyal’s view of the situation.

JUSTICE ALITO: — Mr. Katyal, you’re shifting the burden to them. This is a First Amendment case. They — all they need to do is to show that the desire to suppress speech was a motivating factor. They don’t have to prove that the — the regulatory action would have been taken even if Ms. Vullo didn’t have this motivation.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

Mr Cole, in his rebuttal also pointed out a problem with Mr. Katyal’s focus on the NRA’s insurance program, known as Carry Guard.

Carry Guard, Carry Guard is a red herring here. The Carry Guard program was suspended by Locktons and the NRA in November 2017 Everything else — everything that we’re talking about here happened after November 2017. Her meeting with Lloyd’s, Lloyd’s did not underwrite Carry Guards. And her meeting with Lloyd’s says cut your ties with gun groups, especially the NRA, because I’m trying to weaken them. Gun groups don’t have Carry Guard. Only the NRA did. It wasn’t even operative at that point.

The guidance letters say nothing about Carry Guard. This is not a guidance letter about insurance infractions. This is a guidance letter about the NRA and other gun promotion organizations.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

Furthermore, the guidance letters issued were not targeted solely at the NRA, but as the title points out, were “Guidance Regarding the NRA and Other Gun Promotion Organizations”. If this were a question of punishing the NRA for their actions, why involve other gun promotion organizations?

During his arguments, Mr. Katyal made a point that caught my interest.

And that’s why, if you let this complaint go forward, you will be then saying to government regulators everywhere that you have to be careful about the speech you say. So, for example, last week, some of you heard the President say, you know, we beat the NRA, we’re going to beat the NRA again.

You heard my — in the first argument a discussion about TikTok and — and, you know, a government — a hypothetical in which the government attacks TikTok and criticizes it. The — all of those things — those statements now will be used as — in examples in affirmative litigation to — to issue strike suits to stop enforcement actions by the FTC, by the Justice Department, by states and the like.

And, Justice Kavanaugh, I am troubled by the fact the Solicitor General isn’t embracing that, but I do think it’s important to point out many states are.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

Not only does it appear that Mr. Katyal is concerned that by punishing government actors who target individuals, groups, or ideas would actually lead to more complaints when they do so, but he’s concerned that the Solicitor General’s office is not concerned that they may be held accountable for their actions. That sounds an awful lot like his position is we shouldn’t punish government actors for targeting political opponents because people will sue.

Conclusion

There are several things in this case that I have problems with. First of all is the fact that at no time during oral arguments did anyone actually quote the Constitution of the United States. Perhaps if they did, someone would have noticed that this cannot be a violation of the First Amendment since Congress had nothing to do with it.

Congress shall make no law … abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

That’s not to say this isn’t a free speech case, it’s just not a First Amendment case. Freedom of Speech is protected by Article I, Section 8 of the Constitution of the State of New York.

Every citizen may freely speak, write and publish his or her sentiments on all subjects, being responsible for the abuse of that right; and no law shall be passed to restrain or abridge the liberty of speech or of the press.

New York Constitution, Article I §8

There are several aspects of the Fourteenth Amendment I can see being violated here.

… nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

By targeting a specific organization, Ms. Vullo has deprived both the NRA, its members, the insurance companies, and the banks, the liberty to do business not as a punishment for the crimes the NRA committed, but because of the industry they are in. Also, by targeting both the NRA and other members of the gun industry, Ms. Vullo has unequally applied the laws of the State of New York.

How the Supreme Court decides this case should be interesting. While it is extremely difficult to predict how the court will find, I feel fairly confident that no matter what decision the court makes, it will not be based on the Constitution of the United States.

© 2024 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 22, 2024

Fifty-four years ago, we college kids stood on campuses across America to celebrate U.S. Senator Gaylord Nelson’s initiation of “Earth Day 1970.”

“Millions of people around the world will pause on Monday, at least for a moment to mark Earth Day. It’s an annual event founded by people who hoped to stir activism to clean up and preserve this planet that houses 8 billion humans and trillions of other organisms.”

Senator Nelson said, “Our goal is not just an environment of clean air and water, and scenic beauty. The objective is an environment of decency, quality and mutual respect for all other human beings and all other living creatures. We must recognize that we’re all part of a web of life around the world.”

Since that year, this journalist traveled across six continents in the past 54 years to see if humanity noticed and acted on Nelson’s creating of “Earth Day.”

At the time, humans numbered 3.5 billion of themselves across seven continents. In 1970, plastics were virtually non-existent. Species extinction rates weren’t even counted. Humans burned 50 million barrels of oil 24/7, which was not noticed at the time. Air pollution had not reached the enormous toxicity it would become. Whoever heard of “gridlocked” traffic other than New York City and Los Angeles? What was “acid rain?” Roadkill—-what’s that? China approached 1.0 billion people, but so what?

Fifty-four years later, we humans added 4.6 billion more of our selves to reach 8.0 billion. We add 1.0 million of ourselves every four days, which exceeds 83 million annually, net gain. Projections show us adding 2 or 3 billion more of ourselves in this century.

We’ve tossed 170 trillion pieces of plastic into our oceans according to National Public Radio’s Scott Simon. You can see it EVERYWHERE in rivers, lakes, alongside roadways, in the woods and anywhere humans tramp across the land. Even in our National Parks, hundreds of young people must pick tons of litter from visitors. Which shows, countless Americans don’t care about our environment.

We burned 50 million barrels of oil 24/7 in 1970. Today, we burn 100 million barrels of oil 24/7. Predictions by James Howard Kunstler in The Long Emergency, state that humans will burn 200 million barrels of oil by 2040-50, daily! Air pollution over our large cities rains down with acid rain that kills our soils and toxifies our water.

Americans in the lower 48 states, run over, propeller chop-up and kill 11.4 vertebrate animals every second to add up to 1.0 million roadkill’s every day of the year. (Source: High Country News study on “American Roadkill’s.”) The wind turbines chop of 500,000 birds a year.

In our oceans since Life Magazine reported in 1991, “Predator Becomes Prey”, humans have been killing 100 million sharks annually for the past 33 years. Such a killing spree destroys the ecology of our oceans along with the plastics onslaught. Additionally, because of all that carbon particulate and acidity being dumped into our oceans from fossil fuel burning, reefs worldwide are being destroyed. And, the fish cannot adapt fast enough to survive.

That leads into the extinction rates of Earth’s creatures—-now estimated at 80 to 100 species 24/7 going extinct. Never to be seen on Earth again! The great Harvard biologist E.O. Wilson said, “We expect 1/3 of all creatures to become extinct by 2050 and up to ½ before the end of this century.”

We’ve created 84,000 chemicals that Nature cannot neutralize. Thus, they all flush into the final toilet: our oceans.

While I have only covered the tip of the iceberg, “catastrophic climate destabilization” will most likely be our ultimate downfall as a species on this planet. We humans are running out of balanced weather, water and soil to grow our crops.

As it is in 2024, 4 million children starve to death annually and 8 million adults. (Source: United Nations reports on childhood and adult early deaths.)

So, what do you do as an American, Canadian, European, Australian, and/or third world person? Is it hopeless? Are we headed for the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse?

This past Sunday, my preacher at my church in Denver, Dr. Barry Ebert gave a deeply touching sermon on Earth Day.

“We must have a worldwide consciousness of change,” Ebert said. “We need commitment, clarity, and interest. We must return to balance. We need to collaborate with ourselves and Nature. We must bring ‘focus’ to our mission for our planet. We have only one home and it’s this planet.”

He added his thoughts on climate change. “It’s real, it’s bad. It’s us. It’s changeable. It’s hope. It’s about heart and love of Earth.”

Ebert cast a deeply serious tone over the 1,500 people in the audience. They felt his words. They knew that every one of them would be affected in the years to come. They knew their children would be living through Nature’s response to our current abuse of the planet.

Ebert said, “Crisis brings clarity, hope, possibility and energy to restore the planet to balance.”

In the end, it’s up to each one of us, individually to act. Ebert has taught at our church for 30 years, Love and Logic, how to bring up kids to be productive and contributing members of our society, as well as confident human beings. He taught the entire audience that morning to become involved with the solutions for our planet. He beseeched us to stop using plastics along with many other solutions.

Today, only seven states carry a 10-cent bottle, can and plastic deposit/return law? Hey, why don’t Americans engage a 50-cent deposit/return law on all plastic, metal and glass containers? What are we waiting for? When you put financial incentives in place, every kid would sweep the landscape clean of plastic, glass and metals of all kinds. So simple, but why haven’t we made it a national/federal law?

Why aren’t we recycling EVERYTHING we manufacture? Why haven’t we charged full speed toward clean energy? When are we going to address the fact that every added human being as to “exponential growth” to the planet beyond the planet’s carrying capacity is a “resource competitor” that cannot be watered, fed or sustained? When are the 8.2 billion humans on this planet going to engage serious and gracious birth control to bring our numbers into line with the planet’s ability to sustain us? We’ve already accomplished it in the United States with 2.1 children per woman since 1970. Same with all first world countries!

Why not STOP spraying Roundup and Weed B Gone on our crops with the poisonous glyphosates that cause cancer to us and all other creatures? Why not stop the GMO’s that are killing our bees, and other pollinators? Why not total organic food production?

Dr. Ebert implored the congregation to get involved, to produce ideas and solutions, to act. For certain, the U.S. government won’t produce solutions because they owe their souls to Big Pharma, Big Food Industry, and Big Business. When it comes to industry, money always wins over ethics, morality and common sense. Dr. Ebert mentioned the book, Draw Down by Paul Hawkins. It might be a roadmap for you to start your own journey to balance ourselves with this planet.

In the final equation, what does Earth Day mean? It means YOU must be the “change agent” in your community, your state and your country. You must elect those who will act. If they won’t act, you may run for office. When it comes to a free society, it’s up to “we the people” to make change toward a viable future.

“And into the forest I go, to lose my mind and refresh my soul.” —John Muir
“What’s the use of a fine house if you don’t have a planet to put it on?” –Henry David Thoreau
“But man is a part of Nature, and his war against Nature is inevitably a war against himself.” Rachel Carson, Silent Spring

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Glynn Adams

April 21, 2024

I shall concentrate on teaching those in the Remnant of God who are totally committed to the obedience of Jesus Christ and who need help with spiritual things the Bible teaches such as dying to the flesh, renewing the mind, and taking thoughts captive to the obedience of Christ.  God has a process for the flesh (Romans 8), the mind (Romans 12:1), and taking thoughts captive (2 Corinthians 10:3) and I shall cover this process in much detail in the coming weeks.  If you do not learn God’s process on dealing with your flesh, renewing your mind, and taking thoughts captive, then no one can help you and your spiritual life will be a continuous roller coaster event after another of frustration, defeat, and torment.

What do we mean by dying to your flesh?  Why is it so important?  In the average church today, pastors teach the traditions of men and a form of godliness rather than equipping the saints with the Word of God.  We must understand that the Word of God has a lot to say about the absolute necessity of dying to our flesh.  Let’s start by going to the Book of Genesis and the Garden of Eden.  God created Adam, the first man in the image of God. (Genesis 1:26-27)   He had total innocence and a pure heart with no impure motives.  He was holy and blameless.   Since God tests the hearts of everyone He has created, Adam was given a choice between the Tree of Life or the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil (Also called the Tree of Death.)  Since Adam apparently loved Eve more than he loved God, he ate from the Tree of Death.

Because of this sin of Adam, all mankind born on this earth receives a cursed nature, the “flesh” nature which is the nature of Satan.  Every descendant of Adam on this earth then walks in Satan’s nature – self-love, self-centeredness, and selfishness.  The flesh nature and the nature of Satan are the same.  Therefore, they are in total agreement and Satan can control your life because your heart loves this selfish and cursed nature.  “The flesh nature is hostile to God and will not subject itself to the law of God.” (Romans 8:7) Because this nature is rooted deeply in the hearts of all mankind, their only motive will be to satisfy the desires of their flesh and live for themselves.

Take note here that the Democrats and the New World Order demonic elites say that man is born good but his or her environment is what causes them to turn bad.  This is a lie straight from the pits of hell because the Bible says, we are all born with the nature of Satan and until we are born again and go through God’s process of dying to our flesh, we will always be tempted to follow the ways of Satan!!!

In the New Covenant, the Lord Jesus Christ when we receive Him, gives us a divine nature (2 Peter 2:4) which enables us to overcome this flesh nature so we can be conformed to the image of Christ.  But we still have our old nature that wars against our Spirit nature and that is why the Spirit of God leads us to put to death this old nature of Satan.  Galatians 5:16-17 says, “But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the desires of the flesh.  For the flesh sets its desires against the Spirit and the Spirit against the flesh; for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do the things that you please.”

Now I want to add another dimension to dying to the flesh and that is the Law of God.   Today, when the Law is mentioned, there rises up the cry of “legalism” or you don’t understand grace.  People only think of the rituals that were done away but Jesus came to fulfill the Law.  The rituals did pass away but the Law still stands today.   Until you are willing to hear what God has to say about His law, you will never know true freedom nor will you have understanding about the powers of darkness.  Jesus said, “Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets, I am not come to destroy but to fulfill.” (Matthew 5:17)

Since this is a very difficult subject, you must first agree that perhaps you have not yet received all of the truth.  Then agree that if God has given someone understanding and light, it will be in the Bible in balance and context.  Do not be like the Pharisees and react to the first statement you hear that is contrary to your traditions of men.  If we are in darkness, we must be willing to be led out of darkness by the Spirit and Word of God.  Jesus said in John 8:32, “You will know the truth and the truth will make you free.” And in John 16:13, Jesus said, “When He, the Spirit of Truth is come, He will guide you into all truth.”

Since Jesus came to fulfill the law, we need to know first what the law is really saying.  Jesus answered this in Matthew 22:37-40, “Thou shall love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, with all thy soul, and with all thy mind.  This is the first and great commandment.  And the second is like unto it, “Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself.  On these two commandments hang all the law and the prophets.”

What the law is really saying is that if you do these two things, love God supremely and love your neighbor as yourself, you have fulfilled the law and are no longer a law breaker.  But this is impossible without Jesus Christ because of our bondage to our selfish, self-centered flesh nature which must die.    Since Jesus did not abolish the law, then what does the law do today?  The law stands today to bring judgment upon all sin.  The law brings the wrath of God (Romans 4;15).  The law brings a curse (Galatians 3:13). The law as a ministry of death (2 Corinthians 3:7), and the law is a ministry of condemnation (2 Corinthians 3:9).   All these things come upon law breakers.   Are we in the New Testament?

Who are the law breakers?  They are those who do not walk in love and cannot walk in love.  Their minds are set upon this world system and the things their hearts love.  “For the mind set on the flesh is death but the mind set on the Spirit is life and peace, because the mind set on the (carnal) (fleshly) mind is hostile towards God: for it does not subject itself to the law of God (which commands us to walk in love) for it is not even able to do so for those who are IN THE FLESH cannot please God.” (Romans 8:6-8)   So, if anyone loves their flesh nature, they refuse to love God with all their heart and love others as themselves.  They choose to walk in the image of Satan.

I am not in any way saying that righteousness and holiness come by obeying the law.  Paul makes that clear in Galatians 2:21, “I do not nullify the grace of God; for if righteousness comes through the Law, then Christ died needlessly.”   However, this does not release us from the law that tells us that we must love others as we love ourselves.  Jesus came to fulfill this law by perfecting the God-kind of love in us.  This is how we are reconciled back to God.

To put this in real plain English so it can be understood if someone loves his neighbor as himself, he will not kill his neighbor, commit adultery against his neighbor’s wife, steal from his neighbor, not bear false witness against his neighbor.  Understand those who still love their flesh nature, which is the nature of Satan, refuse to obey God’s law and the law stands in judgment today against all rebellion.  Paul said, “For not the hearers of the law are just before God, but the doers of the law shall be justified.” (Romans 2:13)

I surely hope you understand that God is commanding us to walk in love or be destroyed.  The wages of sin are death.  If we die to our flesh nature, then we can walk in this kind of love that God commands but not if we are in bondage to our selfish desires of the flesh nature.  When we die to our fleshly ways, then we manifest the nature of God when we love God and our neighbor as ourself.

The reason these Scriptures I have quoted sound like a foreign language to most church people today is because they will not fit into today’s denominational and mega church carnal doctrines.   Jesus confirmed this God-kind of love that we are to walk in today by saying, “This is My commandment that you love one another, as I have loved you.  Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends.” (John 15:12)   In our denominational and mega churches, we do not love as God commands us because we have been divided by denominations and mega churches.    My heart really goes out to people attending these churches whose pastors teach a form of godliness and not the real truth of the Scriptures.  You are leaving yourself and your family open to the demonic world of Satan by being in these unholy places.  Jesus made it clear that you will become like your teacher and if he is wrong; you will be wrong!!

Jesus said you will know them by their fruit.  You can go to Galatians 5:16-24, “But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the desire of the flesh.  For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit and the Spirit against the flesh; for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do the things that you please.  But if you are led by the Spirit, you are not under the law.    Now the deeds  of the  flesh  are

evident which are:  immorality, impurity, sensuality, idolatry, sorcery, enmities, strife, jealousy, outbursts of anger, disputes, dissensions, factions, envying, drunkenness, carousing, and things like these of which I forewarn you just as I have forewarned you that those who practice such things shall not inherit the Kingdom of God.

But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, gentleness, self-control against such things there is no law.  Now those who belong to Christ Jesus have crucified the flesh with its passions and desires.”

Notice that Galatians 5:24 says, “Now those who belong to Christ Jesus have crucified the flesh with its passions and desires.”    Now we have crucifying of the flesh–our old nature from Satan, and we are going to learn about that next week in Session 2.  We must get serious about obeying and applying the Word of God to our lives.  That is how you have the abundant life of Jesus rather than the torment of Satan and judgement.

God bless, I remain His servant and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to the late Milt Green and his book, ”The Great Falling Away Today” and Phil Hopper and his book, “Defeating the Enemy”,  and so many other faithful pastors and Biblical scholars who have written on this subject).

[Session 1], [Session 2]

© 2024 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

by Rolaant McKenzie

April 21, 2024

Count Dooku of Serenno is a fictional character in several Star Wars films, including Star Wars: Episode II – Attack of the Clones (2002) and Star Wars: Episode III – Revenge of the Sith (2005). Disillusioned with the rampant corruption of the Galactic Republic, where most of its political leaders are more interested in enriching themselves through an oppressive, ever-increasing bureaucracy than protecting the freedom and rights of their constituents, he calls for star systems to engage in self-determinism, separate themselves from the corrupt Republic, and make the galaxy great again by restoring the ideals of what the Republic used to be.

With great charisma, Dooku proclaimed the message that the Supreme Chancellor of the Galactic Republic, Sheev Palpatine, was merely a pawn of corporate interests presiding over a senate body hopelessly steeped in avarice. A cult of personality developed around him, which greatly helped in rallying many star systems to his secessionist cause. They formed the Confederacy of Independent Systems (CIS), making Dooku the Head of State.

War broke out between the CIS and the Republic as the latter sought to bring separatist star systems back under its control. But while this civil war was made to appear to be between Palpatine and Dooku, the reality, unbeknownst to followers on both sides, was that Palpatine and Dooku were working together behind the scenes to use this conflict as a means for Palpatine to assume emergency powers, destroy opponents to his government, and conquer the galaxy with Dooku and their shared cronies as its sole rulers.

Those who followed Dooku, believing that he was fighting for their freedom, were ultimately betrayed and destroyed by Palpatine. Palpatine also betrayed his partner Dooku and had him killed. With the defeat of the CIS, Palpatine consolidated his power and declared the reorganization of the Republic into the Galactic Empire, assuming the role of emperor. His rule ushered in unprecedented repression and death in the galaxy.

This story is an example of art imitating life, as there are examples of similar occurrences in history. One such example is the Communist Party (Bolsheviks), led by Vladimir Lenin, which seized power in Russia in October 1917. Lenin initially governed in collaboration with other factions but increasingly centralized power and suppressed opposition, leading to his party being the sole legal one allowed in Russia (and later, the Soviet Union). This, in addition to the lack of universal acceptance of his seizure of power, led to civil conflict.

To consolidate power, Lenin established in December 1917 the Cheka (precursor to the KGB), secret police whose primary purpose was to seek out enemies of the state and neutralize them. Many thousands were arrested and killed without trial, with the Cheka being the judge, jury, and executioner.

Lenin was reputed to have said, “The best way to control the opposition is to lead it ourselves.” With this in mind, the Cheka engaged in a counterintelligence operation called “The Trust,” where a false anti-communist resistance organization called the Monarchist Union of Central Russia (MUCR) was set up to identify, lure, and neutralize those in Russia and among the émigrés in Europe seeking to remove the Bolsheviks from power.

Cheka agents were successful in convincing many Russian dissidents of the size, support among the Russian people, and power of “The Trust” to overthrow the communist regime. Exiled Russians even donated large sums of money and supplies to the effort. But after several years of cultivating trust among the Russian opposition, the Cheka agents running the operation sprang their trap. They betrayed a number of its leaders and supporters by arranging their capture and execution, including some who were lured into the Soviet Union from among the exiles in Europe.

Emboldened by this successful crushing of opposition and having survived an assassination attempt, Lenin embarked on the Red Terror, patterned after the Reign of Terror of the French Revolution, to quash all political dissent and threats to his power. At his direction, the Cheka conducted mass arrests, imprisonments, torture, and executions without trial, leading to the deaths of tens of thousands.

In addition to this democide, one of the tragedies of the rise of Lenin and Soviet Russia was that many of the people who suffered under the autocratic rule of the tsarist government developed a cult of personality around Lenin as they increasingly viewed him as a messianic figure who would lead them into a freer, happier, and more prosperous society. Their idolization of him often blinded them, until it was too late, to the religious, political, and economic repression his rule brought that exceeded the tsars.

This is reminiscent of a verse and coda of the 1971 hit song by the rock group The Who called “Won’t Get Fooled Again”:

We’ll be fighting in the streets
With our children at our feet
And the morals that they worship will be gone
And the men who spurred us on
Sit in judgement of all wrong
They decide and the shotgun sings the song

Meet the new boss
Same as the old boss

In the United States and many other countries around the world, people find themselves in a highly divided and contentious society, where they are polarized by religious and political beliefs and political leaders. Many of them see, and sometimes suffer from, the increasingly pervasive corruption of government and understand that society is rapidly headed for disintegration.

Some political commentators, pundits, and social media influencers emphasize and capitalize on this discontent and fears of people. They cultivate a following by telling people within a certain demographic what they want to hear, and as they profit financially from them, they maneuver them into developing a cult of personality around a particular political figure.

These influencers encourage many in their audiences to project their image of what they want in a leader onto a particular political figure, regardless of the actual deeds of that figure. Some even hint that engaging in civil conflict would be the right course if things do not work out the way they want politically.

Christians in the midst of this charged environment may be tempted to become enamored of political movements or leaders and fight to increase their power, thinking that they are advancing the kingdom of God. In the process, they may fall into compromising their moral principles, be led astray by people who are using them for their own wealth and power, and end up strengthening global elitist agendas that oppose the Lord Jesus and His kingdom, which He will bring about in His own perfect way and time without our help.

The Zealots were a religious and political movement during the time of Jesus’ earthly ministry and after. They sought the removal of the yoke of Rome from Israel and the establishment of God’s kingdom, by force if necessary. Some of this group engaged in guerilla warfare tactics and raids on Roman convoys and attacked those they viewed as collaborators with Rome.

Jesus presented a very different message as He proclaimed the gospel. He made it clear that the kingdom of God would not come in the way that the Zealots and their allies expected, a great warrior who would come and overthrow the Romans. It would be inaugurated by God ruling in the hearts of those who embraced His message and believed in Him (Luke 17:20-21).

The Zealots and those whom they persuaded to follow them rejected Jesus and His message, which eventually led to armed conflict, mass death, and the destruction of Jerusalem and the Temple as Jesus predicted (Matthew 24:1-2; Mark 13:1-2; Luke 21:5-6).

The Bible warns us against placing undue faith or adulation in any man, particularly in people of great wealth or influence, for like everyone else, they are also subject to human frailties, corruption, and death. It also places us in danger of the curse of turning our hearts away from God, the only One to whom trust and adoration are due and from whom only true and permanent salvation comes.

“Do not trust in princes, in mortal man, in whom there is no salvation. His spirit departs, he returns to the earth; on that very day his plans perish.” (Psalm 146:3-4)

“Thus says the LORD, ‘Cursed is the man who trusts in mankind and makes flesh his strength, and whose heart turns away from the LORD.’ … Blessed is the man who trusts in the LORD and whose trust is the LORD.” (Jeremiah 17:5-8)

Until Jesus returns, His kingdom is not of this world (John 18:36). We need to take care to hear and follow what He says, and not the provocateurs and zealots of today, some of whom like Judas goats will lead those who follow them to betrayal and destruction.

While it is important that followers of Jesus Christ be involved where they can, especially locally, in the formulation of policies and laws in the countries in which they reside, the kingdom of God is advanced through the preaching and embracing of the gospel message, not civil conflict on behalf of a political figure or movement. Societies and those who lead them change for the better as more hearts and minds are changed by the gospel.

One day, Jesus will return to earth as King of kings and Lord of lords, eliminate government corruption with His rod of iron (Revelation 19:11-21), and establish His righteous rule on earth that will never end. Believe in Him and enter His kingdom. Jesus will never betray or abandon you, and all those who trust in Him are forever blessed (Psalm 2:12).

© 2024 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

by Kathleen Marquardt

April 20, 2024

Over four years ago, someone sent me a November 2019 Huffington Post article titled “Coal Knew, Too” by Élan Young, a writer for the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering at the University of (UTK). The story, remarkably, also promptly appeared in Mother Jones, the UK’s Daily Mail, and even in an article from the Kent Law School. We were told that the Department head, Chris Cherry, “accidentally discovered what is, so far, the earliest known evidence of the coal industry acknowledging its awareness of the impending climate crisis”.

The supposed “confession”, which fit nicely into an ongoing activist litigation campaign, appeared in plain sight in a 1966 article in the Mining Congress Journal. This general-interest mining publication merely repeated the theory of greenhouse global warming.

“Coal Knew, Too” is a spin-off of the activist campaign “Exxon Knew” “conceived during a 2012 workshop [1] in La Jolla, Calif., sponsored by wealthy, anti-fossil fuel foundations (including the Rockefeller Family Fund), where activists strategized about how to replicate the success of the lawsuits against “Big Tobacco” by “establishing accountability for climate change damages.” That soon became Utilities Knew Too [3] to rope in coal.

The first entrant in the litigation sweepstakes was the New York Attorney General. Public records show the Rockefeller Family Fund lobbied New York to prosecute. Interestingly, the New York Attorney General’s Exxon Knew fraud case bombed – big time. And made significant headlines for it, two examples:

New York Post editorial board: ” “New York AG’s office totally disgraced itself in the Exxon trial” [4]

Paul S. Atkins, a former member of the Securities and Exchange Commission, said, “NY’s pathetic case against Exxon is outrageous abuse of prosecutorial powers.” [5]

Journalist Katie Brown at Energy in Depth [6] put it best in an article she called, “Feeling the heat, inside climate news finally admits #exxonknew collusion between AGs and activists”:

“Over the past several weeks, the well-funded, highly orchestrated #ExxonKnew campaign has continued to be exposed for what it is, with several major news outlets now reporting on closed-door meetings that took place between activists, wealthy foundations, law firms, and media websites, in an effort to attack Exxon. Newly revealed emails even show these activists held secret talks with the state attorneys general long before articles written by Inside Climate News and the Columbia School of Journalism were published – directly contradicting claims made by the attorney general of New York and others that those articles were the impetus behind their actions.”

“Coal Knew, Too” was absurd on a few fronts, but the campaign is a serious one. Regardless, this involved the UTK professor and a UTK writer using their positions and the school’s website to launch the “Coal Knew!” branch of the campaign, checking that box of a media push against one class of defendants, the “Knew, Too!” tort bar is suing to extract billions and turn into lobbyists for the “climate”/energy-rationing agenda. How this use of the public/taxpayer’s resources came about is found in public records, and the public has a right to know what is in them.

So, I sent a request to Professor Cherry seeking emails containing one or more of three keywords/phrases: 1. Mining Congress Journal, 2. Coal, and 3. Climate change. These would reveal the record of how this came about on the taxpayers’ dime.

I submitted the request on December 4, 2019, and it became a seemingly never-ending ride on the MTA. After numerous delays in responding, my request “was denied in its entirety.” My lawyer went back and forth with the UTK over this for months, getting delays and, finally, another denial, even though the Tennessee Code gives entitlement to access to public records.

The University forced me to sue to see them, and here we are more than four years later, still trying to gain access to the school’s participation in Left-wing activism based on false premises.

Why would I want to see these documents? What business is it of mine? As a candidate for president once said, “I paid for this microphone.” The emails would inform the taxpayer 1) how and why the engineering school sought to use taxpayer resources to promote an ideological plaintiffs’ and media campaign in a breathless write-up pitched to outlets worldwide. This seems to me to be outside of the school’s norm. Don’t you think? 2) This is all based on the silliest of premises — a trade journal article acknowledging the existence of the greenhouse warming theory.

Let’s look at the article that drew my attention – and ire, “Coal Knew, Too”. The first paragraph set the tone (and turned on my “woke-wacko” alert):

“’Exxon Knew’. Thanks to the work of activists and journalists, those two words have rocked the politics of climate change in recent years, as investigations revealed the extent to which giants like Exxon Mobil and Shell were aware of the danger of rising greenhouse gas emissions even as they undermined the work of scientists.”

That raises the question, “Which scientists?” As one article in the literature wrote: “Whether most scientists outside climatology believe that global warming is happening is less relevant than whether the climatologists do. A letter signed by over 50 leading members of the American Meteorological Society warned about the policies promoted by environmental pressure groups. “The policy initiatives derive from highly uncertain scientific theories. They are based on the unsupported assumption that catastrophic global warming follows from the burning of fossil fuel and requires immediate action. We do not agree.” Those who have signed the letter represent the overwhelming majority of climate change scientists in the United States, of whom there are about 60. McMichael and Haines quote the 1995 report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), which is widely believed to “prove” that climate change induced by humans has occurred. The original draft document did not say this. What happened was that the policymakers’ summary (which became the “take home message” for politicians) altered the conclusions of the scientists. This led Dr. Frederick Seitz, former head of the United States National Academy of Sciences, to write, “In more than sixty years as a member of the American scientific community … I have never witnessed a more disturbing corruption of the peer-review process than the events that led to this IPCC report.” [7]

In 1966, when the article from the Mining Congress Journal was written, global warming was not a hot issue. That was global cooling – or, better said, global freezing. Even as late as 1977, greenhouse warming was not a political campaign but a theory, as mentioned in many places, including a ten-year-old trade journal article. The book The Weather Conspiracy: The Coming of the New Ice Age was a bible of environmentalists then. So, what will be the next “threat to society from those wanting to control the world? They are still operating under the Club of Rome’s philosophy: “The common enemy of humanity is man. In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine, and the like would fit the bill. All of these dangers are caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome. The real enemy, then, is humanity itself.”

Public institutions must never be allowed to stonewall public records requests from the taxpayers who fund them. Free speech and full disclosure are the path to sound science, reason, and logic.

This article was Initially published at CFACT

© 2024 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Sources:

1. https://eidclimate.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/La-Jolla-Climate-Report-June-2012.pdf
2. https://eidclimate.org/before-the-verdict-is-in-we-can-already-say-the-exxon-knew-campaign-failed/
3. https://energyandpolicy.org/utilities-knew-about-climate-change/
4. https://nypost.com/2019/11/09/new-york-ags-office-totally-disgraced-itself-in-the-exxon-trial/
5. https://nypost.com/2019/11/06/nys-pathetic-case-against-exxon-is-outrageous-abuse-of-prosecutorial-powers/
6. https://www.energyindepth.org/feeling-the-heat-insideclimate-news-finally-admits-exxonknew-collusion-between-ags-and-activists
7. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1112950/

By Cherie Zaslawski

April 20, 2024

There are many interpretations of Iran’s unprecedented direct attack on Israel floating around in cyberspace, but only one in the mainstream media: Iran’s attack was appropriate payback for Israel taking down IRGC general Mohammed Reza Zahedi, the mastermind behind the October 7th massacre—and Israel should stand down since nearly all of Iran’s 300+ missiles were intercepted.

In fact, Biden, whom we now know greenlighted Iran’s attack, told Israel to “take it as a win.” Translation: Don’t you dare retaliate against the massive onslaught from Iran, codenamed, as I learned from Daniel Greenfield, “YaRasool Allah”—Messenger of Allah.

So what is Iran’s message?

Simply that it plans to annihilate Israel in the name of Allah. And April 13th can best be understood as a practice volley.

IRAN VS. ISRAEL: WHO WON?

One of the 300+ missiles Iran fired at Israel on April 13^th

As Israeli commentator Amir Tsarfati points out: “Victory is not what you do in defense, but in offense!”

I give the win here to Iran. Why? Because Iran accomplished several feats—first and foremost, it blasted well over 300 rockets at its arch-enemy, the “Zionist entity.” That goes over well in the Arab Islamic world.

In fact, in the Arab world, military might is viewed as the pinnacle of strength, and strength is revered, while any sign of weakness is deplored.

So we shouldn’t be surprised that Iran gets accolades from its proxies and friends. From Reuters: “Iran’s attack on Israel stirs admiration among Gaza Palestinians.” Now Iran has removed its mask and essentially claimed its role as the premier badass of the Middle East.

As Jonathan Spyer in The Spectator writes: “It is a moment of profound strategic importance. It was the precise point at which Iran’s forty-year strategy for the destruction of Israel as part of an effort to dominate the region went from the covert, proxy stage to that of overt challenge.”

We now know that Iran used mainly its older, relatively inexpensive Russian weaponry, while compelling Israel to spend well over a billion dollars in its historic high-tech air defense measures. Another win for Iran.

ISRAEL’S PREDICAMENT

Israel is now between the proverbial rock and hard place. If she doesn’t retaliate, the surrounding Arab Muslim states that are hostile to the Jewish state will view that as weakness, which encourages aggression on their part.

And if she does respond in a serious and meaningful way, she’ll likely lose American support—such as it is— including American funding which is crucial to her survival in the face of these existential threats. And of course the international press and assorted pundits would quickly resort to one of their favorite pastimes: blaming the Jews.

True, Israel’s Iron Dome and the newer Arrow 2, Arrow 3 and David’s Sling, proved their worth as well in Saturday’s attack. But April 13th was a game-changer courtesy of the despotic bully who’s been directing terror attacks from the shadows.

Israel may have stunned the world with its miraculous whack-a-drone performance, but such technological magic could hardly be expected to pull off a win if the game transitioned to whack-a-nuke. So Israel must take out Iran’s nuclear capability.

THE BIGGEST REVELATION: O’BIDEN SWAPPING OUR ALLY FOR OUR ENEMY

America has historically been a friend and key ally of Israel, the only democratic state in the Middle East. That is, until Obama got into office in 2008. It may have shocked Israelis when Hussein Obama snubbed our ally’s Prime Minister who’d flown to Washington to address Congress on the dangers of the proposed Iran Deal, which happened twice: in 2012 and again in 2015, when Obama refused to meet with Israel’s head of state, and later dissed Netanyahu’s eloquent and passionate plea to protect Israel, the Middle East, and the world, from Iran becoming a nuclear power.

By now, most people paying attention know that Obama is still calling the shots for the current administration, since the doddering puppet in the Oval Office, while still a corrupt, venal and mean-spirited shill, is no longer compos mentis.

And Obama operating behind the scenes explains why America’s allegiance has summarily passed from Israel to Iran.

That’s right: America supports Iran and its proxies in their various attacks and wars against our former ally, Israel.

This is the “new normal” of the Middle East under O’Biden.

Of course, Biden pays lip service to our historic commitment to Israel, but that commitment has morphed into his “ironclad” betrayal of the beleaguered state. As Caroline Glick puts it, Biden’s policy goal “is to transform Israel from a regional power into a rogue protectorate of America” that the U.S. must discipline and control. Israel is not permitted to win its war against Hamas, or to retaliate against the shocking barrage of Iranian warheads aimed at the country. And consider, if anything had gone awry in its defense, Israel would have incurred incalculable damage and loss of life. Don’t think for a moment that such a scenario would have brought tears to the eyes of the Ayatollah and friends, except for tears of joy.

As Senator Ted Cruz has pointed out, Biden has essentially enriched Iran to the tune of $100 billion. Stack that up against the relatively meager help for Israel from this administration, and most of it conditional with strings attached. To add insult to injury, we gave Iran another $10 billion since the October 7th pogrom! And let’s not forget Obama’s pallet of $400 million in cash for the Ayatollah in 2016, along with a transfer of $1.7 billion also all in cash.

Well, money talks. And it also buys a lot of military technology and weaponry, not to mention facilitating construction of nuclear warheads.

Senator John Kennedy (R-LA) assesses the situation this way: “We need to stand with Israel. It’s very clear. We’re not at war with Hamas, or Hezbollah or Yemen. Those are all surrogates for Iran. Those are … prostitutes, the pimp is Iran. Israel is at war with Iran. Iran hates Americans. Iran hates Jews, Iran wants to kill Americans and Jews.”

And with his trademark colorful panache, he concludes: “If we turn the other cheek to them, we’re going to get it in the neck.”

A BRIEF HISTORY REFRESHER

Let’s briefly revisit Iran’s history.

Going back to Biblical times, we see Persia looked kindly upon the Children of Israel, as King Cyrus not only ended the Babylonian captivity of the Jews, he invited them to rebuild their temple under his reign.

We should remember that the Persian people have their own unique, storied culture—they speak Farsi, not Arabic—and pride themselves on their illustrious history including friendliness to Israel. So when we speak of Iran as the terrorist state, we should be clear this is not a reference to the Iranian public, but rather to the Islamic Revolutionary Guard—the despotic government of Iran that is hated by a majority of the people.

Continuing our review of Iran’s history:

Under Mohammed Reza Shah Palevi’s regime from the 1940s to 1979, Iran modernized and westernized. The Shah greatly increased the rights of women and of religious freedom, as well as overseeing a flourishing economy. You can find photos online of elegant Iranian women in stylish European dress prior to the revolution, and compare them with the black-clad, oppressed women in Iran today, in their hijabs or chadors.

The oppression came about via the Iranian Revolution of 1979 in which the Shah was deposed, and Islamic radical Ayatollah Ruholla Khomeini took over with the help of…wait for it…America! That’s right. President Jimmy Carter “had extensive contact” with Khomeini and helped him take power, as revealed in US diplomatic cables declassified in 2016, as reported by the BBC.

If accurate, that means the U.S. has not only lavishly funded Iran, it essentially created the jihadist terrorist state in the first place!

One may well ask why.

The only reason I can think of is that the One World Government globalist elites want chaos in the Middle East, and seek to use jihadist Islamists to take down Western democracies one way or another. We have to remember that the globalist elites have no loyalty to any nation. They’re supranational predators who want the world, including everything and everyone on it, as their possession and plaything.

WHAT NEXT?

Though I’m not a fan of John Bolton, I think he nailed this one. His assessment: All the attacks on Israel, whether by Hamas, Hezbollah, the Houthis, etc., are “Tehran’s ‘ring of fire’ strategy” in the “Iranian war against ‘the little Satan’.” And he says that Israel’s response should be “decidedly disproportionate, thereby being unmistakably clear to Tehran that, if it ever attacks again, it will face far higher costs than any imaginable pain it might impose on Israel.”

Bolton suggests several potential military targets:

• Iranian air defenses and command and control centers
• Quds Force headquarters
• Iran’s oil-and-gas-producing infrastructure
• And most important of all: Iran’s nuclear weapons facilities

He concludes:

“Israel is at risk that the next salvo of ballistic missiles will carry nuclear warheads. Netanyahu could roll the dice and hope they don’t, but he knows that the threat of what his predecessor Ariel Sharon once called a “nuclear holocaust” is closer to reality than ever before. Israel would be entirely justified in removing that threat, and the United States should fully support such a decision.”

And lest we forget: Israel is only “the little Satan”—the U.S. is “the big Satan.” After the Saturday people, come the Sunday people.

We’ve been warned!

© 2024 Cherie Zaslawsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net

By: Amil Imani

April 20, 2024

This isn’t the Iranian people’s war, it’s Ali Khamenei’s war: —Reza Pahlavi

Recent tensions between the Islamic Republic and Israel have once again thrust the Middle Eastern region into the spotlight. However, it is crucial to delve deeper into the intricate dynamics at play beyond geopolitical maneuvering and saber-rattling. One key distinction often overlooked is the differentiation between the Islamic Republic and the Iranian people. Iran means the land of Aryans.

The first step in supporting Iranians is to recognize and understand the distinction between the Iranian people and the Islamic Republic. It is essential to acknowledge that the Iranian people are distinct from the regime that governs them. This understanding can help prevent the conflation of the actions of the regime with the desires and aspirations of the Iranian populace.

Iran is NOT the Islamic Republic.  Period.

The Ayatollah Khomeini went as far as stating:

“We do not worship Iran; we worship Allah,” he declared in a speech in 1980 in Qom. “For patriotism is another name for paganism. I say let this land [Iran] burn. I say let this land go up in smoke, provided Islam emerges triumphant in the rest of the world.”

The frustration felt by Iranians due to the world conflating them with the regime cannot be overstated. It is imperative to recognize that Iran has a rich historical and cultural identity that predates the establishment of the Islamic Republic. Once referred to as Persia, it was the land of the Aryans. A civilization renowned for its contributions to art, science, and literature. The Iranian people, contrary to the regime’s actions, yearn for peace and stability in their homeland.

It is clearly the Mullahs vs. the People. Discontent with the Islamic Republic runs deep within the Iranian populace. Activists and ordinary citizens alike have voiced their opposition to the regime, often at great personal risk. The simmering ethnic tensions between the regime and segments of the Iranian population further underscore the internal strife that plagues the country.

Let’s filter out the misinformation and know the Untold Story. Iranians face a daunting challenge in amplifying their voices amidst the cacophony of misinformation that surrounds them. “Crazy narratives” and “mass disinformation” about Iran often cloud the true aspirations and struggles of its people. The advent of social media, while a potential tool for activism, also presents its own set of challenges in a landscape dominated by state-controlled narratives.

This is a Call for Clarity. It is essential to advocate for the use of precise language when discussing Iran. By distinguishing between “Iran” and the “Islamic Republic,” observers can better understand the situation. This differentiation is crucial in acknowledging the Iranian people’s desire to be recognized as a peace-loving society distinct from the actions and policies of the Islamic regime.

We can begin the process by discoursing Iranian voices. The world can better support Iranians by providing platforms for their voices to be heard. This can be done through international media coverage, support for independent journalism within Iran, and facilitating opportunities for Iranian activists and advocates to share their perspectives on the global stage. By doing this, the Iranian voices and the world can better understand the sentiments and aspirations of Iranian citizens.

Only then can we move on to the “Diplomatic Engagement” stage because diplomatic efforts that prioritize the well-being and aspirations of the Iranian people are the only significant form of support. This involves fostering constructive dialogue with Iranian civil society, human rights organizations, and representatives of diverse Iranian communities and diasporas.

Diplomatic engagement should aim to empower Iranians and address their concerns, thereby demonstrating solidarity with the Iranian people.

Advocacy for human rights in Iran is crucial for supporting Iranians. The world can advocate for the protection of fundamental rights, freedom of expression, and the release of political prisoners in Iran. By standing up for the human rights of Iranians, the global community sends a powerful message of solidarity and support for those striving for a more just and free society within Iran.

The final stage of recognition of the Iranian people is cultural exchange and collaboration. Promoting cultural exchange and collaboration with Iranian artists, intellectuals, and civil society members can foster mutual understanding and solidarity. Encouraging educational and artistic exchanges and collaborations in science, technology, and academia can build bridges between the Iranian people and the international community.

Therefore, it is imperative to recognize the complexities underlying the relationship between the Iranian people and the Islamic Republic. A more nuanced understanding that separates the people from the regime is crucial and respectful of the desires and struggles of the Iranian populace.

The time for a change has arrived.  The majority of the Iranian people refuse to be fooled and intimidated any longer. They refuse to obey orders from the beasts of Allah currently ruling Iran. Iranians have recognized the fundamental weaknesses of their oppressors. With a little help here and a little help there, they can be transformed overnight from seemingly subdued and helpless sheep into mighty lions.

It is time for the Iranians to strike, gather forces, organize, and especially demonstrate in the streets in increasing numbers, even in the face of massive, gruesome, bloody repression by the Islamic rulers, who still have a powerful armed apparatus at their disposal. It is time to unleash the wrath of the Iranian people on the Islamic zealots. It is time to become even more defiant and end the barbaric theocratic regime by massive participation in a freedom revolution to end this primitive Islamic nightmare.

© 2024 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Lex Greene

April 19, 2024

I’ll begin this piece by asking a few key questions of every reader.

1. Is the USA supposed to be a “democracy” or a “republican form of government?”
2. Were the Jeffersonian anti-federalists “democrats” or “republicans?”
3. When and how did the courts gain the alleged power to “make laws?”
4. Is today’s Republican Party the “Federalist” party?
5. Why do most self-proclaimed or falsely labeled “constitutional scholars” quote the Federalist Papers and ignore the anti-Federalist Papers?

For the record, the “Federalists” favor a strong unbridled “central power” at the national level, able to dictate to the states and the people, via court opinions (alleged to be case law), federal legislation and executive orders.

“Anti-Federalists” favor a very weak and near powerless “central power” in Washington DC to prevent that government from interfering in private local matters or running roughshod over the country, like King George was doing prior to the Revolutionary War to gain our freedom and independence from England.

Today, a majority of Americans falsely believe the following, due to “public education.”

• The USA is a “democracy” which today means, a Marxist form of socialism.
• The anti-Federalist Jefferson formed what is today’s (federalist) Democrat Party.
• That courts have the constitutional power to “make laws” via case decree.
• That the Federal Government is all-powerful and unaccountable to the States and People.
• That unconstitutional laws enjoy the same force of law as constitutional laws.
• That the Bill of Rights died at the end of the Civil War.
• A “national popular vote” is “constitutional.”
• Just to name a few key points…

And don’t kid yourself…if the Federal Government has even one penny in your school, by any means, it’s public education with a curriculum controlled by the US Department of Education. The government doesn’t fund anything it doesn’t control.

While a vast majority of Americans know there is something horrifically wrong with our country today, fearful of an impending total collapse of what was once the greatest nation on earth…they fail to grasp what’s wrong, why it’s wrong, how it’s wrong, much less what to do about it.

If you don’t know the problem, you can’t know the solution.

Until you can get this right, there’s no chance you will ever get anything else right!

1. Is the USA supposed to be a “democracy” or a “republican form of government?”

US Constitution, Article IV, Section 4: “The United States shall guarantee to every State in this Union a Republican Form of Government,”

2. Were the Jeffersonian anti-federalists “democrats” or “republicans?”

Jefferson first formed the “Democratic-Republican Party” as the “anti-federalist party of the era. The word “democratic” was later dropped to create what is today, The Republican Party.

3. When and how did the courts gain the alleged power to “make laws?”

US Constitution, Article. I. Section. 1. “All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives.” The answer is in famed Supreme Court case Marbury v. Madison.

4. Is today’s Republican Party the “Federalist” party?

Even though it acts like the Democrat Party today, today’s Republican Party Foundation and official party platform is based upon the anti-Federalist ideology. Just read anti-Federalist Paper Brutus 1.

5. Why do most self-proclaimed or falsely labeled “constitutional scholars” quote the Federalist Papers and ignore the anti-Federalist Papers?

Because they either don’t know any better, or they are engaged in misleading Americans into the global Marxist trap.

Today, the so-called “legal experts” have flooded the schools, the courts, mass media, and the internet with their politically motivated false interpretations of the English language, such as finding a Right of same-sex marriage in the 14^th “immigration and naturalization” amendment, which makes no mention of marriage at all.

High-browed poison ivy league law schools like Cornell, Harvard, Yale, and many others, have been teaching law students “British Common Law” since at least the 1940s, which happens to be the opposite of “Constitutional Law” and the means by which the courts have undermined everything in our founding documents since the early 1800s.

Type “constitution + republican form” into your search bar and what will come up is law school opinions of what the Founders meant by “republican form of government.” From the very first paragraph, they begin to totally bastardize the term to mean the opposite of what it actually means. Democracy today means a Marxist form of government tyranny, which is why democrats keep talking about “saving democracy,” global Marxism.

FACT

“democracy” means “rule by a majority.” The right of 50.1% of the people to rule over the other 49.9% of the nation via popular vote, eliminating the Electoral College altogether. Our Founders rightly referred to the term as “mob rule” for that reason.

A “republic” or “republican form of government” via a Constitution and Bill of Rights prevents any majority from ruling over any minority, and forces government to respect and protect all equally, with no one able to tyrannize anyone.

NOTE: The words “democracy” or “democratic” do not appear anywhere in the Declaration of Independence, the US Constitution, or Bill of Rights. But the words “republican form of government” not only appear in the Constitution, but this form of self-governance is also guaranteed every State and every Citizen in the Constitution.

Last, READ THE TRUTH FOR YOURSELF, or die the painful death of ignorance.

© 2024 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

By Cliff Kincaid

April 19, 2024

On April 16, the Washington Post reported that the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) is conducting a criminal investigation into the Francis Scott Key Bridge collapse. Three weeks earlier, the same day of the “accident,” Bill DelBagno, the FBI Special Agent in charge of the Baltimore Field Office, had categorically claimed there was “no specific or credible information to suggest that there are ties to terrorism.”

The other explanation is cyber sabotage, a form of warfare used by Russia, China, and Iran against U.S. water facilities.

Rather than acknowledge the obvious, the Biden Administration narrative is developing, as reflected in the “news” coverage, that there were “electrical issues” or other “deficiencies” with the ship that somehow caused it to go off-course and strike the bridge, and that the crew was at fault.

I smell a rat. It is like the mysterious fuel tank explosion that supposedly caused TWA 800 to crash off Long Island in 1996, killing 230 people.

As a long-time media critic who has witnessed the paper’s increasingly strange behavior under current owner Jeff Bezos, I believe the Post story about a “criminal investigation” was designed to divert the attention of the public away from a state of war with Iran that now exists and which threatens to escalate dramatically and sink Biden’s re-election effort.

Anyone with a casual familiarity with the Post understands that this Washington, D.C.-based paper is a mouthpiece for the U.S. intelligence community and that in this case it wants the public to believe that “accidents happen,” rather than acts of war that were not detected or prevented by the FBI, CIA, and NSA.

Playing the tune offered by the Intelligence Community, which still can’t figure out that the China virus came from a Communist Chinese lab, the media and their “fact-checkers” are unanimous that the collapse was not the result of terrorism and that the “authorities” can be trusted to inform us of the ultimate truth when they’re good and ready.  The “criminal investigation” by the FBI is supposed to convince us that  the probe will be thorough before a member of the crew is likely blamed.

When a missile or missiles hit TWA 800, the FBI went through the motions of an investigation before calling upon the CIA to do a cartoon video to discredit the eyewitnesses to a missile attack. The joint FBI/CIA cover-up story then became that the fireball in the sky was the result of a fuel tank mysteriously exploding through a mechanical malfunction of some kind and the plane continuing to climb after it was broken in half by the missile. It was physically impossible.

Nevertheless, the media accepted the cover story, as then-President Clinton coasted to re-election.

In the same way, the Biden team doesn’t want a terrorist attack on American soil as he campaigns for another term and wars continue to engulf Europe and the Middle East.

Various chronologies have been offered about what went wrong, in terms of the cargo ship going dark seconds before it crashed into the bridge. But these chronologies ignore the context of the war expanding in the Middle East, as Israel contemplates military retaliation against Iran.

In my special report on the bridge collapse, I argue that the evidence suggests retaliation by Iran during a war-time situation through cyber warfare.

According to WBAL, a Baltimore television station, the official chronology of the Francis Scott Key bridge collapse shows the cargo ship at 1:25 a.m. on March 26 completely dark without any lights. At around 1:26 a.m., the ship’s power appeared to come back on. Around 1:27 a.m., vehicles could be seen going across the bridge span just before the ship crashed into the bridge at 1:28 a.m.

Here is the chronology that really matters:

• In February 2024, the United States conducted a cyber- attack on the MV Behshad, an Iranian merchant ship in the Red Sea. U.S. officials said the operation was “a response” to the January 28 Iranian attack on Tower 22 in Jordan, killing three American soldiers.

This is the result of Biden’s undeclared war on Iran that has now been pulled back, in the wake of the Iranian attack on Israel (backed by Russia) and the promise by the Jewish state to retaliate. Biden’s people clearly don’t want this war to “get out of hand,” especially when Russia is backing Iran and a U.S.-Russia military confrontation could be the result.

On the “Just Security” website, two analysts sympathetic to the Biden Administration noted that the U.S. cyber-attack on the Iranian ship in February could have been “a simple jamming operation that interfered with transmission of information” or “another type of cyber operation” which could potentially explain why the Iran-backed Houthis’ mistakenly fired a missile on a cargo ship bound for Iran rather than an American vessel.

In other words, these cyber-attacks are so effective that they can affect the operations of ships and missile guidance systems.

The authors added, “U.S. and Iranian redlines in cyberspace are unclear, and even non-lethal cyber-attacks may have unintended consequences.”

As a veteran observer of corrupt federal agencies in action, such as in the TWA matter, I dispute the notion that the federal government will figure out what happened and tell us the truth. A cover-up is underway, in the same way we saw various federal agencies conclude that a mysterious fuel tank explosion brought down TWA 800 in 1996 in the face of hundreds of witnesses who saw a missile or missiles hit the plane.

These agencies include the FBI, CIA, and the NTSB (National Transportation Safety Board).

It’s significant that on February 21, only five weeks before the bridge collapse, the feds issued a “U.S. Maritime Advisory on Worldwide Foreign Adversarial Technological, Physical, and Cyber Influence,” alerting “maritime stakeholders of potential vulnerabilities to maritime port equipment, networks, operating systems, software, and infrastructure.”

Insurance companies are interesting in finding out what really happened, since they are on the hook for financial damages, with one firm declaring that “one question that is still in the air is whether there was any cyber-attack behind this incident” and declaring the investigation in their view “is still ongoing…”

While the president of the Westwood Insurance Group accepts the “official verdict,” he nonetheless says that “some in the security business” are wondering, “Just how difficult would it be for hackers to create a catastrophe like this?”

He says the answer is “sobering” and quotes security experts as saying that ships are easy to hack, track, send off course and even sink.

He links to a 2018 article that begins this way: “Modern container ships already face a number of serious perils at sea. Now new research from Pen Test Partners shows just how vulnerable these ships are to new dangers from hacking–including being steered off course and sunk–thanks to their use of always-on satellite communications and general lax security practices on board.”

The article cites Pen Test Partners (PTP), a security services firm, which “demonstrated a number of methods for hacking into the satcom systems of ships, which can allow bad actors access to shipboard systems and wreak potential havoc for the vessels and the shipping industry.”

PTP says it has been providing “cyber security expertise” to a huge variety of industries and businesses since 2010 and is paid to hack and test security systems.

While the author of one PTP article believes it is “incredibly unlikely” that someone could take full remote control of a container ship, it is “entirely viable” that an attacker could impact the vessel’s power management system or Integrated Alarm and Monitoring System, “leading to the vessel blacking out and the associated loss of steering and propulsion.”

This appears to be the case with the Key bridge collapse.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

April 18, 2024

I’ve recently begun to ask myself what in the heck is wrong with the church?  Jesus told us that we were supposed to be “the salt of the earth and the light of the world” but the impact of Christianity on the American culture and the American way of life is almost non-existent.

Jesus called it “losing His savor…good for nothing…except to be cast out and trodden under the foot of man.”

American Christianity has been trodden flatter than a pancake.  How has this happened?  Jesus told us to “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world. Amen.”

By the way, it is called the Great Commandment…GO and TEACH.  It is a commission, an order…not a suggestion…from our COMMANDER IN CHIEF…KING. Go teach them to OBSERVE…follow…what I taught YOU!!

And what is the reward you receive when you OBEY HIS COMMAND?  “And ye shall be hated of all men for my name’s sake: but he that endureth to the end shall be saved.”

That’s called “spreading the Gospel.”  What good is KNOWING the Gospel if you can’t, or won’t, teach it to others?  When we fail to do so we are disobeying a direct order from The King of Kings!!

But the American Church has lost its identity.  A rash of confusion has flooded the American pulpit and the virus is infecting those in the pew.  Jesus commanded us to “Occupy till I come.” Today’s pulpits are preparing the saints for an evacuation rather than an occupation.

Look, Christianity is more than simply “getting people saved.”  Jesus told us to go and teach so that there would be more soldiers for the battle.  Getting people “saved” IS EXPANDING the Kingdom!!  The Kingdom advances with each new recruit.  What is it the Lord’s prayer says…THY KINGDOM COME, THY WILL BE DONE, ON EARTH…?  Why has Christianity washed its hands of Cultural issues? Politics is messy business but it is THROUGH the political process that God’s Kingdom can be expanded.

Teaching them to observe all I have commanded you…

But American Christianity has an identity crisis…a form of Alzheimer’s disease where we have forgotten who we are. How else can you explain the confusion that is masquerading as American Christianity?

Did you know that there are 45,000 DENOMINATIONS of Christianity in the world today?  Here is a list.  Did you know that the word Denominate is a math term?  Remember second grade math?  Numerator and denominator.  The numeration is the whole number while the denominator is the number used to DIVIDE the whole number.  Is it any wonder there is so much dementia in the Body of Christ?

Oh, by the way, dementia is defined as “a condition characterized by progressive or persistent loss of intellectual functioning, especially with impairment of memory and abstract thinking, and often with personality change, resulting from organic disease of the brain.”

The Church is supposed to be the care-taker of the culture but today too many churches have demented leadership.

Let me put it another way.  Is Almighty God schizophrenic?  Why would He COMMAND us to “go and teach all nations (ethos…ethnic groups) to observe all things whatsoever He commanded us” if, as our pastors tell us, we were not supposed to mix religion and politics?  Sorry folks.  Religion IS politics.  Luciferians run our Government.

According to I john 3:8  “For this purpose the Son of God was manifested, that he might destroy the works of the devil.”  That is what Jesus accomplished by His death on the cross…He destroyed the works of the Devil!

Perhaps God has dementia.  Perhaps God is confused. Perhaps God was unsure of why He had His son publicly murdered.

Satan is defined as “The Prince of the Power of the air.”   But he is a PRINCE not a KING.  A Prince is subjected to the authority of THE KING.  Jesus is the KING of KINGS.  He rules and reigns over ALL the earth.  Right now.  Today.  Jesus is King…RIGHT NOW!!

The American Christianity has lost sight of who we are and whom we serve.  We have a massive identity crisis.  Just like a dementia patient, we have forgotten who we are and whom we serve.

Could you name for me one area of the American Society that Jesus Christ is not King over?  Education?  Media? Entertainment? Medicine? Government?  The fact that His church is not fighting to crown Him King in the battle for the culture does not mean He is not the rightful and ultimate authority.

Jesus said “ALL POWER IS GIVEN UNTO ME BOTH IN HEAVEN AND EARTH.”  If He has all power why are the children of the Devil running everything?

Is God pleased with the moral confusion in this nation?  Is this REALLY what He wanted for the “shining city set on a hill?”  The stewardship of American society by Christ’s ambassadors to this world has been abysmal.

The American Church has a major identity crisis.  We have forgotten who is King.  Don’t blame the Devil and his minions for fighting for this world.  They are only doing what their leader asked them to do.  Why don’t Believers do the same?

Christians are suffering from Spiritual dementia.

© 2024 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 18, 2024

It’s sickening enough to watch Muslims in America marching in support of Hamas’ slaughtering of 1,200 Jewish women and children on October 7, 2023! Seeing the Palestinian flag flown in those demonstrations makes any American want to vomit emotionally and physically. But it’s downright evil, treasonous and deportable to hear those same Middle Eastern savages come into our country to enjoy our freedoms, then chant, “Death to America.”

We face a cautionary tale being repeated in Europe and Canada. All of Europe is being invaded by Islamists. They are destroying Europe’s culture, languages, civil societies and way of life. Charles Martel in 722 fought and defeated the Muslim hoards and drove them out of Europe. If not, all of Europe would be under the barbaric Sharia Law in 2024. Honor killings of women would be the norm. Female genital mutilation of little girls would be mandatory. No women’s rights. No women’s voting. No women’s freedom of dress. Islam’s main driver is: “Convert or kill all non-believers.” There would be no human rights. No animals rights. No choice of religion. Europe would not have become the epicenter of culture, peace and freedom in the world.

Reports show 4,000,000 Muslims in America. In 1990, they built 300 mosques with only 100,000 Muslims. Today, they have set down 2,500 Mosques. Notice that mosques are like “forts” or “territorial markers.” They show conquest. Those mosques are not being built with money from Muslims in America. They are being built with money from the Middle East oil resources. So how long before enough Muslims in America take us back to their 6th century barbarism? They did it on 9/11. They are doing it in Detroit, Michigan. They are doing it in Minneapolis, Minnesota. They’re doing it in Miami, New York and Chicago.

Right now in Detroit, Michigan, you can slit a goat’s or a sheep’s throat and let it bleed to death in your front yard. Where is the Humane Society? Animal Rights Society? Muslims voted it into law by taking over the city council in Dearborn, Michigan. Some Senator or Congressman in Washington DC decided to send 300,000 of them into Detroit. They maintain their tribal rituals, have no affinity to U.S. law, or our Constitution. They now have Islamic loudspeakers in Minneapolis, Detroit and beyond blaring out “prayer call” five times a day.

In fact, Muslims use American law and freedoms to ultimately engage and force Sharia Law down our throats. Once they get a stronghold in a city, Americans move out.

Remember when that Muslim Barack Obama promised to “fundamentally change America?” Well, you’re seeing it happen right in front of your eyes.

What happens when they gain 10 million of their numbers in America? What about 20 million? At some point, they will move to get female genital mutilation and honor killings to be legal. DHS reported that we endure 25 honor killings annually in America. We see more than a million cases of female genital mutilation of little girls. It’s assault and battery on a littler girl’s genitals, but you will never ever see it reported in Muslim strongholds.

My journeys through Europe showed me how to stay out of Muslim “no go zones.” There are at least 90 “no go zones” in France. A visit to London, England will show you “two Londons.” One dominated by Muslims and the British side being invaded at will. In effect, Muslims are the most racist tribe in world history.

Notice in America that we have hundreds of religions. We’ve got every church under the sun. But none of them are bent on destroying America. Not one of them would chant, “Death to America.”

Do you realize that we have a president and Congress bent on destroying our country? Biden and Mayorkas have invited and allowed over 10 million illegal aliens, hundreds if not thousands of them from the Middle East where Islamic terror is the norm in places like Iraq, Iran, Yemen, and Syria. They slaughter anyone who goes against their Islamic power structure. Iran sponsors terror all over the world. Do you not think they are planning another 9/11 in America? The FBI Chief Wray testified that we are at the highest terrorist alert since 9/11. All of it brought to you by Joe Biden and his idiot stooge, Mayorkas. To show you how stupid or corrupt they were, the democrats gave Mayorkas a free pass from impeachment after he deliberately let illegals into our country to kill our kids like Laken Riley and hundreds if not thousands of illegals who have killed American citizens by drunk driving, rape, murder, robbing, et al.

Dear fellow American, we need a responsible Congress, head of DHS and president to serve our interests. NOT 10 MILLION ILLEGAL ALIENS. We need to vote for the next president to deport every last illegal alien and every Muslim who chants, “”Death to America.” We don’t need them bringing their barbaric religion, their barbaric savagery like 9/11, or any of their 6th century barbaric rituals. Call your U.S. Senators and Congress person and give them a piece of your mind. I just gave my two senators and House person a voice mail giving my displeasure at their corruption and incompetence along with violation of their of office to our U.S. Constitution. God bless America.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

by Lee Duigon

April 18, 2024

Get the picture. A 48-year-old man, six-foot-two, 245 pounds, slightly balding, with grey showing in his beard; and he says, “I am Queen Juliana of the Netherlands.” Or we can give the time machine a little nudge, and now he says, “I identify as Queen Juliana of the Netherlands.” His delusion is fully up to date. Sort of. [Note: The real Queen Juliana died in 2004; but we have long since parted company with facts.]

Once upon a time, if you were a doctor or a psychiatric nurse, you would have answered—gently, very gently!—“No, you’re not. You’re Alan Blatsky (or whatever).” But now…?

What if he had only said, “I am a woman?” Well, then we are expected to “affirm” him. What he has is a delusion, but we are told to cater to it. In any number of jurisdictions, The Authorities might punish us for failing to affirm the man’s delusion. Failure to affirm is… “hate.”

“Gender-affirming care.” It’s all the rage! If you can catch the seeds of this in kindergarten—or even plant the seeds yourself, if you’re a unionized public school “teacher”–you can have this person shot up with puberty-blocking drugs: it makes the delusion more convincing. But even if it’s too late to head off puberty at the pass, we are still expected to “affirm” his delusion. We have to let him use the women’s rest room at Target. We have to let him play on his college’s women’s basketball team and just hope he doesn’t seriously injure any of the real women on the court.

But where is it written that we must only affirm delusions about gender? Are these extra-special delusions, entitled to extra-special treatment? Where’s the democracy in that? Aren’t all delusions created equal? (“Created” by whom is another story, and I’m afraid to go into it.)

Suppose I say, “I identify as President Joe Biden.” Must that be affirmed? Does that mean I get to live in the White House and issue executive orders? (“From now on, all motor vehicles must be powered by wind-up rubber bands!”) And what if I’m not the only one? What if we could fill a whole ballroom with persons claiming to be Joe Biden?

You’re gonna say of course not—but on what grounds? Are we only going to affirm some delusions? How do we decide which ones? Beats me!

“Yeahbut, yeahbut! You can’t affirm everyone’s delusion! Where does that leave us?  What about that girl in Norway who insists she’s a cat? Do we have to affirm that, too? It’s gonna drive us all crazy!”

Now we’re getting somewhere.

Meanwhile, we’re using the most costly and intrusive “education” system the world has ever known to feed and coddle some delusions. Someday there will be some pretty nasty fights over who gets to choose which delusions must be affirmed.

Whichever fringe group wins that fight, the rest of us lose.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, www.//leeduigon.com/ . Affirm my blog by clicking the link! My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2024 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By: Amil Imani

April 17, 2024

I have repeatedly said that the mullahs ruling Iran are not Iranians. They truly despise Iran and its glorious past. Genetically, they are mostly Arabs. They even hate its name. There were never any questions about the Islamists denigrating Iran and exalting Muhammad. These creatures owe their very livelihood to the lucrative business that Muhammad launched for their parasitic, shameful existence. It is vital for these leeches to continue trumpeting the sainthood of the founder of their business and driving all the competition out of business.

Just recently, Sayyid Ayatollah Ahmad Khatami became a senior Iranian cleric, as well as a senior member of the Assembly of Experts, also Tehran’s Friday prayer leader. He once proved me right. Give this worm credit for paying homage to the source of his shameful livelihood.

“How dare the people of Iran even think of having a revolution or a referendum!! This government belongs to Imam Zaman (The Lord of the Age), and if anyone considers himself an Iranian, he needs to get the hell out of here. This soil belongs to us, the followers of Imam Zaman and his tribe. Iran’s name was created by ignorant people, and incidentally, this name is very provocative. This ignorant name (Iran) must be changed to something like “Velayat” lest it provoke our enemies (Iranian people).”

The battle against these inhuman (subhuman) oppressors in Iran has been arduous and long. It is the battle of Iran’s true sons and daughters and the rest of mankind. It remains our duty to work our hardest to remove these leeches from power.

We recognize that the dysfunctional Islamic software is deeply ingrained in the minds of many Muslims, who opt to remain in mental bondage rather than purge their minds of this software and join the rest of the human family with a new emancipating program for life: liberty.

Islamic clergy, the parasitic prime beneficiaries of Islam, are master practitioners of the carrot-and-stick strategy. By drawing heavily from the Quran and the Hadith, the conniving mullahs and imams have assembled a potent arsenal of threats and promises to keep the faithful in line. They had little trouble in so doing since Islamic scripture is replete with descriptions of the graphic horrific punishment awaiting the wayward and the unbelievers, while the rewards for the obedient and docile if they are male, are described as an endless variety of sensual pleasures. Anyone daring to leave the corral of Islam is apostate and automatically condemned to death. And that’s just for starters. The punishment awaiting the ungrateful deserter of the one and only true path, Islam, is horrific eternal torment in Allah’s hell.

The Islamic Republic of Iran, which holds in great contempt any non-Islamic belief or heritage, has embarked on destroying many pre-Islamic archeological sites in Iran, such as Pasargad and Persepolis — some of humanity’s most prized cultural heritage — on the pretext of building a dam. The heinous destruction of the two Bamiyan Buddha statues by Afghanistan’s Taliban pales in comparison to the present barbaric designs of the Islamic Republic. Pasargad and Persepolis are more than a mere collection of ancient structures. They are an embodiment of humanity’s historical respect for liberty and tolerance of diversity.

But the high clergy of Iran is not exactly living up to its brand. The mullah Mafia has a great scam going. They promise the ignorant Islamic devotees the phony “paradise” of the afterlife while they themselves enjoy their paradise of women, wealth, and wine on this earth. They are unrivaled in duplicity and heartlessness. So, in nearly perfect emulation of Muhammad and his leadership 1400 years ago, the pious mullahs go about plotting earthly destruction as they enrich themselves and enjoy earthly pleasures on the backs of their people.

Many Iranians are praying that help is on its way and that the ongoing protests now will not result in a repeat of 2009, when Obama threw a lifeline to the mullahs’ regime by not supporting the Iranian people, in effect siding with the genocidal mullahs. The turbaned thugs were taking their final breath, being completely broke, and the good old USA came to the rescue, releasing billions of dollars and easing other sanctions. I will never understand this.

My aspiration for my motherland is to see it freed from the evil that has been visited upon it ever since our people bought into a most depraved version of Islam. Whether people become Baha’is, Zoroastrians, or Christians, this should be a free choice for each person. Even if a person insists on remaining Muslim, that is his or her prerogative. Yet imposing the suffocating intolerance of Islam on an entire nation is something that neither I nor any person who lives in Iran can accept. Our beloved Iran deserves to be a country where, once again, we take pride in being its children instead of the present, when we often do all we can to conceal our nation of birth when visiting abroad.

© 2024 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Bradlee Dean

April 17, 2024

“Therefore whosoever heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which built his house upon a rock: And the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell not: for it was founded upon a rock.” -Matthew 7:24-25

One of the things that I am continuously asked after each radio show or speaking engagement is, “What are we supposed to do?”  Read Matthew 15:24 and 2 Timothy 2:15.

Though I find myself having given the answers to the people during my presentations, I merely want to take it another step and give you a whole library of short videos that we, as a ministry, have compiled for you in order to educate and reaffirm you in putting your feet upon the Rock.  Please subscribe: Over 225 short educational videos created to educate and to empower the people.

https://rumble.com/user/SonsofLibertyRadio

https://www.bitchute.com/channel/6pg8v3QDFMjQ/

https://www.brighteon.com/channels/thesonsoflibertymedia

Also, Equipping the Saints – Bradlee’s 5 part Television Documentaries is available here.

© 2024 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Paul Engel

April 16, 2024

• Most Americans learned about the Battles of Lexington and Concord from a Henry Wadsworth Longfellow. But is that history or propaganda?
• Did you realize that our war for independence was initiated in response to gun control?
• Will the American people learn the lessons of these battles before we have another shot heard around the world.

Listen, my children, and you shall hear
Of the midnight ride of Paul Revere,

Paul Revere’s Ride by Henry Wadsworth Longfellow

Most of us who grew up here in America learned about the battles of Lexington and Concorde from this Longfellow poem. Who does not remember, “One if by land, and two if by sea”? Or Paul Revere’s cries of “The British are coming! The British are coming!”?

Most of the stories we have heard are not true. Whether it was poetic license or outright propaganda has been lost to history. However, the story behind those battles was not only well worth the telling, but of great importance to anyone today who still claims the title of American.

Poems, songs, and stories are all ways to remember history. While some of these memory tools are more historically accurate than others, they all have a way of getting into your mind. The story of the battles of Lexington and Concord are not only far greater than the poem suggests, but are crucial to remember if we are to remain free. Since this week will be the 249th anniversary of these famous battles, I think it proper to spend some time remembering.

Before the Battle

The Battles of Lexington and Concord did not happen out of nowhere. Starting around 1764, the British Parliament enacted numerous taxes upon the colonists, ostensibly to recoup the cost of the French and Indian war. The Sugar Act, Stamp Act, and Townshend Acts (a series of taxes on goods imported into the colonies), were understandably not received well by the colonists. The cry of “no taxation without representation” led to the Boston Tea Party. Shortly thereafter, the British Parliament declares Massachusetts to be in open rebellion.

Starting in 1774, the British Parliament began enacting what became known as The Intolerable Acts. Since Boston seemed the epicenter of much of the resistance, King George III shutdown Boston harbor until restitution had been made for the Boston Tea Party. Then King George abolished the colonies charter of 1691, replacing the elected local council with an appointed one, increasing the military powers of the newly appointed royal governor of Massachusetts, Thomas Gage, and forbidding town meetings without approval. Next King George allowed British officials charged with capital offenses to go to England or another colony for trial. The last of these Intolerable Acts allowed the housing of British troops in the dwellings of colonists without their consent. This led to even more open hostility from the colonists.

Acting upon orders from Lord Dartmouth to confiscate the colonists’ weapons, Thomas Gage ordered troops to seize their powder house in Concord. On April 18, 1775, Joseph Warren, a physician and member of the Sons of Liberty, learned about the orders and dispatched Paul Revere and William Dawes to alert the residents. On their way to Concord, the troops would pass through Lexington.

The Battles of Lexington and Concord

As word spread through the colony, 77 members of the Massachusetts Militia, commanded by Captain John Parker, gathered on Lexington Green. Around dawn these men saw 700 British troops marching toward them. The British Major called for the militiamen to lay down their arms. The orders from Captain Parker to the militia were:

“Stand your ground; don’t fire unless fired upon, but if they mean to have war, let it begin here.”

Lexington – Britannica

We do not know who fired first, but several volleys were fired. When the smoke cleared, eight militiamen were dead, 9 were wounded, along with one Redcoat. The British troops continued to Concord, even though their searches proved futile, as most of the arms had already been relocated for safe keeping. By this time approximately 2,000 militiamen had arrived in the area. After a brief engagement at Concord’s North Bridge, things settled down. After four hours, the British troops began their march back to Boston, some 18 miles away. The militiamen were ready, harassing the British column all the way back to Boston.

Why Should We Remember This Battle?

Most Americans tend to remember the Battle of Lexington, along with its sister battle for Concord. There is much we can learn from this first true battle of the Revolutionary War, even though it was a loss.

What I believe most important is why the British were marching on Concord in the first place. The colonists’ own government had ordered the confiscation of their arms. The British government was not concerned with their treatment of their fellow citizens in the colonies, they were concerned those colonists might seriously stand up against them. Sure, small acts of defiance had happened, but what if those colonists actually tried to defend themselves against the violations of their rights as British citizens? This could not be tolerated. Patrick Henry would later expound during the Virginia Ratification Debate:

“Are we at last brought to such a humiliating and debasing degradation, that we cannot be trusted with arms for our own defense?”

Patrick Henry – 3 Elliot Debates 168-169

Similarly today, we see governments at all levels infringing on our right to keep and bear arms. Look at the arguments they use.

• “Hell, yes, we’re going to take your AR-15, your AK-47.” — Beto O’Rourke
• “I don’t believe people should be able to own guns.” — Barak Obama
• “If I could have gotten…an outright ban – ‘ and Mrs. America turn in your guns’ – I would have!” — Senator Diane Feinstein
• “We’re bending the law as far as we can to ban an entirely new class of guns.” — Rahm Emanuel
• “If the personal freedoms guaranteed by the Constitution inhibit the government’s ability to govern the people, we should look to limit those guarantees.” — President Bill Clinton
• “Banning guns addresses a fundamental right of all Americans to feel safe.” — Senator Dianne Feinstein

We hear claims that citizens should not be allowed to own weapons of war, yet this battle is a perfect example of why we need them. As the Second Amendment states:

A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.

U.S. Constitution, Second Amendment

First, whether that government be foreign or domestic, the people need arms to keep themselves free. The militia who defended their rights in Lexington and Concord were not part of a national militia, just a group of local men standing up against the tyrannies of their own government. This’s why the Constitution protects the right of every individual to keep and bear arms. If we forget that the war for independence started because of gun control, then we may be doomed to repeat such a war.

Second, for all the talk of the power of the federal government, the Battles of Lexington and Concord shows that an outnumbered force can defend themselves against a superior one. The 77 militiamen at Lexington slowed the British march, not only giving those in Concord time to hide their arms, but giving neighboring militias time to assemble. What could a small group of Americans today do to slow the advance of tyranny? Look at what is happening at the border in Texas. Not only has a small group in the state militia stood up to the infringements of the federal government, but they have given time for other states to rally to their cause.

Lastly, we see that there are things worth fighting for, even in the face of incredible odds. Seventy-Seven brave men stood before 700. When asked to stand their ground, they did. I do not believe they did so for flag and country, because they were fighting against those things. I believe they were standing up for rights and family. The Declaration of Independence had not even been proposed yet, but these men were standing to protect the rights of their neighbors to posses the tools for their defense. I believe they understood that should this most basic and fundamental human right of self-defense against man, beast, or government, be abolished in Concord, Lexington could not be far behind. What would become of their families without such tools of defense? How would their children and grandchildren live in a land where they could not defend themselves against the violation of their rights by their own government?

Conclusion

If the Battles of Lexington and Concord are so important, why do we not celebrate them? With all of the non-sensical special holidays that Congress has created, you would think they’d take just a little bit of time to remember the beginning of the War for Independence. It seems, just as the 18th century British government wasn’t all that interested in protecting their citizens’ rights, our 21st century government doesn’t like reminding the American people that they can stand against them.

There’s another battle that few Americans seem to know about. A battle where Americans stood up against corrupt government with force of arms in order to protect their rights and those of their neighbors. I wrote about it in my article The Battle of Athens, TN. Perhaps we should remember this day as well.

What would happen if a handful of Americans were to stand up for their rights and those of their neighbors? If just a handful of patriots not only read the Constitution, but learned how to use it to defend their rights? Would men and women recognize the tyranny of attempting to disarm the American people, and the power they had to oppose these unconstitutional acts? Perhaps, if we had a few Americans with the bravery of those in the Massachusetts Militia, the wisdom of the veterans in Athens, TN, and the conviction to do what is right, no matter the cost, we would not need another shot heard around the world. Perhaps all we need is a state willing to stand up and tell the federal government not to buy us the time to secure both our weapons and our future.

© 2024 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Cliff Kincaid

April 16, 2024

One way to win the wars in Ukraine and the Middle East is to change the regime in Moscow and put former KGB colonel Vladimir Putin on trial for communist crimes against humanity.

But the Joe Biden Administration doesn’t have the will to win. Israel does, but it has been put in an American straitjacket.

Moscow is waging a direct war on Ukraine and is waging a war on Israel through Iran, under KGB control since the 1979 Iranian revolution installed Ruhollah Khomeini as Ayatollah.

Even if Israel hits Iran, it will miss the mark.

By the same token, much of the commentary in the media about whether Israel will retaliate misses the point.

The invasion of Ukraine was made in Moscow, and the invasion of Israel was also planned there. Anybody who disputes this fact doesn’t understand the reality of Soviet/Russian communism and the work of the KGB in backing and even controlling Islamic and “Palestinian” organzations.

The Iranian attack on Israel was arranged and paid for in Moscow, the same sponsor of the regime’s nuclear weapons program.

Iran has been under KGB control since the Iranian revolution of 1979, made possible by another weak Democratic president, Jimmy Carter.

As our report on the KGB-Muslim alliance demonstrates, “What may not be known is that Iran’s Supreme Leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, was trained at the KGB’s Patrice Lumumba University in Moscow.”  Khamenei, who has led the Islamic regime for more than 30 years, was the designated successor to Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini, leader of the 1979 Iranian Revolution. He died in 1989.

Khomeini was also a KGB agent, as noted by a former Polish espionage chief, Michael Goleniewski, who defected to the West. The news organization UPI reported these charges at the time but they were ignored by the Big Media such as the Washington Post and New York Times.

I personally reported this information back in 1979 in a journal known as the Washington Weekly.

Khamenei was not only a graduate of Patrice Lumumba University but maintained “close ties to the Palestine Liberation Organization and has a record of supporting Iranian cooperation with the Soviet bloc and radical Third World states against the West,” journalist Smith Hempstone reported at the time.

Russia Today (RT) television, a Moscow-funded propaganda network, had itself mentioned Khamenei’s graduation from Patrice Lumumba University in a story about the anniversary of the institution, now referred to as the Peoples’ Friendship University of Russia, without of course noting its KGB connection.

As I have argued in the past, the invasion of Israel on October 7 demonstrated the folly of those self-styled “conservatives” who oppose aid to Ukraine. Whether they realize it or not, they are making sure Ukraine gets taken over by many of the same elements invading Israel, all of them backed by Russia. Yet, some of them support Israel while calling for aid to Ukraine to be terminated. This position, articulated by Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene, makes no sense.

If Ukraine falls, NATO-member Poland gets invaded by Russia, and millions of Europeans flood into the United States.  Then we have another refugee problem.

Faced with this nonsensical view among some in the MAGA movement, Speaker Mike Johnson must figure out some way to ensure American aid to Ukraine and Israel, while doing so in the context of understanding that the Biden Administration doesn’t want either country to win its wars against Russia.

As we can see, brain dead Joe sent the Ukrainians into battle, failing to provide the weapons they needed for victory. It has become Biden’s Bay of Pigs. Israel, on the other hand, has a nuclear arsenal that it won’t give up. Plus, it gets weapons from the United States, at least for the time being.

Former President Trump is correct that the wars would not have occurred had he been in the White House. That is just a matter of fact. Unfortunately, that currently leaves Ukraine and Israel involved in quagmires that amount to no-win wars. The only thing these countries can do is attempt to hold on until Trump wins a second term and comes to power.

Israel is armed and ready for a military confrontation with Iran. But it can’t go after Iran’s sponsors in Moscow, which also started the Palestinian “liberation” movement, without U.S. help. Biden won’t even help Israel strike Iran, let alone Moscow. Equally significant, Biden is pressing for another terrorist state to be established next to Israel.

The problem for Ukraine is it believed a previous Democrat president, Bill Clinton, who arranged for the former Soviet republic’s nuclear weapons to be transferred to Moscow, in exchange for a Russian guarantee to respect Ukraine’s independence and territorial integrity. That 1994 deal was known as the Budapest Memorandum. A subsequent deal arranged by then-Senator Barack Hussein Obama and Senator Dick Lugar also called for the destruction on other arms maintained by Ukraine, including 15,000 tons of ammunition, 400,000 small arms and light weapons, and 1,000 man-portable air defense systems (MANPADS).

These maneuvers left Ukraine almost completely defenseless when Russia invaded for the first time in 2014, when Obama was president. Then, under Biden, Russia invaded again.

It is significant that these advances by Russia have been made under Democrat presidents.

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is aware that Russian philosopher and “Putin brain” Alexander Dugin has explained that a “strategic alliance” exists between Iran and Russia, and that Russia supports Iran’s pursuit of nuclear weapons. He regards the Jewish state as a “capitalist” state and “ally of American imperialism” and favors the complete destruction of Ukraine as an independent nation.

Dugin’s genocidal impulses are documented in our 2014 book, Back from the Dead: The Return of the Evil Empire. Our book Red Jihad,  published back in 2016, cited substantial evidence of Russian involvement with the Jihadists targeting Europe, the United States, and Israel.

Everything we feared would happen has come to pass. The worst is yet to come.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Lex Greene

April 15, 2024

At this point in history, the vast majority of people all over the world know that the 2020 Presidential Election was stolen from President Donald J. Trump, who received over 11-million more votes in 2020 than he did in 2016, a sure sign that his re-election was secure.

Unless you cheat, of course.

Even most democrats in the USA know that the 2020 election was rotten with fraud, and that Biden, who never even left his basement to campaign, never had a chance of defeating Trump in any legitimate race. Never mind what they say…they know, and don’t care.

Stealing an election is much easier than people think, especially when using software from foreign companies and countries who perfected the art in numerous 3^rd world countries years ago. But before I discuss machine voting and tabulations, I’ll address the more common methods of stealing an election.

The Basics

• Control the voter rolls – keep dead people and those who moved away years ago on the voter rolls. Add illegal aliens ineligible to vote and have them “vote by mail.”
• No cross district or cross state verification of who votes in what districts or how many districts.
• Use broad mail-in balloting (not to be confused with legal absentee voting).
• Allow people to vote who have no ID to prove who they are, where they are from, or any eligibility to vote.
• Control the polling places with limited or no public access to monitor election activities.
• Recruit partisan-friendly poll workers only.
• Allow “ballot harvesting” wherein party operatives gather ballots in bulk from people “they assist” in voting, by filling out the ballot for them, or guiding their votes.
• Avoid signature matching on ballots, even though hundreds or thousands of ballots have the same signature, including counterfeit ballots.
• Avoid residency verification, allowing thousands of ballots to be filed using the same address, which is often a vacant lot somewhere in the district.
• Only allow partisan “state officials” to manage, monitor, count, or audit the voting results.
• Use a variety of “emergency conditions” to justify altering the election process in violation of State and Federal Election laws.
• Use billions of foreign donations through ACT BLUE and other international money laundering schemes to fly below the radar of the FEC and any campaign finance laws.
• Accuse your political opponents of exactly what you are doing.
• Use “motor-voter” and “same day registration and voting” laws to make it impossible to verify or track voter eligibility — or prevent multi-district voting.
• Control the public narrative via News Network and Social Media censorship, making the public believe “there’s nothing to see here” even when they can still see it.
• Establish hundreds of 527 groups to flood the market with bald-faced false propaganda against your opponents.
• Directing “cross party” voting to pick their opponents in “open” primaries, then returning to vote democrat in the general elections.
• Using 15-million illegal aliens for Democrat Party redistricting.
• Extended voting deadlines before and after election day, when it’s easy to know how many votes are needed to overturn the natural results of an election.

All of the above tactics are well-known methods of manipulating election results that have been around for decades, and they are all an overt attempt to defraud American voters and dilute the legally eligible American vote by flooding the system with ineligible votes.

If your state has engaged in any of these tactics, or is engaged in them today, then your state is involved in “election fraud” with a specific purpose and end goal in mind.

More Advanced Tech Methods

In addition to the fraudulent tactics listed above, modern electronic election technology has made it even easier to steal elections via real-time electronic manipulation of election procedures and final results.

An old adage about controlling election results goes something like this… “I don’t care how people vote, so long as we get to count the votes.”

As the USA has grown from 3-million population during the revolutionary war, to over 330-million people today, advances in election technologies have been developed allegedly to make voting easier, faster, and more efficient…. But NOT more reliable!

These more advanced tech methods include but are not limited to the following.

• Electronically flipping votes in the vote collection and tabulation process. Software is programable, as-in, the software can be preset or adjusted in real-time to flip every 3^rd or 5^th vote from a particular candidate to their opponent, electronically.
• Count votes as they are cast in real-time, indicating how many votes need to be dumped into the system to offset the natural votes and overcome the natural results of the election after the polls close, during “extended hours.”
• Connecting machines to the internet during the entire election process, allowing both foreign and domestic technicians to alter the programming in real-time via internet access to the machines while voting and tabulating is taking place.
• Use of private 3^rd party companies or organizations like ERIC, to maintain voter rolls for contract States, wherein the voter rolls themselves can be manipulated based upon recorded voter histories for every voter registered in the system.
• Use of foreign owned election machine and software companies allowing foreign interests to determine the outcome of our elections.
• Use of foreign countries or companies to provide tabulation services, opening the door to foreign intrusions and fraudulent manipulations of our election results, in real-time, or once the polls close.
• Programming the software to over-count or under-count votes depending upon the number of votes needed to arrive at the desired outcome.
• Marking “in-person voters” as having already voted by mail prior to election day when they didn’t vote by mail. This pushes these ballots into false “provisional ballot” status.
• Lawsuits filed against anyone challenging these tactics as a means of preventing any transparent audit of the systems and softwares in use.

All of these tactics are also overt efforts to secretly manipulate election outcomes in advance, real-time, or post-election time frames. In addition to the basic methods listed above, which can sometimes be detected before, during or after polling periods, these tech methods can finish the job in secret with no public access to audit what’s actually happening inside the technology being used.

When anyone attempts to challenge any of these known tactics, they are immediately labeled a “conspiracy theorist” and “tinfoil hat” nut. If that doesn’t shut them up, then the government responsible for these fraudulent actions goes on the attack to destroy the individuals or groups asking appropriate questions out of deep concern for the legitimacy of our current elections.

Detection, Investigation, and Severe Consequences

Face reality! Everyone involved in any of the tactics listed in this piece is involved in “election fraud.” Anyone who supports the use of these tactics or the people employing them, is also involved in “election fraud.” If there are no consequences, then there is no solution.

No matter political affiliations or philosophy, one thing all Americans should be able to agree upon is the fundamental need for free, fair, lawful, and transparent election procedures, without which, the USA is neither a “democracy” or a “republic” of, by or for the lawful Citizens of the United States.

Almost no one trusts the integrity of our elections today, and how could they, based upon all the tyrannical tactics being used to deny all Americans free, fair, lawful, and transparent election procedures. The courts try desperately to stay out of the matter, but by doing so, they too are responsible for the total lack of trust in the system, essentially protecting the ongoing fraud, claiming Americans “lack legal standing” to ask any such questions.

Approval of Congress and the press are in the single digits today, and rightfully so. Neither does anything to deserve the trust of the people, and they in fact, do so many things to deserve the utter distrust and disdain they currently enjoy. The vast majority of Americans know that we are being lied to and manipulated 24/7 by everyone in a position of power.

There is no one to stop this insanity, except YOU!

If you expect this swamp to drain or reform itself, you expect something that will never happen.

Only YOU can change the course of history. Indeed, this late in the game, you’re up against overwhelming odds, yet the mission remains possible.

Of course, if YOU stand up alone, you will be treated no better than Trump. That means YOU will have to make this stand in united numbers too big to fail.

Do it now, the clock is running and those in power do not plan on giving YOU the power back. If YOU want the power back, YOU will have to take it back, together.

Start by joining those already determined to Make Elections Legitimate Again!

© 2024 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

By: Devvy

April 15, 2024

Part 1 of this series, Can Trump Deliver on His Campaign Promises? dealt with the issue of how do we stop the shadow government from stealing the election from Trump a second time?  Part 2:  How to stop the illegals invasion for good and Trump’s number one promise – mass deportation.

Art II, Section 2 & 3 of the U.S. Constitution:  Presidential power clearly defined and limited.  No where does that include submitting a budget to Congress.  If a bill which becomes law is written properly by Congress there is no need for EO’s.

In 1945, CONgress made EXIM an “independent” agency under the executive branch.  No where in Art. 1, Sec. 8 of the U.S Constitution does it authorize CONgress to create banks (i.e., the unconstitutional Federal Reserve Banking Act of 1913) to aid anyone in financing – especially foreign countries.

Then president Trump signed an extension for the Export-Import Bank which was twisted up in the “Further Consolidated Appropriations Act in 2020 which allows that “independent” agency to operate until 31 Dec. 2026.  Trump should have said no.  Supposedly that bank was created to help small businesses.  It’s not the function of the U.S. government to help small businesses.  A true free market, capitalism, is what allows companies, big and small to become successful.  And who funds that racket?  The people’s purse now in debt to the tune of nearly $35 TRILLION bux.

Joseph Story, Associate Justice, U.S. Supreme Court, said in the ‘Commentaries on the Constitution’ (1833):

“Another not unimportant consideration is that the powers of the general government will be, and indeed must be, principally employed upon external objects, such as war, peace, negotiations with foreign powers and foreign commerce. In its internal operations it can touch but few objects, except to introduce regulations beneficial to the commerce, intercourse and other relations, between the states, and to lay taxes for the common good. The powers of the states, on the other hand, extend to all objects, which, in the ordinary course of affairs, concern the lives, and liberties, and property of the people, and the internal order, improvement and prosperity of the state.”

Too many presidential Executive Orders have and are being used to circumvent the Constitution or advance political agendas.  “Joe Biden signed more than a dozen executive orders in his first hours as president on Wednesday, the first salvos in a coming legislative and regulatory crusade to erase Donald Trump’s legacy from federal law and advance his own agenda.”

Americans Shocked, Angered: Trump’s Latest GMO Executive Order, July 8, 2019 (Mine) – “As someone who tries very hard to stay healthy – which means eating ‘clean’ – once again I was shocked by a recent Executive Order signed by President Trump on June 11, 2019. In fact, I was sickened just like I was when he signed the first devastating one dealing with genetically modified food and animals back in 2017.

“Organic food growers and livestock ranchers were justifiably upset over the 2017 EO as I was because I know how dangerous GMO foods and livestock pumped full of hormones and other dangerous chemicals can be to the human body. I buy 90% organic and what’s called free-range or grass fed only. I read labels. I buy a particular brand of mayonnaise and right on the front label is says: GMO free.  ANY GMO food, fish or animal stays on the shelf or in the refrigerated section…

“Due to the federal government operating outside the U.S. Constitution with unconstitutional cabinets (EPA, Federal Department of Education, HHS) and programs (foreign aid) who the heck can keep up with the zillion regulations? If you’re in a specific industry you have to or suffer the consequences…

SHOCK as Trump signs executive order that will end most regulations and oversight on genetically engineered food, June 12, 2019

What is an Executive Order? (Emphasis mine)

“The U.S. Constitution does not directly define or give the president authority to issue presidential actions, which include executive orders, presidential memoranda and proclamations.

“Instead, this implied and accepted power derives from Article II of the Constitution, which states that as head of the executive branch and commander in chief of the armed forces, the president “shall take Care that the Laws be faithfully executed.”…

“With an executive order, the president instructs the government how to work within the parameters already set by Congress and the Constitution. In effect, this allows the president to push through policy changes without going through Congress.

Art. I, Section 8 specifically defines the ONLY powers Congress has, period.  Both parties have just about completely ignored the restrictions placed on them by the U.S. Constitution along with a slew of presidents and usurpers like Hussein Obama and pedo Joe Biden.

Missouri vs Biden: COMPLAINT FOR DECLARATORY AND INJUNCTIVE RELIEF

INTRODUCTION

1. Yet again, the President is unilaterally trying to impose an extraordinarily expensive and controversial policy that he could not get through Congress. This latest attempt to sidestep the Constitution is only the most recent instance in a long but troubling pattern of the President relying on innocuous language from decades-old statutes to impose drastic, costly policy changes on the American people without their consent….
2. His student loans actions are no different. Just last year, the Supreme Court struck down an attempt by the President to force teachers, truckers, and farmers to pay for the student loan debt of other Americans—to the enormous tune of $430 billion. Biden v. Nebraska, 143 S. Ct. 2355, 2362 (2023). In striking down that attempt, the Court declared that the President cannot “unilaterally alter large sections of the American economy.” Id. at 2375
3. Shortly after the Supreme Court’s ruling in Biden v. Nebraska, Defendant Biden released a statement calling “the Court’s decision . . . wrong” and promising to “stop at nothing” to evade the ruling. Statement from President Joe Biden on Supreme Court Decision on Student Loan Debt Relief, The White House (June 30, 2023).19
4. True to his word, the President’s administration released the Final Rule just 10 days after Biden v. Nebraska, on July 10, 2023. See 88 Fed. Reg. 43,820.
5. Eager to evade the Supreme Court’s ruling as quickly as possible, the President’s administration released the Final Rule without bothering to update any analysis in light of Biden v. Nebraska or amend financial assumptions that were wholly reliant on the administration prevailing in that case. In fact, the Final Rule does not even cite that case.”

Congress

Americans paying attention have been watching the GOP controlled U.S. House eat their own; RINO’s galore siding with the Democrat/Communist Party USA.  A mess. The Senate has its fair share of RINO’s, constitutionally illiterate bozos and racists.  The Senate is also leashed by a nitwit (just like AOC) Legs-in-the-air, illegitimate VP, Kamala Harris.

If Trump isn’t cheated again, he’s going to have to work with mostly incumbents like mine whom I voted against in our primary last month.  Jodie Arrington allegedly won and he’ll go right back to DC to continue violating his oath of office and refusing to support critical bills.

America had better pray Republicans, as worthless as 90% of them are must keep the majority in the House and re-take the Senate. If the DemonRats control the House and/or the Senate, Trump will spend his time fighting cowardly, craven Republicans and liberals (socialists) and progressives (communists) 24/7 while America continues to implode from within.

Outrageous! Speaker Johnson Bloviates on X About “founding principles” the Day After He Breaks Tie Vote to Support FISA Spying on Americans w/o Warrants – Gets Totally Ratioed!, April 13, 202:

“An amendment was proposed by Rep. Andy Biggs (R-AZ), which would have required a warrant for the FBI to conduct surveillance on Americans under FISA. The floor vote resulted in a tie vote of 212-212. Speaker Mike Johnson (R-LA) then broke the deadlock by casting the tie-breaking vote against the amendment, a move criticized by grassroots supporters.  Johnson betrayed Americans and defied the US Constitution.”  Johnson and a slew of “Republicans” think it’s perfectly fine to spy on Americans.

States of the Union

I don’t know why states like Texas are called ‘red’ states.  The true “red” states in this country are California, NY, Oregon, Washington, Illinois, Michigan and a few others. They’re “red” because they’re drowning in Marxism; all their state flags should be the hammer & sickle.

Our state Attorney General, Ken Paxton, has been fearless in going after the America hating lunatics in the illegitimate Biden administration being run by another Marxist usurper behind the curtain, Hussein Obama. Even if Trump becomes president, GOP controlled state offices (Gov, AG, state legislature) need to keep fighting unconstitutional bills signed into law by Trump that directly impacts their state and citizens.  I’m sorry, but Trump did sign spending bills that CONgress had no legislative authority to fund.  Hopefully this time around, Trump will get some advisers who actually understand the limits placed on CONgress and uses the power of a veto.

Those massive ‘omnibus’ budget bills must become a thing of the past because too much unconstitutional spending and further killing our freedoms and liberty are buried in a 2,000-page bill thrown at members of CONgress at the last minute to “avoid a government shutdown”.  What a game they play with our lives.

Geoengineering – the aerosol spraying of our skies is not some conspiracy theory but this vomit by Dianna Leyva is the quintessential example of someone whose done zero research or writes such BS for a paycheck:  Tennessee legislature passes bill based on ‘chemtrails’ conspiracy theory: What to know

“The bill claims it is “documented the federal government or other entities acting on the federal government’s behalf or at the federal government’s request may conduct geoengineering experiments by intentionally dispersing chemicals into the atmosphere, and those activities may occur within the State of Tennessee,” according to the bill.

“”The intentional injection, release, or dispersion, by any means, of chemicals, chemical compounds, substances, or apparatus within the borders of this state into the atmosphere with the express purpose of affecting temperature, weather, or the intensity of the sunlight is prohibited,” the bill reads.

Of course, ignorance was on full display: “Rep. William Lamberth, R-Portland, proceeded to ask Clemmons if he believed in the existence of Bigfoot.  “About as much as I believe in a conspiracy theory about contrails,” replied Clemmons.’’

Clemmons apparently doesn’t know the difference between a contrail and a chemtrail. Modifying our weather is just another tentacle on the big octopus and scam called climate change.  The bill was passed by their House and Senate and signed into law by Gov. Lee last week.  That success story would not have happened without boots on the ground and voters keeping the heat on their state legislators with factual documentation.

Overview:

“Pennsylvania Senator Doug Mastriano (R) recently announced plans to introduce similar legislation in his state.

“In June 2023, the White House Office of Science and Technology Policy (OSTP) released a congressionally mandated report suggesting that both global and regional geoengineering projects are being carried out “covertly,” without citizens’ knowledge.

“Page 43 of the document confirms the U.S. government “conducts or funds limited research into solar radiation modification” (SRM), which involves the use of airplanes or balloons to disperse potentially dangerous chemicals into the stratosphere to reflect sunlight away from Earth.”

I intend to get my state senator on this because contrary to the steaming manure printed up by NBC, USA Today and all the other prostitute media sources, the spraying of our skies has been going on for decades and the chemicals being released (which are not contrails) land in our reservoirs, on soil, grass consumed by livestock and so on.  My state rep who allegedly won his primary should have been thrown out of office a long time ago; he’s been in the legislature since 2007.  Makes me sick.

Tennessee was busy this year:  Tennessee Senate Passes Bill Prohibiting Vaccines in Food, Awaiting Governor’s Signature.  As of April 8^th, Lee was still sitting on the bill but its “anticipated” he will sign it into law. Of course, not everything is all roses in TN.  Mixed in with good new laws is the treachery sauce:  Is Governor Bill Lee’s Examples For Tennesseans or the Globalists?, Feb. 3, 2023

Kathleen’s column is precisely why it’s imperative citizens in every state follow bills in their state legislature.  I’ve covered this before and how important it is to find sources that focus on bills in legislatures.

Trump stated in 2016 the unconstitutional Federal Department of Education needs to go and again in 2022 at an event calling for abolishing that unnecessary money pit.  Tennessee might reject all federal education funds., Oct. 16, 2023 – “Republican Gov. Bill Lee has embraced the move, saying it will lead to more state and local control over schools.

“The federal government has had excessive overreach time and time again in the last few years, and that’s what prompts states like ours to look at any number of ways that we can more effectively make decisions for Tennesseans — out of the control of the federal government,” Lee said in an event in Nashville, The Tennessean reported.” Trump could address their full legislature on this issue.  Imagine that instead of him having to spend his time fighting off the jackals in the Democrat/Communist Party USA all day long and probably more threats of impeachment.

Once again, states with GOP majority in the governor’s office and legislature MUST go rent a bucket of guts and simply nullify:  Two New State Nullification Bills – Will They Pass? And, Rebuttal: Nullification Is A Fake Solution.  Neither bill passed (several sessions).  Sen. Bob Hall, thank you for trying but millions of Texans pay no attention to bills to put the heat on gutless legislators.

Hell, millions here don’t even bother to vote – especially in my “red” county.  In the 2022 midterm elections here in Texas, 45.7% of 17.7 million registered voters bothered to vote.  How shameful.  The battlefields ran red with precious blood to give We the People something the world envied – elect those who would represent us and the ability to throw them out of office.  Today, the War for Independence means nothing.  They’re all too busy to fight for their children’s future and all future generations as a free people.

The bottom line is Trump can use his power as leader of the Republican Party to work more closely with states as well as continue doing what he did his first term:  Get rid of thousands of worthless and harmful rules and regulations choking businesses of every kind, farmers and ranchers.

State reps, senators, governors all need to learn the truth about nullification and what a powerful weapon it is against a tyrannical government.  The Tenth Amendment web site, see section on nullification.

Today is called income tax day.  Our government has been lying to We the People for a long, long time.  Cover-ups:  KAL Flight 007, TWA Flight 800, WACO, OKC, 911, RussiaGate, Trump headed up an insurrection, Trump tried to “overturn” the 2020 election and COVID-19 just to name a few.

President’s Private Sector Survey On Cost Control – A Report to The President (Reagan)

January 15, 1984. Available from the Congressional Research Service.  The excerpt below can be found on page 12.

• Resistance to additional income taxes would be even more widespread if people were aware that:
• With two-thirds of everyone’s personal income taxes wasted or not collected, 100% of what is collected is absorbed solely by interest on the Federal Government contributions to transfer payments.
• In other words, all individual income tax revenues are gone before one nickel is spent on the services which taxpayers expect from their government.”

I urge you to watch the interview below because it’s one of the most important you’ll ever watch.  Gutless cowards in CONgress have allowed this lie to put people in jail, confiscate their hard-earned paycheck and bankrupt so many to continue longer than I’ve been alive.  All based on yet another monstrous lie.

I have always treasured my friendship with the guest.  A man with a family to support who gave up his substantial salary and benefits to uphold the Oath of Office he took. The interview is two weeks old with more than 216,000 views.  Let’s make it a million.

Fmr. IRS Agent REVEALS “I haven’t PAID income taxes in 25 years” (41:36)

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

WEF-Aligned United Nations at Center of International Efforts to Block the Sun with Chemicals Sprayed Into Sky – UN pressures sovereign nations to implement sunlight-blocking ‘solar radiation management’ (SRM) that involves pumping aerosols into the atmosphere. March 11, 2024

If you live in Wisconsin, here’s a good resource for you.  Texas Scoreboard is also excellent; sign up for their free daily emails.

11 Times Celebs Wished [or Imagined] Trump Dead

These cockroaches don’t give a tinker’s dam about the law.  Jack Smith Suggests He Will Ignore Supreme Court if it Reverses ‘Obstruction’ Statute, April 11, 2024.  Was Jack Smith’s appointment unconstitutional? He has no more authority than Taylor Swift, amicus brief argues, Dec. 21, 2023

Dem Senator Warns Trump Might Appoint Judges That Will Follow The Constitution, April 13, 2024

Executive Orders 101: What are they and how do Presidents use them?

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 15, 2024

You may have seen Jesse Waters Prime Time last Friday night. Very disturbing. He commented, “After my staff’s research into school lunches, it’s American food manufacturers killing Americans with heavy metals and poison foods.”

We Americans face an obesity epidemic. We face a diabetes epidemic. Cancer epidemic. Heart attack epidemic. Millions suffer from hemorrhoids. Millions more suffer from psoriasis.

If you watch TV ads, you see dozens of remedies to all those physical ailments. At the end of each ad, you hear the provisos that their product may make you constipated, higher blood pressure, fainting, suicidal thoughts, depression, et al. No question that Americans face enormous odds when they shop at any grocery store in America. One expert said, “There are 60,000 food items in American grocery stores…about 50,000 of them are in packages, glass and metal containers, and they feature dozens of impossible names such as Genetically Modified Organism, high fructose corn syrup, aspartame, sucralose, MSG and dozens of other names impossible to pronounce.

One of my health books states that cows and chickens are fed or injected with nine different chemicals. When you consume that animal’s flesh, your body absorbs all those chemicals.

Last week, I saw one couple come into our swimming pool. I estimated he weighed 90 pounds overweight and his wife weighed at least 70 pounds overweight. Their two kids followed their parents with 30 pounds overweigh at age 10 and 12. It’s doubtful the father or mother will see their kids graduate from high school. Just painful to watch them.

For certain, millions of Americans do not receive the suggested 40 to 45 grams of fiber daily. Their eating to elimination runs from 72 to 90 hours. That gives rise to colon cancer and worse. The food literally ‘rots’ in their colon system. (Source: Mayo Clinic)

One documentary depicted a man in Chicago showing how much sugar students received in school lunches each week. Those kids ate three dump trucks full of white sugar. The resulting dental decay, especially in lower income schools, and diabetes cases skyrocket because of such poor food. The average American consumes 65 pounds of sugar annually according to the American Heart Association. When the activist tried to introduce a healthier lunch program, the owners of the lunch programs literally “bought” the school boards NOT to bring in a healthier school lunch program. When it came down to children’s health, money won and children lost.

For the record, I am a “high fiber” guy with 45 grams daily. I used to eat liquid SunSweet Prunes in a jar, that is, until I read the ingredients in the jar. Yes, nice prunes, but soaked in high fructose corn syrup, which is just plain deadly and addictive. I called up SunSweet to ask them to delete the high fructose corn syrup. I documented its dangers in a letter. The lady said, “I’ll take it to our staff.” I repeated that call and documented information four years running. SunSweet still includes high fructose corn syrup in their jar of prunes to this day. I said, “Why not just use prune juice like you put in your prune juice jars?” They didn’t answer.

If you eat at any fast food joint, you get your food laced with monosodium-glutamate. It’s an “excite-toxin” that makes you hungry for another burger/fries and Coke. That whole package runs around 2,200 calories. If you buy another round, and you repeat over time, you suffer obesity.

When it comes to soda pop, whether it’s Coke, Pepsi, Mt. Dew or any of them, it’s simply “liquid poison.” Dental cavities, preservatives, sucralose, sugar and dyes that wreck havoc with your digestive system. After a little research, I found that sucralose and other synthetic sugars can’t be processed by your body so your digestive system stores that junk in your fat cells. That’s where it stays. That’s why kids who drink dozens of soda pops weekly, pay a terrible price on multiple levels.

And, the “Diet sodas” feature the worst things you can dump into your body. It’s insidious how you go to the movies to see the ads. A bunch of polar bears “Open a bottle of Happiness”, which is Coke, and drink it down. No doubt they can’t brush or floss, so they don’t have any teeth after years of drinking Coke to be happy.

Then, those GMO’s that land in your stomach! Your body doesn’t know what to do with alien DNA from foods that are totally out of the realm of Nature.

It blows my mind when I shop at Whole Foods in Colorado where they offer organic strawberries, blackberries, raspberries, and blue berries right next to the same berries sprayed with RoundUp with glyphosates, which are deadly, deadly, deadly. Why not offer only organic? The only produce on the shelves of every grocery store should be “organic.” Otherwise, if you eat the “sprayed” vegetables, you’re eating poison.

What can you do for yourself and your kids? Answer: Educate yourself. There are plenty of YouTube seminars on healthy eating. Shop only “Organic” foods. Avoid just about everything in a package, glass, or can. Everything in packages, glass and cans have additives, unless it really tells you that it’s a healthy food. Check the labels. If you can’t read the names, move toward healthier foods for you and your loved ones.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Reverend Glynn Adams

April 14, 2024

I don’t know about you but most of the religious systems in America that are falsely representing Jesus Christ are corrupt and have divided the Body of Christ. As a result, many people are leaving these religious systems. The worst are the mega churches and the denominational religious systems along with their pastors.

There is no doubt we have a divided and corrupted religious system in this nation as evidenced by our nation has been taken over by Satan and the powers of darkness. We have become a nation that leads the world in demonic strongholds and principalities and the fierce Chaldean demonic spirits have gathered in this nation to attack the faithful followers of Jesus Christ!!! As Jewish Messianic Rabbi Jonathan Cahn has said that the gods of Egypt and Babylon have gathered in this nation to reap their demonic destruction on this nation.

I now believe Habakkuk 1:5-7 is coming true in America, “Look among the nations!! Observe!! Be astonished!! Wonder!! Because I am doing something in your days—you would not believe if you were told. For behold, I am raising up the Chaldeans, that fierce and impetuous people who march throughout the earth, to seize dwelling places which are not theirs. They are dreaded and feared. Their justice and authority originate with themselves.”

Christian America, can you explain something to me? Jesus Christ who was perfect in all His ways and is the Word of God, the Faithful One who came to earth to die for our sins and while on this earth performed many healing miracles – healing the sick, blind eyes were opened, leopards were healed, crooked legs were made straight and they walked instantly and He made disciples.

And at the end He ascended up into heaven and He sent back the Holy Spirit that would guide the disciples in all truth and 120 (Acts 1:15) of those disciples gathered in the Upper Room to receive the Holy Spirit. You mean to tell me that Jesus spent 3 years on this earth and He only had 120 disciples to show for it. And the answer is Yes – not everyone He invited to be a disciple did not accept. Why? To be His disciple was too demanding as He challenged and tested everyone.

Count the cost He advised them and take up your cross or you cannot be My disciple. “Enter by the narrow gate for the gate is wide, and the way is broad that leads to destruction and many are those who enter by it. For the gate is small and the way is narrow that leads to life, and few are those who find it.” (Matthew 7:13-14)

He also promised them they would be brought up before the judge, you will be persecuted, called names, I will send you out as lambs among wolves and give up everything to follow Me, deny yourself and you can be my disciple. Look at these disciples in the Book of Acts. They turned the known world of the Roman Empire upside down with their sharing of the gospel of the Kingdom, and their faithfulness of making disciples and planting churches.

Look at our divided denominational churches today. Even worse, look at our mega churches!!! Most mega churches have reached 3000 to 12000 members in three years and what do they have? Are they making disciples that follow Christ or the pastor? Do they abide in Christ and in His Word? Are the Mega Churches and their celebrity pastors turning their city and our nation upside down for Christ? No!!! As a matter of fact, they are allowing demons and New World Order Elites to rule over our nation instead of God. Can you name me just one Mega Church and pastor where God rules over their city? No!!!! Our Mega Church and their people claim to follow Jesus but we see very little fruit in their lives. You will know them by their fruit!!!

There are a few good pastors and churches in America today but they have little influence because of the corrupted churches and members and their bad testimonies. It was Paul who said in Galatians 5:9, “A little leaven leavens the whole lump of dough.” It does not take many to corrupt the whole Christian movement in this nation!!!

The Remnant of God is going to have to come out of these dead churches unless God specifically tells you to stay and assist in their recovery back to Christ. We need to have fellowship and teaching meetings in homes. I challenge you to find any Biblical basis for our current concept of the “pastor” in our churches today. I’ll save you the time – go back to the Third Century and it was Constantine who gave us “church” as we do it today. God bless, I remain His servant and watchman, Glynn Adams

IS GOD DOING A SECRET WORK IN YOU?
mariomurillo.org/2024/04/08/23
Mario Murillo April 9, 2024

Is God doing a secret work in you? Many Christians are fed up with the world system—especially the way it operates in the church. Leaving church they think, “this is not it, there’s something wrong here.” They can’t stomach the glitzy entertainment centers anymore. Many of them are angry at ego-centric pastors with grandiose, expensive and carnal visions. They accuse them of being distracted—even derailed from their first love.

God hungry people are abandoning attraction churches—something revolutionary is happening inside them. Many say “I am tired of going to a service that feels like a rock concert capped off by a TED talk.

Many honest Pastors are also in divine turmoil. The enemy condemned them for having a smaller church. After years of blood sweat and tears their churches were battered, broken and diminished because they can’t compete with mega-mania.

A secret work has started in them.

And why can’t they compete? It’s because they keep their integrity! When they see large crowds and big money pour effortlessly into churches that either hide or pervert the Gospel…it’s easy to feel like a fool for staying true.

The Bible describes them: “Surely, I have cleansed my heart in vain, And washed my hands in innocence. For all day long I have been plagued, and chastened every morning.” Psalm 73:13, 14.

However, our friend in Psalm 73 came to a great revelation. After being bull-dozed by the success of the wicked he took action “16 When I thought how to understand this, It was too painful for me—17 Until I went into the sanctuary of God; Then I understood their end.”

When he entered the sanctuary exhausted and discouraged, the greatness of God overtook him. He saw that evil always loses.

This is a part of the secret work God is doing in pastors!

A growing number of hungry hearts agree—with all its money and crowds—the compromised church did nothing to rebuke America’s sin. The seeker model was a house of cards against the onslaught on the unborn and marriage. While men slept, we had millions of abortions and marriage was destroyed.

Charles Finney said, “If there is a decay of conscience, the pulpit is responsible for it. If the public press lacks moral discernment, the pulpit is responsible for it. If the church is degenerate and worldly, the pulpit is responsible for it.

He went even further: “If the world loses its interest in Christianity, the pulpit is responsible for it. If Satan rules in our halls of legislation, the pulpit is responsible for it. If our politics become so corrupt that the very foundations of our government are ready to fall away, the pulpit is responsible for it.”

Deep, deep in my soul where the real knowing happens—I know God is doing something new. Every atom of my being tells me that God is doing a secret work in His people.

God is finished with hirelings. He is drawing a remnant out of corruption and into a special, supernatural nearness to Him. They will empty themselves of everything, every ambition will be burned out but one…to love and please Christ.

Is God doing a secret work in you? Has God closed you in and stripped you of all enjoyment of lesser things?

Are you in divine frustration because you are going to be a part of something only God can do?

What if millions of Americans get so miserable that they cry out to God in total desperation? What if their cry is too deep and their hunger is too great to ever be happy in a lukewarm church?

This is why the Holy Spirit is recruiting a new breed…a breed that can be trusted in an awakening.

God is doing a secret work! He is pulling a remnant to Himself. He is taking a special core and communing with them—training them—empowering them—preparing them for one last mighty blast of power.

The Holy Spirit sees that our nation hangs by a thread. The death-rattle is in America’s throat. Before God allows destruction—He is going to do one last massive miracle. What will that look like?

People no one’s ever heard of will come to the forefront. They will arrive with awesome power and piercing messages. Not all of them will be regular ministers. In fact, the majority will not leave their secular careers as God is using them. Some will be children!

-Strange locations will house massive outpourings. Churches that have been small for years will become ground zero of God’s presence. People will flock in from everywhere to these centers of fire and glory. Stunning signs and wonders will rock entire communities. These churches will be forced to stay open 24 hours a day.

God is doing a secret work in you. He is making you miserable to make you into a miracle. The secret work will not be a secret for long!

Mario Murillo

Thank you, Mario – for that great word. Next week I will be doing an article on “Dying to your flesh” God bless, Glynn

© 2024 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

By Rob Pue

April 14, 2024

This month marks another anniversary of the sinking of the Titanic. For generations, this tragic story has captivated hearts and minds.  The loss of the Titanic left a shaken world in disbelief and made people stop and think. I, personally, became deeply intrigued by the Titanic from the moment I learned of the story as a young child.

I believe this is one of those rare, historic events that provides a myriad of timeless lessons.  The most obvious is the sinfulness of human pride and arrogance…clearly present in almost every aspect of the story.

Titanic took 12,000 men more than two years to construct.  The people of the day wanted luxury, and to say that’s what they found in Titanic would be an understatement. Not only was Titanic the largest man-made moving object ever built, it was also the most luxurious ship the world had ever known. It was a floating palace loaded with fine amenities; a five-star hotel on the sea. Never before had anyone seen anything like it.  First class suites even included private promenade decks, sitting rooms and lavatories.  It boasted the first on-board swimming pool, and the dining rooms were decked out in fine linen, crystal glassware and fine china.

She was truly impressive, but Titanic’s owners failed to remember Psalm 127:1: “Unless the Lord build the house, they labor in vain that build it.”

Throughout the Bible are accounts of proud men who refused to humble themselves and acknowledge God, who built monuments to themselves and their achievements, trusting in their own abilities, possessions and self-efforts, rather than acknowledging the Lord. All inevitably came to a tragic end. In 1 Peter 5:5 we read, “…God resists the proud, but gives grace to the humble…”

The Titanic was a symbol of everything man could achieve, and she was truly beautiful. But the people forgot God and even taunted God’s awesome power, boasting that: “God Himself could not sink this ship!”  With all the latest innovations in ship-building technology, including 15 watertight doors, it was accepted as fact that Titanic really was unsinkable.

As we all know, God Himself could sink the Titanic, but no big storm or major “act of God” was needed. Once again, the arrogance of man was adequate to facilitate his undoing.

Titanic was brand new, shiny and strong, and this was her maiden voyage.  Passengers enjoyed a tranquil crossing the first few days on their way to New York and, in fact, crew members remarked they had never seen the Atlantic more calm, the night tragedy struck.

On Sunday, April 14, 1912, Titanic was making excellent speed and most of the passengers spent the day indoors because the weather had turned suddenly cold. Captain Smith held church services that morning, which would have normally been followed by a lifeboat drill for passengers and crew, but on this day, there was no drill…after all, the ship was “unsinkable.”

As for the lifeboats, Titanic’s owners were so certain that the ship would never need them, they only included enough for less than half those on board, to make for a better looking, less crowded boat deck.

Iceberg warnings came in all day and evening but were generally ignored and Titanic pressed forward, speeding even faster toward disaster.

Perhaps what makes the story of the Titanic so sad and heart-rending is that the people involved were really no different than we are today. We can easily identify with them. If we were on a ship that was said to be “unsinkable,” would we feel it necessary to hold a lifeboat drill, or would we call it off if it was too cold outside?

Would we heed iceberg warnings if we “knew” our ship was unsinkable, or continue on with the party we were enjoying?  Wealth, comfort and luxury can make people complacent, lulled into a false sense of security. We can become so full of ourselves that we feel we’re invincible. We can think all is well, when disaster is just around the corner.   As First Thessalonians tells us, “When they shall say, ‘Peace and safety,’ then sudden destruction cometh upon them…and they shall not escape.”

In much the same way the people of Noah’s day were warned, and just as Sodom and Gomorrah were warned, and just as those on the Titanic were warned about the icebergs, we are warned about the consequences of complacency and indifference to sin — sin in the world and sin in our lives. We’re warned of the cost of living apart from God and without the salvation of Christ. But do we heed the warnings? Or do we continue on in comfort, luxury and ease, doing our own thing, ignoring God?

Disaster struck the Titanic at 11:40 pm, April 14, 1912, as she collided with the iceberg.  Two hours later, she slipped beneath the sea, and has rested in a watery grave ever since…slowly disintegrating and disappearing into rust and dust.

When the unthinkable became obvious, Captain Smith ordered the crew to ready the lifeboats. But passengers were reluctant to leave the comfort of the gigantic ship for a 70-foot drop down to the dark ocean in a small, wooden boat. Even though there were only lifeboats enough for less than half those aboard, most left the ship more than half empty.

The rule was “women and children first,” but many of the ladies refused to leave without their husbands, and had to be forcibly picked up and placed in the boats. Families were torn apart, as women and children bid farewell to their husbands and fathers, who were not allowed into the lifeboats.  Many of the wealthy on board refused to leave without their valuables and went back to collect their belongings from their staterooms — and in so doing, lost their only chance at survival. They didn’t realize the danger, and preferred to remain with their earthly “treasures.”

By the time the bow of the ship began to disappear beneath the surface of the water, it was too late for most.

Many of the third class passengers remained trapped below decks, separated from the rest of the ship by locked gates. When some of these finally made it to the boat decks, most of the lifeboats were gone — again, most launched more than half-empty — as hundreds remained on the ship with no hope for survival.  Captain Smith, who was set to enjoy retirement after this last voyage, went down with the ship.

There are hundreds of inspiring and heartbreaking stories that are told of Titanic’s last moments…the band that kept playing until the end, to help calm the passengers and avoid a panic. The wealthy Mrs. Isador Strauss, who chose to stay and die with her husband, rather than leave without him. The hundreds who were left on board with all the lifeboats gone and no way to be rescued — women, young children and families alike.

1,517 people died that night in the frigid waters of the North Atlantic. Only 706 survived.  Survivors in the boats were haunted by the screams of dying people in the water — now beyond salvation — for the rest of their lives.  The screams slowly faded away, leaving only the sounds of sobbing widows and crying, now fatherless babies.  When the sun rose the next morning, the survivors in the lifeboats had their first look at the harsh reality — hundreds upon hundreds of corpses, still wearing their life jackets, frozen to death or drowned. They were surrounded by icebergs, some more than 200 feet high.  And Titanic, that symbol of man’s greatest achievement, was GONE.

A great many awe-inspiring artifacts have been brought up from the site of the wreck…things that help to tell the story, and remind us of what happened that night. We’ve seen pieces of the ship, personal belongings, even letters, menus, deck chairs and tickets. But can we grasp the real story here?

What can we learn from all this? We can learn to not trust in our wealth or the attractive things of this world…they’re only temporary. Trusting in worldly possessions is futile. After all, what does it profit a man if he gains the whole world and loses his own soul?  The consequences of pride and arrogance are always destruction.

As Christians, charged with the great commission, we are  the “Captains” here. For the sake of our “passengers” — those we’re called to witness to, we can’t skip the lifeboat drills. We need to actively teach people there is a lifeboat (Jesus Christ) and lead them to it (by teaching the Gospel, and equipping them, as “crew members” for the work of the ministry). We must also reach out to the lost — those drowning in sin —  and pull them into our boat.

And we need to heed the iceberg warnings, and keep our ship on a safe course. We need to be sensitive to the “icebergs” of temptation and unrepentance, because our eternal lives, and those of our passengers are at stake.

Satan would have us believe we’re “unsinkable,” and that there’s no need for a lifeboat. This is one of his greatest lies…not that there is no such thing as a lifeboat (God), but that there’s no rush, no sense of urgency. And that it’s much safer and more comfortable to stay aboard the ship of our own sinful desires, where we’re in “control.” It’s not just inconvenient — it’s scary — to put yourself in someone else’s hands and be lowered into a lifeboat that doesn’t look at all comfortable — or safe. But it really depends on Whose hands you’re talking about, doesn’t it?

Even though we’re hopelessly lost, with no way to save ourselves from eternal death, the Lord provided each and every one of us with a Lifeboat. The ship is going down, no question… “…it is appointed unto man once to die, and after this, the judgment.” (Hebrews 9:27).

But like those on the Titanic, people are still reluctant to get into the lifeboat. They feel much more comfortable where they are.  They don’t realize they’re on a sinking ship, and the lifeboat is the only way to be saved…it’s very simple: “He that believeth on the Son hath everlasting life, and he that believeth not the Son shall not see life…” (John 3:36). There are only two choices: Get in the boat and live, or don’t get in the boat and die. It’s not complicated.

In THIS lifeboat there are enough seats for all of us, yet it remains more than half empty.  And the boat is open to all — no third-class passengers trapped below decks…at the cross, Christ unlocked the gates and brought freedom and salvation to all who will seek Him.  And this isn’t just for women and children! “For whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved.” (Romans 10:13).

In 1985, explorer Bob Ballard discovered the wreck of the Titanic, more than 12,000 feet beneath the ocean surface.  Since then, exhibits of the ship’s remains have been available for the public to view.  As a Titanic “fanatic,” I’ve been to many of those exhibits.  I was even  blessed to be present many years ago, when, at one of those museums, they sounded one of the ship’s sirens, recovered from the wreck — and thousands heard the sound of Titanic for the first time since 1912.  In 1912, that very same whistle blew as she left port, in jubilance and celebration.  Just a few days later, it blew as a dire warning of impending doom.  Few heeded that warning then, and few heed God’s gracious and merciful call to mankind today.

The Lord isn’t willing that any should perish. God’s Lifeboat awaits you, but few there will be that find it. Today is the day of salvation.  It’s time you got in the boat!

© 2024 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com and ask for message number 426.

By John Dyslin

April 14, 2024

“[The Prophet Daniel speaking to King Belshazzar of Babylon:] And this is the writing that was written, Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin. This is the interpretation of the thing: Mene; God hath numbered thy kingdom, and finished it. Tekel; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting. Peres; Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians.” –Daniel 5:25-28

“Mene mene tekel upharsin.”

These were the words the wicked, self-indulgent king Belshazzar of Babylon saw, but could neither read nor understand, the day his life was demanded of him. He called the old Israelite prophet Daniel out in the middle of the night to read and interpret these words – the ‘writing on the wall.’ We at the end of this Church Age have no need of a living prophet to interpret. We have His Word, His Son, His Holy Spirit, understanding, discernment, right teaching, right preaching, exhortative fellowship, and on and on.

We ought to understand; we ought to know better.

This carcass of a nation received an eclipse – a ‘warning shot’ across the bow of this land – August 21st of 2017. Many threw parties; millions drove to witness the silent, terrifying (if appropriately understood) sign from the heavens.

That eclipse crossed seven US cities named ‘Salem.’ Those cities are not, as some have attested, named for Jerusalem. No; both the root of the name Jerusalem and each of the aforementioned cities are transliterated “shalom,” meaning the Lord Almighty’s perfect, abiding, total peace. Jehovah Shalom, the Lord of Peace.

It’s as if the Lord said, “I’m now (or I will) remove My perfect peace, my Shalom, from this wicked, feral nation, if you do not repent of your despicably wicked ways and turn to me.”

False preachers healing with watered down milk, preaching, “’Peace, peace,’ but there is no peace (Jer. 6:14).” “As a fountain casteth out her waters, so she casteth out her wickedness: violence and spoil is heard in her; before me continually is grief and wounds (Jer. 6:7).” Ancient Jerusalem was playing farm club ball compared to the major league depravity of this Mystery Babylon expanse of rotting filth we’re raising our children in today. Just when I think that things have gotten as bad as I’ve ever seen them, they only get worse.
The Lord promised that,

“*If* my people, which are called by my name, shall
1) humble themselves, and
2) pray, and
3) seek my face, and
4) turn from their wicked ways;
*then* will I
5) hear from heaven, and will
6) forgive their sin, and will
7) heal their land (2 Chronicles 7:14).”

Yet there is no repentance, in this depraved, sin-wallowing nation, but even more tragic, there is no repentance in His own house, and from His own children.

We know that “Judgment begins in the house of the Lord (1 Peter 4:17).” And that, if we as believers “are barely saved, what will become of the godless and wicked (1 Peter 4:18)?” It’s as if our house of standing with God is engulfed in flames; meanwhile we’re enjoying our preferred form of circuses and making sure the outside of our social media cup is well-cleaned – while on the inside it is caked with filth, rotten to the core.

A good, if infrequently engaged, friend of mine, Morgan, died Resurrection Sunday. I found out five days later. He choked to death on a piece of steak in a crowded restaurant full of those watching, striving to help, panicking, and possibly streaming for others’ enjoyment. I, who as a giant am well capable of solving such a dilemma, was nowhere around.

I also to this day don’t know – was Morgan saved!?! Did he know the Lord!?! Had he denied himself, and taken up his cross, and followed Jesus Christ daily!?! Missing the opportunity to know, and potentially to share the Gospel with Morgan in tears, haunts me.

So today, as I write, the 8 April 2024 Ninevah eclipse approaches America. This second warning shot bisects seven Ninevahs. In Jonah’s time, following his warning to the city – as well as the Assyrian Eclipse, also called the Bur-Sagale Eclipse, of 15 June 763 BC – that great capital of the Assyrian Empire, from the king on down to the livestock, repented with three days of fasting from both food and water, desperately and fervently seeking the face, and forgiveness, of God. The Lord had pity on the city, relented of his impending judgment, spared Ninevah, and gave them peace for 120 years, and for many, amazingly, salvation.

In the wicked Babylonian King Belshazzar’s time, when the fateful words “Mene, mene, tekel, upharsin” were written, there was no more time. His life was taken that night, as was his kingdom.

The Lord is sovereign; He will do as He wills. He could, in His sovereign grace, wisdom, and mercy, save this wretched, festering nation, compelling depraved, spirit-riddled men and women to fall on their faces before His righteous, ferocious anger and repent in ashes and sackcloth. But I doubt it.

So it seems to me – and I most certainly could be wrong – that we as a nation are on the precipice of the Lord’s holy, perfect, righteous wrath. And if so, I say, Thy will be done. Yet, although this God-sized batch of afflictions is far beyond my capacity to heal, there are things I can do, in my life, and with those around me, walking in obedience and setting my face like flint to be bold in warning those whom I encounter – close friends, family, and strangers alike, as the Lord provides opportunity – to share the Good News of a Risen Savior, Who died so we *might* live, if we repent and believe on His Name, and all the astounding power – dunemis in the Greek, like ‘dynamite’ – that it contains.

So…

How is your standing with the Lord today!?! Anything to repent of? Should you make a special, fasting effort to seek His face and slough off the glittering fool’s gold of this world?

And, who’s a Morgan in your life? Who’s quietly, ignorantly choking to death, spiritually speaking, at the table next to yours, as you look on? Wouldn’t it be worth it, to push through the fear and discomfort, in agreement with your Savior and as the Holy Spirit leads and equips you, to boldly and compassionately share the message of the Gospel with those dying all around you today!?! for no man is promised tomorrow; neither your choking neighbor, nor you to deliver it.

“You have been weighed; you have been measured; and you have been found wanting.”
Don’t let these words apply to you, or your neighbor.

Today, so long as it is called today, run your race in a manner befitting a King Who left His glory in heaven, to become your brother, and to die the death you deserve, that you might live. You, and your neighbor.

“. . . But they that do know their God shall be strong and do their exploits – Daniel 11:32 (b)

© 2024 John Dyslin – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail John Dyslin: jnd22@johndyslin.com

Website: https://johndyslin.com/

By Sidney Secular

April 13, 2024

The misuse of “gun grabber” terms is not to be glossed over. The gun grabbers and media blabbers twist language in hopes of creating panic amongst the populace while producing rallying-cry rhetoric for gun grabbing and attitude altering emotional evocations to shape perceptions about guns themselves. These enemies of public safety flood the political discourse with misleading terminology – or more precisely, “verminology” – and other falsehoods. The most commonly abused term is that of “assault weapon” chosen to make popular semi-automatic firearms sound especially dangerous and thus unsuitable for civilian possession. Legally, assault is a criminal offense and use of this term is meant to suggest that such a gun type must be suitable only for military use. This, in turn carries the unstated claim that such weapons in the hands of ordinary (that is stupid) citizens inevitably fall into the hands of criminals.

Anything that looks like a complex weapon is assumed to be some sort of “machine gun” that, if used by civilians will end in tragedy for all! This sort of scenario can only increase general public support for restrictions on these weapons, especially among the ignorant. The terms “large” and/or “high capacity magazines” are used by gun control proponents to describe magazines with capacities greater than 10-rounds. However, many popular handguns and rifles are in fact capable of holding more than 10 rounds. That is, that such magazines are not unusual or larger than ordinary, in fact, they’re just plain ordinary.

“Gun safety” is another term meant to deceive. After all, no sane person approves of firearm accidents and even when guns were normal in most American homes – back in the day! – “gun safety” was a prerequisite for using such a weapon. But this is not a large issue among gun owners as fatal gun accidents have fallen by nearly 90% since 1948 (from 1.55 fatal accidents per 100,000 persons then to 0.17 in 2021). This has occurred at about the same time that firearm ownership per capita increased by 264%, from 1948 to 2018, making concerns about gun safety far less of an issue. Indeed, the only entities actually promoting gun safety are pro-firearms groups. These do the job through firearms training courses, range safety officer instruction and the testimony of millions who take pride in handling firearms responsibly. It’s almost a given that that those co-opting the term “gun safety” have never used a gun and are fearful of even trying to use one. Indeed, their idea of “gun safety” is to have guns only in the hands of the government and that, my friend, is anything but “safe.”

Another term that works the same way on the psyche is “gun-violence” prevention. “Gun violence” is more than a misnomer. It is a legitimate attempt to limit the concept of “violence” to guns alone. Now it is true that violent criminals sometimes use guns, but all kinds of modalities are used to commit violence. We don’t use the term “auto violence” when cars are used to run someone down or when violence results from road rage. “Knife violence” has yet to be used to describe stabbings and such devices as are used to strangle a victim do not receive their own particular idiom. The phrase “gun violence” is a further attempt to condemn law-abiding gun owners for the unforgivable sin of owning guns! Similarly, frequent media use of the term “shooters” conflates citizens who engage in lawful gun sports with murderers and violent criminals using guns in their felonies. Then there is abuse of the term “mass shooting”. For a long time, “mass shooting” was defined as an incident where 4 or more victims were killed by gunfire. Then in 2021, the term was expanded to include incidents where 4 or more people were either killed or injured. By expanding the term, the number of shootings were also expanded, making it seem that this matter was suddenly rapidly increasing in frequency, requiring drastic measures to address the “sudden crisis.” The number of “school shootings” is similarly inflated to generate the greatest amount of fear among the public.  Actually, nearly one-half of such events are efforts to commit what has been identified as “suicide by cop” in that the shooter arranges to have someone else end his life. Those whom he kills are  more a matter of intended consequences than the true motive for the deed. The US Department of Education claimed there were 230 school shootings during the 2015-16 school year, but an investigation was able to confirm only 11 reported incidents.

Politicians play with terms to change realities and deceive constituents – an ongoing game in politics at large. One conspicuous example is the call for gun “buybacks”. The GovMint did not sell the firearms it wants turned in, so it would not really be buying them back. It may be a small point, but it is typical of the lies and exaggerations continually spouted by our “leaders.” And, of course, it is only a short step from voluntary “buybacks” to compulsory confiscations. No one who intends to use a gun for self-defense would be interested in having it bought back from them, except perhaps to acquire a better model in its place, which would be contrary to the alleged purpose of the program. Parenthetically, one must also wonder how many guns thus “turned in” were stolen from the real owner as I cannot believe that the government would be all the committed to matching the owner to the gun!

The gun grabbers refuse to see or understand why the number of gun owners keeps growing along with the number of guns they own. They simply won’t look at the stats and their views remain static as they give us static over the issue. For Biden and his fellow travelers and followers and those of a similar ilk, lying is a normal way of life and the result they want to achieve is justified by whatever they do to achieve it. As they obtained their positions via lying, just calling them out on their lies on this issue is of no avail. They don’t have what we would consider a conscience. Biden continually asserts that “gun manufacturers are the only industry that can’t be sued”, despite his fact checkers repeatedly telling him that that claim is false. But then, Biden seems to have reached a point at which he can publicly deny that the sky is blue (without clouds, of course)!

Even when the gun grabbers are bold enough to state their goal is the repeal of the Second Amendment, they don’t understand or appreciate that the right to armed self-defense is “endowed by their Creator”  as stated in the Declaration of Independence, whether in the Constitution or Bill of Rights or not. However, we must also acknowledge that they deny that same Creator so we should not be surprised when they deny the rights He endows! When lefties can’t resort to reason to justify their positions – and they usually cannot – their fall back position is to vilify and demonize gun owners, basically characterizing them as potential killers. They blame the “deplorables” instead of inner city gangs for the “gun violence” usually perpetrated with their stolen guns. This cannot be admitted or brought forth because doing so gets into the “race ” issue, a matter avoided at all costs by the politicians and the media. As a result, the blame gets shifted to the blameless and practical (actual) solutions cannot even be considered at that point. Understanding the Lefts basic motivations, lack of principle, and paucity of moral integrity should deter honorable reformers from compromising basic rights in any attempts to appease them.

A necessary prerequisite to stopping the gun grabbers is to stop using their deceptive expressions and void their vernacular from your vocabulary. You have already lost the fight by fighting on their terms by using their terms. It is essential that we parry their deceptions with accurate descriptions and call them out to place them in morally indefensible positions which is the field they like to play in to make their points. You have to hit them where it hurts and derail their “loco motives” which are the feature of one-track minds.

© 2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Cliff Kincaid

April 13, 2024

Republicans are now acting like Democrats as they sacrifice the lives of the innocent unborn in a desperate appeal for votes from feminist soccer moms who regard a “fetus” as an inconvenience. Meanwhile, Melania Trump is raising money for the “gay” Republican group, the Log Cabin Republicans, in an event scheduled for Trump’s home Mar-a-Lago.

“Make America Great Again” is becoming a Republican recipe for continued moral decline and destruction.

Trump’s endorsement of the state’s rights approach to abortion means more abortions, on top of the 60 million that have already occurred. Indeed, since the Supreme Court overturned the Roe v. Wade abortion-on-demand decision, abortions have actually gone up, according to a report from the Society of Family Planning.

We are told by the feminists that these were “unplanned” or “unwanted” pregnancies but abortion has become a rubber stamp for sexual promiscuity by terminating the unborn human life that results.

Indeed, for these people, abortion is birth control, which is what Playboy founder Hugh Hefner, an early supporter of “abortion rights,” intended. He wanted women to be sexually available for men. Hence, when they got pregnant, the babies had to be aborted.

Promoting Gay Rights

In the matter of the gay “lifestyle,” also supported by Hefner, former President Trump and his wife are active cheerleaders.

In December of 2022, former President Trump had himself hosted an event in honor of the Log Cabin Republicans’ 45th anniversary, featuring such “Republican notables” as former Ambassador Ric Grenell, Rep. Kat Cammack (R-Fla.), former State Department spokesperson Morgan Ortagus, and former GOP gubernatorial candidate from Arizona (and now Senate candidate) Kari Lake.

“We are fighting for the gay community, and we are fighting and fighting hard,” said Trump. “With the help of many of the people here tonight in recent years, our movement has taken incredible strides, the strides you’ve made here is incredible.”

Conservatives are getting the message that their votes are being taken for granted.

Indeed, as noted by Peter LaBarbera of Americans for Truth, “Perhaps it’s time for Trump to read the Bible rather than merely sell it. There he would find God’s clear truth revealed against homosexual practice as sexual sin.”

“It appears Donald Trump is escalating his pro-homosexual policies in advance of a possible second term,” LaBarbera went on to say. “By having his wife (a Catholic) host a fundraiser for a gay activist group at Mar-a-Lago, Trump is coming out of the closet as a social liberal, after selling himself previously as a conservative.”

Trump’s betrayal on the pro-life issue consists of defending extreme pro-abortion laws on the state level, in the name of state’s rights, and accepting abortion on the national level in cases of rape, incest and life of the mother.

The life and health of the mother always must be protected and defended. But human beings conceived in the rare cases of rape and incest are still innocent of any crime.  To kill them for the sins of their father is a perversion of the justice system. It constitutes the weaponization of the justice system against the most innocent and vulnerable.

Prosecuting Abortionists

On top of President Trump’s reversal, from pro-life during his first term to pro-abortion as he seeks a second term,  Trump and other Republicans are decrying an Arizona decision that a pro-life law on the books is still valid.

The law stated, “A person who provides, supplies or administers to a pregnant woman, or procures such woman to take any medicine, drugs or substance, or uses or employs any instrument or other means whatever, with intent thereby to procure the miscarriage of such woman, unless it is necessary to save her life, shall be punished by imprisonment in the state prison for not less than two years nor more than five years.”

The term “procure a miscarriage” means abortion.

It is being denounced as “archaic” but is a perfectly defensible effort to save the lives of the innocent unborn by holding abortionists accountable under the law. The pro-life group Alliance Defending Freedom argued for the Arizona law in court.

Republicans like Trump and Kari Lake who said they favored a state’s right approach to abortion now say they don’t want this particular state law. Clearly, they are scared to death of offending the feminists and taking on abortion businesses like Planned Parenthood.

Regarding Melania Trump raising money for the Log Cabin Republicans, we have come a long way from the days when conservative icon Howard Phillips referred to gays as “anal sex practitioners,” a reference to how male homosexuals have sex.

LaBarbera notes that the Log Cabin Republicans is a gay activist group that supports homosexual “marriage” and other radical LGBTQ agenda items.

Cultivating the “gay rights” movement runs counter to President Reagan’s winning strategy of having a “three-legged” stool of political support – fiscal/economic, foreign policy, and Christan/social conservatives.  Reagan was elected for two terms.

With some self-described MAGA spokespeople already in favor of sacrificing Ukraine to Vladimir Putin’s Russia, jeopardizing the “peace through strength” element of the Republican coalition, the drift to the left on abortion and gay rights runs the risk of alienating conservatives and Christians.

We are seeing the same drift within major organs of the conservative media.

On Fox, Greg Gutfeld declared that “abortion, whether you like it or not — and I’m pro-life — it’s become an acceptable evil.” He advocated taking abortion “off the table,” which he claimed would enable Republicans to win votes and “be in power forever.”

But that “logic” assumes that social conservatives will continue to vote for the Republicans if their views are disregarded.  Perhaps they will decide not to vote.

At Newsmax, supposedly a conservative alternative to Fox, a top officer of the firm is Richard Grenell, a former Trump national security official who wants to use the power of the federal government to spread homosexuality to Christian and Muslim lands, a prescription for more conflict and wars.

Since he is still close to Trump, it can be expected he will get another top position in a second Trump administration.

Homosexual Imperialism

The former Acting Director of National Intelligence under Trump, Grenell’s interview on the topic of Gay Pride 2020 is still featured on the intelligence agency website, where he described working with the Harvey Milk Foundation to launch global campaigns to decriminalize homosexual activity. This started under Trump.

Before he went to Newsmax, Grenell was also Trump’s U.S. Ambassador to Germany and went to the United Nations to promote what he called a global initiative to force all U.N. members to approve homosexual conduct. He was joined in this demand by Trump’s U.S. Ambassador to the U.N., Kelly Craft, who  lectured the 69 countries which have laws making homosexuality illegal. She told them that “human dignity” requires that every country on the face of the earth embrace the practice of homosexuality.

It appears to be a case of Grenell hijacking U.S. foreign policy for the benefit of his friends in gay groups such as the Log Cabin Republicans. A foreign affairs advisor to Mitt Romney during his 2012 presidential campaign, Grenell has a same-sex partner and claims to be a Christian. Then, suddenly, he became a Trump supporter in 2016 and rose through the ranks.

Big money has been driving the push in the GOP to accept and approve homosexual conduct, a major source of the STD epidemic infecting America.

Years ago I wrote a major report on the homosexual infiltration of the Republican Party, driven in large part by financial hedge funds. It got no attention from Fox News, which has been part of the homosexual lobby for decades, having poured tens of thousands of dollars into the Association of LGBTQ+ Journalists. Peter LaBarbera’s report “Unfair, Unbalanced and Afraid,” on Fox selling out to the gay lobby, documents this trend.

Hence, while Republicans and some conservatives publicly denounce DEI (diversity, equity and inclusion), they practice it in their politics and hiring policies.

“Sadly,” said Peter LaBarbera, “Trump has steered the GOP away from its socially conservative platform, even as he counts on the support of evangelicals and traditional Catholics to win in November. Far from Making America Great Again, Trump is contributing to our nation’s moral and spiritual decline.”

Under these circumstances, it can be argued, America can’t and won’t be great again.

Unless Trump reverses course, millions of Americans from his MAGA base will be alienated and dispirited and may not turn out to vote for him.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By: Amil Imani

April 12, 2024

Let us be clear—Consuming insect-based foods comes with potential health risks. These risks are primarily related to food safety and the presence of allergens or toxins in some insects.

The Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) has highlighted several food safety issues associated with edible insects. These concerns include:

Pathogens: Insects can harbor bacteria, viruses, and parasites, which can risk human health if not properly handled or cooked.

Allergens: Some insects contain allergens that can cause allergic reactions in sensitive individuals.

Toxins: Certain insects may contain toxins that can be harmful if consumed in large amounts.

Insects can contain allergens that may trigger allergic reactions in some individuals. These reactions can range from mild to severe, depending on the individual’s sensitivity and the amount of insect consumed. Allergic reactions can manifest as skin rashes, itching, swelling, and, in severe cases, anaphylaxis, which requires immediate medical attention.

Moreover, some insects are known to contain toxins that can be harmful to human health. These toxins can affect various systems in the body, including the nervous, cardiovascular, and respiratory systems. Symptoms of toxin exposure can include nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, and, in severe cases, coma or death.

Now, enter billionaires with sinister motives.  At the forefront is none other than Bill Gates, who is relentlessly plotting to manipulate the world’s food supply, pushing for the consumption of insects and alternative proteins while buying large amounts of American farmland.

Bill Gates, co-founder of Microsoft and a prominent figure in the so-called philanthropic sector, advocates for a diet of insects and, through his foundation and investments, works towards a future where traditional livestock is replaced by insect-based foods. All these can be traced back to Gates’s foundation’s investment in All Things Bugs, LLC, a company aiming to develop nutritionally dense food using insect species.

Bill Gates’s agenda-driven interest in sustainable food solutions is not limited to insects. He has also invested in cultured meat, a lab-grown alternative to traditional beef, which has received $50 million in funding. Gates’s investments and advocacy for his so-called sustainable food solutions are part of a sinister effort disguised as global challenges, including climate change and food security. His property acquisitions, including farmland in North Dakota and Texas, have only added fuel to speculations about his intentions, and these actions are likely part of a larger strategy to take our food away and make us eat insects.

Then we have Klaus Schwab and his “The Great Reset” plot to intending to destroy capitalism and enact a one-world government under the cover of COVID-19 and other agendas. Schwab founded the WEF with the help of Henry Kissinger and is actively supported by Prince Charles. Schwab likely established his ties with other influential American advocates of globalization through Kissinger’s International Seminar, which the CIA funded with $135,000. The global elite led by Schwab used the “pandemic” opportunity to roll out radical policies, such as forced vaccination, digital ID cards, and the renunciation of private property. The sinister agenda of the World Economic Forum (WEF) becomes evident from the fact that the unelected Schwab has served as the WEF’s chairman since its inception, and he continues to hold the position of Founder and Executive Chairman today.

In the meantime, we hear about billionaires buying bunkers and islands as if prepping for an apocalypse. The truth is that land acquisitions in Hawaii by billionaires displace local communities, raising concerns about mirroring a modern twist on feudalism. Ultimately, these billionaires aren’t just waiting for the apocalypse but actively shaping their own self-sufficient, controlled environments while we can survive on the insect food they produce.

I rest my case with a summary of the points regarding the risks of eating insects:

Allergic Reactions: Some people may have allergic reactions to insects, similar to allergies to shellfish or shrimp, due to the presence of chitin in their exoskeletons. This can lead to symptoms ranging from mild to severe.

Microorganisms and Pathogens: Insects can harbor pathogens on their surface, in their gut, and as part of their reproductive cycle. The full scope of the microbiota of edible insects is unknown, and whether these extrinsic pathogens may be harmful if eaten. Cooking may not kill them, either.

Biological and Chemical Contaminants: Insects grown on agricultural waste may be exposed to mycotoxins, pesticides, and other chemical hazards like toxic metals and dioxins. High lead levels have been found in dried grasshoppers, leading to elevated blood lead levels in humans.

Processing Risks: When heated or cooked, the chemical-thermal reactions with the toxins on their shells or within their guts can release toxic compounds that accumulate in the protein meal.

The future of food is definitely at stake, and billionaires and their vast wealth continue to influence food systems in concerning ways.

© 2024 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

April 12, 2024

The poisonous clouds of tyranny are spreading across the globe.

The Chinese Communist Party is committed to its growth of power at any cost, even if hundreds of millions die. The Epoch Times reported that sometime before 2003, then-Defense Minister Chi Haotian gave a speech to CCP leaders in which he stated:

“Only by using non-destructive weapons that can kill many people will we be able to reserve America for ourselves. There has been rapid development of modern biological technology, and new bio-weapons have been invented one after another. Of course, we have not been idle, in the past years we have seized the opportunity to master weapons of this kind. We are capable of achieving our purpose of ‘cleaning up’ America all of a sudden.”[1]

[The full text of this article continues below the video.]

Globalists like Klaus Schwab and the World Economic Forum are confident of their technocratic domination of human beings as they work toward what they call the Great Reset, where “you’ll own nothing. And you’ll be happy.”[2]

Islamic supremacists are manufacturing their own expanding waves of jihad, slavery, and death, with Iran, Turkey, and now the Taliban in Afghanistan committed to the death of America, the Great Satan.

Presented with such implacable enemies, what shall America do? Shall we lay down our arms out of fear? Shall our leaders facilitate the destruction of America by accepting bribes from China and yielding to blackmail? Many of them have done so. Shall we watch as our young people fall victim to malicious propaganda and turn against their homeland?

Unless we are rooted in the spirit of freedom with the will to fight, we will eventually be conquered by peoples who will lay waste to America.

Our national spirit is in severe danger of being entirely lost. Many confused young people, adrift in a sea of disinformation, are unable to step up with boldness and strength. Even if they have not abandoned the original vision of America, they must be trained and ready. But now, too many young people huddle in safe spaces and live in fear.

George Washington wrote:

“To expect, then, the same service from raw and undisciplined recruits, as from veteran soldiers, is to expect what never did and perhaps never will happen. Men, who are familiarized to danger, meet it without shrinking; whereas troops unused to service often apprehend danger where no danger is.”[3]

We are a very long way from the days of General George S. Patton, who, in speaking to soldiers on their way to battle on the beaches of Normandy, declared:

“The kind of man that I want in my command is just like the lieutenant in Libya, who, with a Luger against his chest, jerked off his helmet, swept the gun aside with one hand, and busted the hell out of the Kraut with his helmet.”[4]

How did so many people in America lose the desire and the will to defend freedom? Why do so many shrink from defending the country that has created the freest society in the history of the world? Did it happen by accident? For that answer, we can turn to the words of Ion Mihai Pacepa, the acting chief of Romania’s espionage service during the cold war. He wrote:

“As far as I’m concerned, the KGB gave birth to the antiwar movement in America.

During my last meeting with Andropov, he said, wisely, ‘now all we have to do is to keep the Vietnam-era anti-Americanism alive.’ Andropov was a shrewd judge of human nature. He understood that in the end our original involvement would be forgotten, and our insinuations would take on a life of their own. He knew well that it was just the way human nature worked.”[5]

Even Yuri Andropov would be flabbergasted at how perilously close America is to total defeat. Yet, we must ensure that Andropov’s evil plan does not succeed. We must rise and brush away the cloud of ash threatening to bury what Abraham Lincoln called, 160 years ago, “the last best hope of earth.”[6]

How will we do this? We must educate our youth and re-educate adults that even though Americans are an imperfect people, the Founders’ vision of a constitutional republic has never been matched. We must thoroughly reject the destructive accusations and lies of globalists, Marxists, and jihadists who will not replace America with a better society, but will—if we let them—turn the entire world into a prison.

More than anything else, we must be bold and strong and indefatigable in our determination to defend the consecrated freedoms that God has given to all people everywhere.

May God bless our efforts.

© 2024 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Endnotes:

1. “The Secret Speech of General Chi Haotian,” – pronounced “Chrr How Tee-en.”

“The US Should Help the Chinese People to Break Away From CCP,” Jennifer Zeng, July 17, 2019

https://www.epochtimes.com/b5/5/8/1/n1003911.htm

“Sino-Fascism,” John Derbyshire, September 29, 2006

[Author’s note: Derbyshire is doubtful that China will act this way, but his article was written in 2006. A lot has changed since then, and China has become far more aggressive. Of note is that the Covid virus originated in Wuhan, China.]

2. “Welcome To 2030: I Own Nothing, Have No Privacy And Life Has Never Been Better,” Ida Auken, Nov 10, 2016.

“No Privacy, No Property: The World in 2030 According to the WEF,” December 8, 2020, Antony P. Mueller

WEForum Video with statement: “You’ll own nothing. And you’ll be happy.”

3. The Writings of George Washington, Volume III, Jared Sparks, 1833, Hilliard, Gray, and Company, and Russell, Odiorne and Company, p. 279. https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/008688489

https://hdl.handle.net/2027/nyp.33433112148410

4. “Patton’s D-Day Speech: ‘The Very Idea of Losing is Hateful to an American,’” by Michael W. Chapman, November 11, 2019,
5. “Kerry’s Soviet Rhetoric: The Vietnam-era antiwar movement got its spin from the Kremlin,” Ion Mihai Pacepa, National Review, 2004,
6. Abraham Lincoln’s Annual Message to Congress, Concluding Remarks, Washington, DC, December 1, 1862

By Steven Yates

April 11, 2024

A Transgender Day of Visibility.

Recently we were handed a choice Bidenista treat: a declaration of a Transgender Day of Visibility that just happened to fall on Easter Sunday.

Conservative Christians were pretty upset, some calling it blasphemous and satanic.

The leftist response: a condescending “every March 31 at least since 2010” (summary of the history here, with tweets, etc.) has been a Transgender Day of Visibility, while Easter Sunday moves around so as to fall on Sunday after the first full moon following the vernal equinox. Respondents also stated that Joe Biden is a “devout Catholic” as if that meant anything these days.

Were we supposed to be paying attention to every shenanigan these people have instituted since “progressives” started getting progressively more lunatic?

March 31 has been “Transgender Day of Visibility” that long? Apparently this is true and not fake news, though the Bidenista choice of words makes it sound like something Sleepy Joe’s handlers just cooked up:

Today, we send a message to all transgender Americans: You are loved. You are heard. You are understood. You belong. You are America, and my entire Administration and I have your back.

NOW, THEREFORE, I, JOSEPH R. BIDEN JR., President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and the laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim March 31, 2024, as Transgender Day of Visibility. I call upon all Americans to join us in lifting up the lives and voices of transgender people throughout our Nation and to work toward eliminating violence and discrimination based on gender identity.

No references there to any past proclamations. Can you blame Christians for thinking this was a novel affront?

This is, after all, the most left wing White House in U.S. history: in the cultural sense of left, not the economic sense (the difference is substantial). The culture lurched left during the 1990s, but the 1990s were sane compared to the New Normal!

Leftists act as if Christians are universally a bunch of stupid and backward rubes who didn’t know that Easter moves around. This adds insult to insult, something the woke mob excels at, and which the Bidenista regime serves whenever possible.

Turn this around! Knowing in advance that Easter fell on March 31 this year, and that Christians reserve the day to celebrate the Resurrection of Jesus Christ Our Lord and Savior, the Bidenistas could have moved their celebration of secularist gender fluidity back or forward a week. It would have been a nice gesture.

Wolves don’t make nice gestures, however.

The Larger Effort to Remove Christianity from Society.

This is just the latest volley in a much larger effort, that of cultural leftists and secularists more broadly, to remove the Christian worldview from visibility and end its capacity to influence the public conversation.

These efforts go back over a century, starting conceivably with the tensions Darwinism provoked, leading to the Scopes trial and the realization by a few theologians (e.g. J. Gresham Machen, author of Christianity and Liberalism back in the 1920s) that Christians were being strongarmed into embracing the liberal/materialist/Darwinist outlook. Those who resisted, maintaining that such supernatural events as Christ’s Resurrection really happened, were labeled “fundamentalists” and canceled. (Yes, Virginia, “cancel culture” didn’t begin yesterday, either.)

Supreme Court decisions such as Engel v Vitale (1962) removed prayer from public schools, using the spurious argument that a morning prayer violates the First Amendment.

What the First Amendment says:

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances.

A morning prayer in a government school hardly “establishes a religion,” and it should go without saying, schools are not Congress. Apparently, too, prohibiting the free exercise thereof was simply ignored.

It is probably true that the Framers didn’t envision an age when Federal power would be not just in schools but literally everywhere. Expansionist government, alongside relentless secularization, have combined to enable the cultural left’s cold war against Christianity, operating through the courts but hardly exclusively through them.

I call it a cold war, because obviously it is a war of influence, not violence. Christians aren’t being physically assaulted in large numbers — yet. We’ve been seeing efforts to marginalize, leaving Christian denominations intact.

Leftists thus have plausible deniability. They can laugh at their Christian critics and point to all those churches standing on street corners in every Southern city and town.

What they can’t do is point to many influential Christian scholars in major universities.

To the best of my knowledge, a fellow named Alvin Plantinga is the last remaining Christian philosopher of note, author of books with titles like Warranted Christian Belief (2000) and Where the Conflict Really Lies (Science, Religion, and Naturalism)(2011).

At age 91, Plantinga is semi-retired at the University of Notre Dame. I am only aware of two other Christian philosopher with university positions (last I knew): Edward Feser, who has criticized the evangelical New Atheism of Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens, Sam Harris, and others in a book entitled The Last Superstition (referring to materialism)(2008); and Francis J. Beckwith, author of Defending Life (2007).

While researching this article I did a search for Christian scholars and this shot to the top. Two items are worth noting. (1) No one listed is under 60. Many are in Plantinga’s generation. They’ll probably be gone in less than ten years. (2) I wonder about someone’s status as an adherent to a consistent Christian worldview if he or she declares that it and Darwinism are compatible. If each is properly understood, they are incompatible, and that’s all there is to it. One, moreover, Hans Küng, is described as thinking that “all religions are true” which is also not a belief a Christian can hold.

So how many authentic Christian scholars are there in academia? Obviously, I might have missed a few people, but I’d guess-timate that you can count them on your fingers and toes. Very unlike academic leftists, who dominate the philosophy, history, and literature departments in the top-tier universities.

Auguste Comte, the Frankfurt School

Paving the way for scientistic and secularist attacks on the Christian worldview was Auguste Comte, French founder of sociology and originator of the philosophical ideology known as positivism, with his Law of Three Stages. His third and final “stage” was “positive science” as the sole source of intellectual truth. The story is a long one, and I can only direct interested readers to the second and third chapters of my book What Should Philosophy Do? (link below).

Most relevant to the Bidenista effort on behalf of a tiny group of probably under .00001 percent of the population is the Frankfurt School who set classical Marxism aside in favor of what some call cultural Marxism — or cultural leftism.

Its architects such as Hungary’s Györgi Lukács and Germany’s Theodor W. Adorno saw Marx’s emphasis on economic relations as short-sighted. They realized: political economy is downstream from culture. The prevailing culture of the West was Christian. Thus they turned to psychology, literature, music, art, film, etc., with an eye to “capturing the culture.” This meant attacking Christianity at a foundational level. They drew on Freudian psychoanalysis, existentialist literature, sociological studies of the effects of technology on society, and enhanced their criticisms of capitalism in the context of what they called critical theory.

They and their students became very good at what they did as they infiltrated universities, the entertainment industry, eventually media empires and other corporations. We can study how they’ve weaponized language with invented words like transphobia (and its older sibling homophobia) and the even more ridiculous misgendering someone (e.g., calling men men because they have male chromosomes, male DNA, male physiology, even if they are wearing women’s swimwear and participating in women’s sports).

One of the Frankfurt School’s best students, Herbert Marcuse, shifted the emphasis of leftist-liberalism in the U.S. from class to race, and from free speech to calls for controls on speech, in his influential 1965 essay “Repressive Tolerance.” Those seeking to understand critical race theory and its doctrine of “equity” (as opposed to equality and equal opportunity) need to study this essay. Political correctness began with Marcuse. By the 1980s his ideas were being applied to women, and by the early 1990s, especially following academic radical feminist Judith Butler’s Gender Trouble (1990) we started hearing not about sex, which is biological, but gender as a “social construct,” meaning something capable of deconstruction and recreation: the origins of gender fluidity and of transgenderism.

The Christian worldview had already been beaten back via Supreme Court decisions, of course. It had a marginal status before any of these people came along. No one in centers of intellectual influence was listening to Christians. Materialism as the guiding metaphysical ethos of nearly all twentieth century science made the cultural left’s cold war on Christianity easier, even if transgenderism tries to deconstruct materialist biology by portraying biological-genetic sexuality as a manifestation of the “patriarchy.”

Christians remain, of course, and continue to have influence outside the big cities, intellectual centers, and controlled media institutions. Our definition of marginal is to be outside of those and not having their reach, while noting that most of those churches are still there.

If there is any psychological trait that characterizes leftists, though, it is their need to control others en masse. Most Christians couldn’t care less what the big cities do and have ceased trying to influence them. Leftists who rule those citadels can’t stand it, however, that in Dothan, Ala. (e.g.), there are churchgoers who don’t “affirm nonbinary persons” in their midst (are there any “nonbinary” people in Dothan, Ala.???).

The Declining Influence of Religion.

Today we have solid data on declining religious observances and belief, especially among younger generations, illustrating the success of the cold war on the Christian worldview. According to a Pew Research Center survey, more than three quarters of Americans agree that the role of this worldview in American public life is shrinking, whether they support this change or not. Many would agree that religion’s loss of influence is “a bad thing,” while 57 percent retain the view that religion has a positive impact on American life.

According to this same study, nearly half of U.S. adults claim they feel “some” tension between their religious beliefs and mainstream culture.

Gallup polls show that for decades now, the percentage of Americans with “no religious affiliation” had increased.

This has become an era of skyrocketing mental health problems, including suicide as one of the leading causes of death in those under 30. The New Normal is an era of school shootings and road rage. There are plenty other signs of a society where stress has risen to dangerous levels, with nothing, no larger sense of purpose, to counteract it.

Leo Tolstoy, the Russian novelist, grew aware of how common people’s faith in Providence sustained them. In his day, commoners had far harsher lives than most any of us — some argue, in fact, that with what prosperity we have and with today’s creature comforts, we’ve never had it better!

But somehow, “our” secularized world doesn’t feel better. We’re plagued with anxiety, depression, sleep disorders, suicidal thoughts, and chemical dependencies. Some “snap” and express their frustration violently.

This is because there’s no sense of Highest Purpose which only God can supply, and it gets worse as more and more people (e.g., Gen Z; it might actually be worse for Alphas the oldest of whom are about to enter their teens) grow up and come of age without this sense.

They’re not going to get it in their wretched public schools, of course; and they’re no longer getting it at home.

Can Christian influence be brought back?

Given the cultural and sociological disasters of recent years — including the “happy nihilist” mindset of “party animals” that sets conditions for horrifying events like this — and given that many Christians attribute these to the removal of their faith from the public square, the fear that Christianity might make a comeback, or revival, in the form of a new Great Awakening, haunts the left.

Hence talk of “dominionists,” a supposed Christian conspiracy aimed at establishing a theocracy. This has about as much chance of happening as flapping our arms and flying to the moon.

Evangelical Christians’ support for Donald Trump (although with a few exceptions) has been a mystery to secular leftists. There’s no mystery. Had Evangelicals not supported Trump, they would be completely outside the national conversation.

So what do we do?

The truth is, we don’t have much to show for anything we’ve done over the past few decades. Secularists / leftists have continued to advance, even during the Trump years which culminated in the George Floyd riots of 2020.

Too few Christians have tried to frame this as a clash of worldviews. Many have agreed with secularists that the only solutions to our problems are political — which means getting “their” people into elected office.

How’s that working out, anyway?

We’re faced with the likelihood that the abortion issue could cost Trump and other Republicans this November. Because a single Supreme Court decision was never going to repeal the death culture, which is a matter of deep-seated worldview belief and practice. Always remember: politics is downstream from culture, and a culture is downstream from a worldview.

There is no political solution for the problem of girls and women thinking it okay to kill their unborn children and using phrases like women’s reproductive rights or my body, my choice. That the latter sentiment never applied to the covid mRNA shots should tell you all you need to know.

The same kind of weaponized language that brought us homophobic, transphobic, and misgendered.

I’ve promoted the idea before: create new, separate institutions that will provide the basis for a parallel culture and a parallel economy: parallel institutions, in other words.

As I’ve noted, existing higher education can’t be saved. Nor can the big cities nor the corporate leviathans be salvaged.

Christians can only be resourceful and learn to operate outside their confines.

We need to develop a parallel culture, which will include a parallel marketplace and ultimately a parallel financial structure that won’t be abrogated.

That’s a tall order, but the only alternative will be if enough Americans decide they actually care about collapsed education, the toxic social media environment, a dysfunctional political order, an economy that redistributes wealth upward, and a decaying culture more broadly. Then there might be some slim hope of fixing at least some of these institutions from the inside.

That’s so iffy, however, that pursuing an agenda of separation and independence seems to me the way to go. If that can’t be made to work, then nothing will.

© 2024 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

Steven Yates is a (still recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored more than 20 articles, book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself. In 2021 he moved to Chile. He is married to a Chilean national.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).

by Lee Duigon

April 11, 2024

We have, for all practical purposes, history’s first global civilization. There’s nowhere you can go where it can’t reach out and bite you.

Once upon a time it was different. When the whole Bronze Age collapsed in the 12^th century B.C., who in North or South America even noticed? The Indus Valley civilization went extinct without leaving the smallest hint of a cause.

Civilizations come and go. But ours is the whole world’s. If it goes belly-up, everybody goes.

What destroys a civilization?

Massive outbreaks of disease: bubonic plague very nearly wiped out Europe.

Invasions by people who won’t co-exist with the natives.

A series of natural disasters: earthquakes, droughts, the whole country turning into a desert.

Some unhappy combination of All of the Above.

Our civilization does a lot of things wrong—always a war or two going on somewhere, industrial pollution, new diseases escaping from the laboratory, and so on. But civilizations have always done those things, and some managed to keep on doing them for centuries on end. China’s still here. So is India. They are exceptions to the rule of history. Search in vain for Hittites, Babylonians, or Olmecs.

So what will do us in? Having the whole world in which to spread the effects of our worst ideas and most destructive mischief, what will it take to knock us over?

I’ve voting for gender insanity.

This is new. Our evil age invented it.

What would the, um, medical industry do, to corral vast multitudes of people as lifelong medical patients? “Gender-affirming care” has become an immensely profitable business. Okay, the Vatican has finally, and without much pleasure in it, cried “Enough!” But who’s listening?

Politicians like it because it’s a wedge issue that pits blocs of voters against each other: divide and rule, with abundant opportunity to manipulate public opinion. And they aren’t too particular about what they have to do to keep on ruling.

Teachers’ unions like it because it gives them leverage over families. Start the kiddies on puberty blockers in kindergarten, and they’re yours for life.

The entertainment industry likes it because they’re all a bunch of perverts anyway.

The nooze media like it because it’s new and exciting and it gets people all stirred up. Good ratings always spring from controversy.

Do any of these people honestly believe they’re providing “care”? Can it be that highly-credentialed Experts can actually say, without a ghost of hypocrisy or mendacity, “This boy is now a girl”? I find that very hard to swallow.

How many children can be irreversibly neutered before you crash the population? Why would we want to even risk that? How deranged does our very language have to get, before we lose the ability to communicate? How many preposterous lies do we have to pretend to believe, before we have to find some way to live without truth?

Under the pretense of “care,” whatever that means anymore, we are inching toward genocide. A whole new way to destroy a civilization!

This is evil and perverse, and it has to be stopped.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2024 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 11, 2024

In Part 2: When he imports another 10 million illegal aliens including hundreds of thousands of Muslims, Chinese and Africans with chain-migration along with “asylum seekers”, we won’t know who we are or what the hell to do to save ourselves. Biden’s handlers are effectively destroying our culture, our language, our identity and our way of life.

In the news last night, Joe Biden invited biographers to his private digs to tell them how his legacy should be written. One of them stated that Biden should placed right alongside of Lincoln. I about fell off my sofa listening to that Mt. Everest-sized pile of balderdash.

He ran for president four times. He lied to his draft board to avoid military service. Scholars pointed out that he plagiarized papers, he cheated on exams, he stole speeches, he didn’t want his children to be educated with blacks in the “urban jungle.” He voted against black integration. He befriended the biggest racist Klu Klux Klan member former U.S. Senator Robert Bird. He used his V.P. status to swindle countries into giving his son millions of dollars for doing nothing. His son Hunter spread millions to members of the family. He stole classified documents upon leaving the vice-presidency.

We’re talking about a man so corrupt, Al Capone, Sam Bankman-Fried, and Bernie Madoff must have taken lessons from Joe Biden.

As to his legacy, historians will write about Joe Biden as the most corrupt criminal genius in modern history. Except now, with Alzheimer’s, his “genius” stems from his handlers—-and they ain’t doing too well to cover up his vacant mind.

Here’s what they are doing. You hear it on the liberal media programs that Trump would be a dictator, but in fact, as we saw in Russia, Putin just killed one of his opponents while in jail. Biden is trying to imprison Trump because Biden imitates Putin.

Last six points of Biden’s legacy:

9. Reinvent the justice system to indict, bankrupt, convict, jail and eliminate political opponents. That sums up what Biden is ordering our DOJ to do to Trump. “Use ballot removal, impeachment, civil suits, and state and federal indictments rather than elections to defeat an opponent. Mob the homes of non-compliant Supreme Court justices, and attack them personally by name,” said Victor Davis Hanson.
10. Encourage the fusion of the bureaucratic state with electronic media to form a powerful force for political audit, surveillance, censorship and coercion. Just look at the liberal media feed the American public more junk news, fake news and biased news. How could John Fetterman (D-PA), a man with nothing to show for his life, become a U.S. Senator, even when he couldn’t speak a full distinct sentence?
11. Make war on gasoline and natural gas. Biden destroyed our ability to drill for our own oil, and pretends he knows anything about climate change. It’s doubtful he possesses the common sense of a fourth grader.
12. Pretend he knows how to stop climate change when China and India continue building and multiplying beyond all comprehension of sheer numbers.
13. Turn our kids against their own country in our universities and high schools. Teach them CRT to hate other races. Blame white people for everything. Engage mediocrity, illiteracy and stupidity as the new standards of American choices.
14. Keep adding people millions of people to grow our population Beyond our ability to water, feed, house, work, educate or Maintain any kind of a cohesive civilization.
15. Finally, this is a “Baker’s Dozen”. Biden supports DNA men competing and beating the pants of DNA women, as if it is fair. In fact, it’s the biggest farce of the 21^st century.

Biden’s legacy? It might read like this: “U.S. President Joe Biden became the first president to lie his way into the White House. He told his lies so often, somehow, half the American public bought his bullshit. While in the White House, his wife fooled the American public into thinking he could pass a 30-question cognitive test for mental competency. He could not and did not. He was the first president in U.S. history to be controlled by his inner circle. He lacked judgment, understanding, comprehension of world events, and common sense. He spoke with total dependence of his speech writers and a teleprompter. He will remain history’s question mark as to how he was elected to the highest office in the world. He never worked a day in his life. He lived off the public dole for his entire existence. His legacy can be summed up in one word: incompetence.”

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Dennis Linthicum

April 10, 2024

In the midst of this Primary season, attempting to enumerate the multitude of failures and bankrupt ideas emanating from the Democrat Party proves daunting. The sheer scale of exorbitant taxes, incessant spending, and superfluous regulations emanating from Salem (and Washington, DC), along with their lasting costs and ultimate burdens, defies measurement.

Nevertheless, these issues are too substantial to remain concealed for long. Yet, they are also too intricate to be easily dissected and too insidious to be readily discerned.

Periodically, they erupt to the surface despite the dearth of mainstream media investigative journalism. Serious problems persistently seep through the fragile facade of single-party rule.

Today, I’ll speak to one issue. I am endorsing one person as the best representative for District 28 in the battle for Oregon’s future – Diane Linthicum!

Background

Voters know that I am banned from the ballot because I participated in a constitutionally protected right, as a minority member, to deny a quorum to the majority party. Ten Republican Senators are currently banned from running for the State Senate by an arbitrary decision made by the Senate President (D).

Voters across the state, in districts both near and far, will be deprived of familiar choices as their current elected office-holders are barred from the ballot.

The Democrats accomplished this by creating a clever two-part fraud which struck at the heart of our constitutional form of government. The first part of the package was a poorly worded and laughably imprecise ballot initiative that altered Oregon’s constitution – Measure 113.

Measure 113 intentionally placed minority party members in an ethical quandary. Constitutionally, it demolished the quorum requirement while also compelling legislators to balance their moral principles against the political ramifications imposed by the Democrat majority.

Legislators across the US understand that they are elected to represent the ethical values of their district. While it may be valuable to consider perspectives from other areas, such as downtown Portland here in Oregon, their primary duty is to prioritize the beliefs and values inherent in their contract with their own constituents. They are elected to uphold the principles of the communities that have entrusted them with their vote.

Ballot Measure 113 was marketed by public employee unions with a simple sloganeering campaign, “Do your Job.” Appropriate representation, fairness and justice were simply tossed into the garbage with last night’s pizza box. The ethical issues hidden below the surface were akin to finding the remains of half of a worm in one’s apple. It was never realized until the fruit was consumed.

Most people were unaware of the complexities of this ballot measure. People have long placed their trust in our founders’ principles and hold genuine concerns about government waste, accountability, and responsibility.

Yet, no wolf-trap was ever set with a livelier spring than the Measure 113 trap baited by the Democrats with HB 2002.

Details of Deceit

In the 2023 legislative session, the Democrats introduced a controversial bill labeled as a “reproductive health” and gender-altering measure (HB 2002).

The original version of the bill included a legal mandate that imposed criminal prosecution on healthcare workers—such as surgeons, general practitioners, anesthesiologists, receptionists, nurses, counselors, physician assistants, therapists, janitors, county public health service providers, and others—who shared any information, with a parent or guardian, about an abortion or gender-altering service provided to their minor child, regardless of age.

Every Democrat party member –every member– in the legislature arrogantly fueled this tragedy against children, parents, and healthcare service providers. The Democrats pretended it was perfectly legit to let all of the above monetized interests play in their secrecy game, just not Mom and Dad, or legal guardians.

Today, we know, it was never about choice, sound medicine, appropriate healthcare, or saving lives. This fuse was purposefully lit to create a conflagration that would engulf traditional Republicans into an incomprehensible choice: surrender one’s senate seat, or surrender one’s values, morals, and ethics?

Given our traditional understanding of Life, ordered Liberty, individual cognizance, and personal responsibility, Republicans were left with no choice. We halted the business of the senate, denied quorum, and insisted on negotiations. I knew this was where we had to stand in order to safeguard Life, Liberty, and parental rights.

HB 2002 was nothing more than a convoluted web of unscientific, unfounded, and politically motivated theories bound to harness Measure 113. I see it as akin to chumming for sharks in the South Pacific. To lure the unsuspecting, through the practice of chumming, is extremely dangerous because no one can see the unintended consequences until they leap from the deep.

Overall, this political stunt epitomizes political law-fare.

Now that Oregon has broken the ice, we may see other states weave these post-modern, first-world cultural phantoms into the strategic framework of the Democrat party’s approach to weaponizing the law against their ideological opponents. This closely mirrors the battles facing President Trump as several Democrat strongholds across the nation try to prevent him from appearing on the ballot as well.

Call to Action

I am not allowed on the ballot, but Diane Linthicum is!

Diane has been my Chief-of-Staff for the past eight years for Senate District 28. She has also managed my private sector business operations for 25 years. Most people already know Diane since she also serves as Senate District 28 Constituent Services Director.

She is a skilled policy analyst and Diane has keen insight into the legislative process and is willing to, “Just say, No!” to detrimental policy ideas.

During our early years as newlyweds, Diane embarked on her career in banking and accounting before deciding to dedicate herself to being a stay-at-home mom for our children. She enthusiastically embraced the role of homeschooling our kids and concurrently juggled multiple endeavors. From being an independent DK book distributor to owning and operating an Espresso stand and a licensed commercial kitchen, Diane’s determination never wavered as she pursued various ventures.

Diane is uncompromising and faithful. She will vote to protect our 2nd amendment rights and is a proud concealed carry holder. She has always been a medical freedom fighter and will never back down against vaccine mandates and state sponsored censorship.

Diane believes we need:

Less Government – Not more
Lower Taxes – Not more
More Freedom – Not less

Diane is, by far, the best qualified candidate to serve in Senate District 28 and I am asking you to support Diane!

Electing Diane will send a powerful message to the elites in Salem – You can’t keep faithful patriots out of office regardless of your unprincipled and double-dealing shenanigans!

The battle for Oregon begins now – your support is vital!

Best Regards,

Dennis Linthicum
Oregon State Senate – District 28

© 2024 Dennis Linthicum – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Linthicum: sen.DennisLinthicum@gmail.com

By Bradlee Dean

April 10, 2024

After speaking publicly on over 3,000 different occasions, one of things that is constantly brought to my attention is that our forefathers were Masons, Freemasons, the Illuminati, spiritualists, or mysticists; as if to suggest that our country was founded by a bunch of satanists.

Friends, nothing could be further from the truth.  You know a tree by its fruit.  As a matter of fact, Jesus said in Matthew 7:16-20 that we are to judge men by their fruit, not by what the revisionists say or by what the propagandists have to say.

“Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit.Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them.”

Therefore, over the last 2 weeks, I have gone over and over David Barton’s book titled “The Question of Freemasonry and the Founding Fathers” to compile the facts that stand against the lies that many have been told concerning the truth about our founding forefathers.

Below, you will find my full commentary on this subject from The Sons of Liberty that highlight the truth of the founding era and our founders (Malachi 3:16).  Enjoy!

© 2024 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

by Rees Lloyd, Attorney

April 10, 2024

The “NO VA RESOURCES FOR ILLEGAL ALIENS ACT,” filed as H.R. 6744 in the House by Veterans Affairs Committee Chairman Mike Bost (R-Il), and in the Senate as S.3490, by Sen. Tommy Tuberville (R-AL), should be supported by all Americans in general, and by all veterans in particular.

The Act was filed only after revelations that the VA in the Biden Administration is processing health care claims for illegal aliens while veterans have long waits for healthcare—and hundreds of  thousands of claims by veterans remain backlogged and unprocessed.

The VA has denied it has been providing direct health care for illegal aliens—but admits it processes illegal aliens’ medical claims for ICE (Immigration and Customs Enforcement.)

The “NO VA RESOURCES FOR ILLEGAL ALIENS ACT” provides: “The Secretary of Veterans Affairs may not provide health care to, and may not engage in claims processing for health care for, any individual unlawfully present in the United States who is not eligible for health care under the laws administered by the Secretary.”

House VA Committee Chairman and principle sponsor Mike Bost (R-ILL), said in filing the Act (H.R. 6744):

“As a Marine, I believe any dollar taken away from a veteran is a promise broken to those who served. I’ve demanded answers from the Biden Administration and been stonewalled every step of the way. Until I get the response our veterans deserve, I’ll use every available tool of my chairmanship to end this practice and put our veterans first.”

Senator Tommy Tuberville (R-AL), a member of the Senate’s VA Committee who introduced a companion Act in the Senate (S.3490), said:

“Joe Biden is putting illegal immigrants over America’s veterans. It is outrageous. Our veterans should not be forced to wait in long lines at VA medical centers and clinics to get the care they EARNED while illegal immigrants waltz across our open border and get taxpayer funded health care they NEVER earned. Our veterans should have the best health care we can provide—and illegals who have no right to be in this country don’t deserve a dime from the taxpayer. Congress needs to pass this legislation to stop Joe Biden from robbing veterans to payoff illegals.”

Senator Marsha Blackburn (R-TN), a co-sponsor of the Act, has made written demand on Denis R. McDonough, Secretary of Veterans Affairs, to provide factual information and legal authority pertaining to VA’s resources being used to the benefit of illegal aliens in any manner. She wrote in part:

“I write to express my deep concern regarding recent reports that the  Department of Veterans affairs is prioritizing medical care and veterans benefits for illegal immigrants at the expense of both American veterans and taxpayers. ln fiscal year 2022 alone, taxpayers shouldered the cost for $94.3 million worth of medical expenses for detained migrants, money that should have been used to support American veterans who bravely served this nation. Additionally, in fiscal year 2021, Immigration and Customs Enforcement’s (ICE) health care arm budgeted more than $74 million for the VA’s contractor to assist with outside referrals and medical claims processing.

“Yet at the same time, veterans and their families are rewarded for their sacrifice with months—and years—long waiting times for their claims to be processed. Currently, 1,048,765 veterans are waiting for staff to process their claims.[Emphasis added]

“The VA was created to support those who have served and protected this nation, and now senior VA officials have seemingly placed these veterans on a tier below the flood of illegal immigrants that are crossing our porous border….It is unacceptable to see the VA redirect its resources away from those who defended this country in favor of those who flout its laws without remorse. As such, I ask that the VA immediately stop allocating its resources to the care and claims of illegal immigrants.”

There are an estimated 16-million living American veterans. Many, many, of them need VA care and have earned that care by their service in defense of America—and of Americans. We, each one of us, including each veteran, should stand with those veterans for whom VA was created and demand that VA resources go exclusively to and for those who have earned it—the veterans. Period.

Demand that House and Senate pass the “NO VA RESOURCES FOR ILLEGAL ALIENS ACT”—Now!

FOR GOD AND COUNTRY FOREVER; SURRENDER TO TYRANNY—NEVER!

© 2024 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com

By Cliff Kincaid

April 10, 2024

President Trump’s “state’s rights” approach to abortion is the same recipe for disaster that brought us the Civil War. The nation must be free, and that begins with human beings from the moment of conception. His new position solves nothing, and makes his attempt to get back into the White House much harder.

Trump’s position will not mollify the ardent feminists who believe abortion is a sacrament to their pagan deities. In fact, it has become a form of child sacrifice common during the pagan era of Moloch worship.

The former president has been led astray, so much so that it jeopardizes his effort to evict the squatter, Joe Biden, from the White House. It was a critical miscalculation by advisers who think you can equivocate on the greatest moral issue of our time.  His new position undermines his credibility, perhaps fatally.

Trump’s new position will sap the strength from those of his supporters who had appreciated his right to life stand during his first term,

The Supreme Court gave us the state’s rights approach to abortion, and Trump now says that’s fine with him. He’s against any effort to make the right to life into a federally-protected right. In short, he’s playing politics with the most important issue of our time. The advisers behind this fateful decision are worse than the Swamp that Trump wants to drain.

Abortion is the leading cause of death in the world today. We are not given that information in those terms because the media treat the unborn human being as a non-person.  They prefer the term “reproductive health care” as a euphemism for killing the unborn and they want our tax dollars to carry out the procedure.

Trump should learn something from the new Argentinian President Javier Milei, who said, “Philosophically speaking, I am in favor of the right to life.  Beyond that, there is a scientific justification to be had. It’s the fact that life begins at conception, it’s at that very instant that a new being begins to evolve with its own unique DNA,” Milei said.

“Beyond that, there is a matter of mathematics,” he explained. “Life is a continuum with two quantum leaps: birth and death. Any interruption in the interim is murder.”

House Speaker Mike Johnson was honest enough to have written an op-ed in 2005 referring to abortion as “a holocaust.” How else is an objective observer supposed to describe the murder of tens of millions of unborn innocent babies?

Johnson comments, “The Left openly celebrates the extinguishing of innocent and beautiful life through the evil of abortion.”

If the issue is framed in terms of science, morality, and the war on the unborn, Republicans have a chance to win the argument.

Trump did not choose that path.

We are inundated with public service announcements for animal rights groups with pictures of starving dogs in need of a rescue. Pet lovers respond with their donations, sometimes in exchange for a T-shirt. But images or pictures of aborted babies are taboo.

One heroic pro-life Democrat, Terrisa Bukovinac, is running for president to stop “abortion extremism” in the Democratic Party and to show “the victims of abortion to the American people…” Her campaign is running 30-second TV ads showing in gruesome detail the remains of five babies killed by late-term abortion. Bukovinac says she captured the footage when she recovered the remains last year outside an abortion business in Washington D.C.

“These are the faces of a genocide,” she says.

And one of the faces behind the carnage is “genocide Joe,” a so-called “Catholic” who wants to make the “right” to abortion into a constitutional right. But that’s what the Supreme Court overruled in the Dobbs decision. Hence, sticking to a state’s rights approach does not guarantee the right to life of the innocent unborn.

Incredibly, the very liberal Pope has just come down on the side of the right to life, reaffirming the heinous nature of abortion in the Vatican Declaration on Human Dignity, Dignitas Infinita.

The media have emphasized his opposition to transgenderism, which is a fact, but the document is also truthful and forthright on the issue of abortion. This is the position that Trump should have taken. It would have been a winner with traditional Catholics and many other conservative Christians.

“In addressing some of the many grave violations of human dignity today,” the document declares, “we can draw upon the teachings of the Second Vatican Council, which emphasized that ‘all offenses against life itself, such as murder, genocide, abortion, euthanasia, and willful suicide’ must be recognized as contrary to human dignity.”

The section on abortion declares in part that “…no word has the power to change the reality of things: procured abortion is the deliberate and direct killing, by whatever means it is carried out, of a human being in the initial phase of his or her existence, extending from conception to birth.” (italics in the original).

It goes on to say that unborn children are, thus, “the most defenseless and innocent among us. Nowadays, efforts are made to deny them their human dignity and to do with them whatever one pleases, taking their lives and passing laws preventing anyone from standing in the way of this.”

The document proclaims that it must, therefore, be stated with all force and clarity, even in our time, that “this defense of unborn life is closely linked to the defense of each and every other human right,” adding, “It involves the conviction that a human being is always sacred and inviolable, in any situation and at every stage of development. Human beings are ends in themselves and never a means of resolving other problems.”

What Trump doesn’t understand is what led Whittaker Chambers to break with the Communist Party.  “Abortion was a commonplace of party life,” he wrote in his classic 1952 work Witness. “There were Communist doctors who rendered that service for a small fee. Communists who were more choosy knew liberal doctors who would render the same service for a larger fee. Abortion, which now fills me with physical horror, I then regarded, like all Communists, as a mere physical manipulation.”

It was all physical because, in the communist view, there was nothing spiritual. Chambers was better known as the former Communist who would expose top State Department official and United Nations founder Alger Hiss as a Communist agent. But Witness was about an even greater struggle between the forces of darkness and light, of which communism versus freedom was just one chapter.

It’s terrible news that Trump has failed to understand this element of the great struggle we find ourselves in. He may have just lost the election to Genocide Joe.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

By Kelleigh Nelson

April 9, 2024

You can’t love God without loving the Jewish people.  —Corrie Ten Boom

For the Lord will not cast off his people, neither will He forsake his inheritance. —Psalm 94:14

Behold, I have engraven thee upon the palms of my hands; thy walls are continually before me.  —Isaiah 49:16

Wherever replacement theology has flourished, the Jews have had to run for cover.  —Biblical scholar, Thomas Ice

The relationship between Gentiles and Jews thrived in the early Church and they viewed one another as brothers and sisters. Gentiles adopted Jewish traditions as Sabbath rest, Biblical feasts, Holy Days, et al.  As Christianity spread and more Gentiles were converted, the Church began to estrange itself from its Jewish Roots. Soon, the Church consisted more of Gentiles than Jews causing the church to deviate from its Biblical roots.

Since those early days, there has been a two-thousand-year Church battle against Judaism.  The dark history is the central tragedy of Western civilization with its fault lines reaching deep into our own culture. The ugly hostility and contempt of God’s people has slithered out from under rocks and is raising its poisonous fangs once again.

These imperial measures were the fruits of replacement theology from the early church fathers, and their allegorical translations of the Word.  As noted in this series, replacement theology increasingly became mainstream within the Roman Catholic, Orthodox and Protestant communions.  The germination of this repugnant and false doctrine commenced during the early second century, followed by budding during the third century and then coming to full bloom in the fourth century and onward.  It was Augustine who formally established the noxious strain that has become the accepted norm for eschatology within the Christian church in general.

None of this had to be, as there were men of God who loved the Word and knew that Jacob was destined for glory by the Lord Himself.  Heroes were forgotten, truth was buried, words were changed via a symbolic fictional narrative that conveys a meaning not explicitly set forth in the narrative, and the liars were promoted as church fathers.

Prior to Chrysostom and Jerome and Ambrose and Augustine, the cancer of anti-Judaism was already metastasizing.  Constantine and the leading theologians and scholars of the Nicaean Council, in their formulations on behalf of the state church, provided the impetus that gathered steam and rolled on through the centuries.

Augustine appears to ignore Paul when, in Romans 11:17-20, Paul explicitly admonishes the Gentile Christians to treat the Jews, both believing and unbelieving, with respect and fear.

Following the consolidation of vigorous supersessionism (the name used by the promoters) via Ambrose and Augustine during the close of the fourth century, the growing authority of the Roman Catholic church ensured that no other eschatology would be tolerated.  From then on, albeit there was some relief injected during the mid-seventeenth century in England, and even on to recent time, still, the global humiliation of the Jewish people was assured and perpetuated.  The Reformation also provided some relief, yet it continued to perpetuate the Augustinian eschatology that ultimately led to the horrific slaughter of the Jews during the twentieth century.

The Illegitimate Hybrid

As Leonard Verduin has put it, “In a word, the sons of God (the church) and the daughters of men (the state) had given birth to an illegitimate hybrid, an ungainly and ugly creature but, as is often the case with hybrids, a rugged one.  It promised to be on the scene for a long time to come.”

“The advance of the politicizing and secularizing of biblical Christianity, especially its manifestation during the Constantinian revolution, resulted in church and state being welded together with the church becoming dominant along with supporting military development and the employment of coercion.” (Leonard Verduin, The Anatomy of a Hybrid, 1976, 103-104, 107).

This evil hybrid is with us today with all its superficiality, carnality, tyranny, and perpetuated anti-Judaic heritage.  We need an eschatological revival beginning with heartfelt repentance concerning a shameful and evil anti-Judaic past.  Then we need the truth of the Lord’s Word spread throughout the nation and world and a kindly rapport with the Jewish people.  We need to plead for forgiveness from both the Lord and His people.  And we need to do what the Lord said, To the Jew First, and also to the Greek.

The transformation of Constantine’s cross into a sword, the rise of blood libels, scapegoating, and outright Jew hatred, has the church not only in conflict with the Jewish people, but also with itself.

Constantine

Constantine was born 272 AD and died 337 AD.  Christianity was illegal in the Roman Empire until the fourth century.  Replacement Theology had already overtaken the church and metastasized into Jewish hatred.  They had no authority to do anything other than speak against the Jewish people, but that changed in AD 313 with a ruler named Constantine.

As a member of Emperor Diocletian’s court, Constantine was preparing to lead his troops at the Battle of Milvian Bridge in AD 312 when he claimed to have a vision of a cross in the sun.  He prayed to the Christian God, put Christian symbols on his banners and then won a victory over an older and more experienced general.

In AD 313, Constantine became emperor of the Roman Empire and legalized Christianity and brought the church under the authority of Rome.  Clergy were on the empire’s payroll, and the church became part of the state.  Eight years later, Christianity became the official religion and 60 years later it was the exclusive religion of the Roman Empire.

Eusebius, who was an influential scholar and the bishop of Caesarea by the Sea, was born around 265 and died around 340.  He is widely known for his Ecclesiastical History, but penned a broad range of useful literature.  His theological proclivities fell on the side of amillennialism and the allegorical method, but he had a defense of the pretribulation rapture that was especially significant and was in several of his documents.  Eusebius had baptized Constantine, became his close advisor and wrote the biography of Constantine shortly after his death.

In the early church, premillennialism and the pretribulation rapture held out against the juggernaut of replacement theology for a couple more centuries after a Biblically prophesied literal millennium had been driven into oblivion.

Ephraim the Syrian also believed and wrote about the pretribulation catching away in ten of his documents.  The Eusebius passages do not stand alone; along with numerous citations from other early fathers that are long and well known.  The truth is the pretribulation rapture was taught by many in the early church.  The testimony endured until the late Koine era, when it was finally snuffed out after several centuries of concerted efforts by the juggernaut of replacement theology to crush all opposition.

Proponents of replacement theology will claim that the premillennial belief system did not appear on the scene of church history until J.N. Darby in the 1830s.  Their efforts to destroy the premillennial doctrine is evident in their diatribes against the Jewish people as well as those in the church who fully love and bless Israel.

Irenaeus of Lyon (120-202) was a pre-tribulationist. Irenaeus was a disciple of Polycarp (who was a disciple of the apostle John) and articulated his eschatological views in Against Heresies, Book 5, written to refute gnostic heresies. Link

Premillennial verses are not just in the New Testament.  Daniel 12:1-2, Isaiah 26:19-21, Isaiah 57:1, Zephaniah 2:3 and Micah 7:2a clearly indicate the premillennial view reiterated in the New Testament.  When any denomination of the church claims the Torah and the writings of the major and minor prophets of the Hebrew Bible are unimportant, they are purposely denying the truth of God’s Word as therein lies the core of faith, much of which is reiterated in the New Testament.

Now we take a look at the ecumenical councils.  This is a period in which “for the first time in history the Church’s theological understanding concerning Israel dictated official policy even though it was indirectly.”  (Diprose, Israel and the Church, 126.)

The establishment of an imperially governed church, into which traditional anti-Jewish teachings were incorporated, threatened the Jews far more seriously than the pen of Augustine and the orations of Chrysostom.

This is state legislated hatred of God’s people, Israel.

Constantine’s Nicaea Council

“Through the ecumenical councils, the church was in the position of adopting an officially sanctioned anti-Semitic program, imposing repressive social, religious and economic restrictions on the Jewish people.  The measures aren’t too different in principle from those being adopted by today’s church ‘councils’ with ‘Boycott Israel’ canon law.  Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions (BDS) is a nonviolent Palestinian-led movement promoting boycotts, divestments, and economic sanctions against Israel.

“The early church believed the stateless Jews had been lawfully dispossessed and the church, under Constantine’s protection, was at liberty to plunder Jewish interests with impunity ‘believing,’ albeit falsely, it was serving God’s best interests.  The Nicaea Council in AD 325 marked the point at which the scales of justice would forever weigh in the favor of the church.” (Israel Betrayed, Volume 1, Andrew D. Robinson.)

The leading theologians and scholars subsequently agreed with the proclamation of the First Council of Nicaea and Constantine.  Anti-Jewish measures had previously been taken as early as AD 306 at the Spanish Council of Elvira.  They had passed 81 canons then and several concerned the separation of Jewish and Christian interests.  Legislation arose outlawing synagogues and giving permission to burn Jews who broke the law. Jewish people were excluded from high office, restricted in other positions, and forced to shut their businesses on Sunday. Since religious Jews also closed on Saturday, the law helped Gentile merchants.

Christians could not share a meal with a Jew, marry a Jew, or observe the Jewish sabbath and this Jew hatred even went so far as defining what blessings could be given, even over agriculture.

Sounds much like Nazi Germany!

The entire Council was anathema to the Old and New Testaments by passing resolutions which were completely incompatible with the Lord’s teachings.  Known as “the synod of the 318 fathers,” although the actual attendance is uncertain, Nicaea was convened at Constantine’s behest.  The last was held at Nicaea in AD 787.

The most significant ruling to change Jewish-Christian relations was Constantine’s desire to separate “Easter” from Passover on the fourteenth of Nissan, which never should have been done.  He wrote a vile letter to the council defaming the Jewish people and their practice of Passover.  His tone was shamefully anti-Judaic, and I include only a small portion:

“We ought not, therefore, to have anything in common with the Jews.  We desire, dearest brethren, to separate ourselves from the detestable company of the Jews.  It is your duty not to tarnish you soul by communications with such wicked people [the Jews]. (Constantine I: “On the Keeping of Easter,” Fordham University Internet Medieval Sourcebook, ed. Paul Halsall, http://www.fordham.edu/halsall/source/const1-easter.html)

Nicaea set the spiritual tone for future discrimination by kindling the fires of church-and state-sanctioned anti-Semitic dogma and activism.

Successive councils fanned this hatred into flames and Constantine ensured the fires were kept fueled.  He decreed that no one should remain in servitude to a Jewish master, which purposely undermined the economic structure of Jewish agricultural society.  They found it impossible to maintain any fair-sized agriculture unit with employing “slaves” who were rapidly becoming Christianized.  Poverty overtook them and dark days in the history of Christian Jewish relations emanated from the horrible discrimination against the Jews.

In 415 another turning point came, and anti-Semitism went from being merely verbal to being physical when Cyril, head of the church in Alexandria, led a brutal anti-Jewish riot in the city’s Jewish quarter. Christians beat Jews, raped women, murdered men, stole Jewish property, and drove the Jewish people from the city. From that point on, anti-Semitism mushroomed. It is literally impossible to count the number of cruel, violent, and merciless things done to God’s Chosen People.

The First Crusade

The following three paragraphs come in part from Constantine’s Sword, The Church and The Jews, by James Carroll.

The first crusade was a military expedition that set out from northwestern Europe in the spring of 1096, bound for the Holy Land.  But the cross-marked army’s first act of belligerence took place in the Rhineland, not Jerusalem, and its target was not the Muslim infidel, but the Jewish one.  The story of the crusades used to be familiar to all school children, but like so many other historic events, it has been eliminated.  It was rarely told from the view of the first victims and what they saw when the horde came.

“Mainz Anonymous,” wrote one of the surviving Hebrew chronicles recounting the events of 1096 as they were experienced by the Jews:

There first arose the princes and nobles and common folk in France, who took counsel and set plans to ascend, and “to rise up like eagles” and to do battle and “to clear a way” for journeying to Jerusalem, the Holy City, and for reaching the sepulcher of the Crucified, “a trampled corpse” “who cannot profit and cannot save, for he is worthless.”  They said to one another: “Behold we travel to a distant land to do battle with the kings of that land. “We take our souls in our hands’ in order to kill and subjugate all those kingdoms that do not believe in the Crucified.  How much more so (should we kill and subjugate) the Jews, who killed and crucified him.”  They taunted us from every direction.  They took counsel, ordering that either we turn to their abominable faith or they would destroy us “from infant to suckling.”  They, both princes and common folk, placed an evil sign upon their garments, a cross.  (The Hebrew First-Crusade Chronicles: S, cited by Chazan, European Jewry, 225.)

Another Jewish chronicler of the crusaders’ rampage through the Rhineland, Solomon bar Simson, also fixed on the symbol of the cross: “They decorated themselves prominently with their signs, placing a profane symbol, a horizontal line over a vertical one, on the vestments of every man and woman whose heart yearned to go on the stray path to the grave of their Messiah.  Their paths swelled until the number of men, women and children exceeded a locust horde covering the earth.”  (“The Chronicle of Solomon bar Simson,” in Eidelberg, The Jews and the Crusaders, 21.)

These memories were only partly overshadowed by the Holocaust of the twentieth century, the systematic extermination of Jews by the Nazi regime in Germany before and during World War II (1939–45). Referring to this later period of violence, the historian Malcolm Billings noted in his book The Crusades: Five Centuries of Holy Wars, “The road to the Holy Land ran through what Jews later came to describe as the first Holocaust.”  The goal was to rid the Holy Land of Muslims, but their path was littered with the bodies of God’s chosen, men, women and children.

Not all European Christians shared in this blood lust against the Jews. Many members of the Christian clergy tried to excommunicate, or expel from the church, those who were persecuting the Jews.  Some went much further.  Like Yad Vashem, which honors non-Jews who took great risks to save Jews during the Holocaust, a small percentage of the church did the same thing in the Crusades.

Conclusion

I have but skimmed the surface of the Amillennial replacement theologists’ devotion in allegorizing the Word of God to fit their determined desire of replacing the Jews in the Christian Bible.  My heart breaks that so many have been led astray in our churches thinking that our Creator was done with “the apple of His eye.”

What moral turpitude are the words, writings and actions of these men who literally endorsed the hatred and murder of those beloved by God.

James Parkes explains the significance of these developments, “There is no other adequate foundation (for modern anti-Semitism) than the theological conceptions built up in the first three centuries.  But upon these foundations an awful superstructure has been reared, and the first stones of that superstructure were laid, the very moment the church had power to do so, in the legislation of Constantine and his successors.” (Quoted in Diprose, Israel and the Church, 127.)

In R. Kendall Soulen’s, God of Israel, he writes, “Apart from a relationship to the people Israel, no relationship to the God of Israel is possible.  God is the Creator and Ruler of the universe, but God does not draw near as the conclusion of cosmological or ontological proofs for the existence of God.  God draws near as the God of Abraham who took the people Israel out of the land of Egypt and who remains this nation’s God to the end of time.”

As Paul declares, “It is not as though the Word of God has failed” (Romans 9:6).  For this reason, it remains true that the Jewish people “are (and will continue to be) beloved (by God) for the sake of their forefathers” (Romans 11:28).

Hatred of the Jewish people, fomented by the Church, is a demonic apostasy of truth loaded with deceitful spirits and doctrines of demons.  Without the Jewish people, there would be no Christian Bible, there would be no Christian Messiah, the Lion of the Tribe of Judah, the Root of King David, would not exist without God’s Chosen People.

As Corrie Ten Boom said time and again, “You can’t love God without loving the Jewish people.”  And to that I say a Big AMEN!

[Part 1], [Part 2], [Part 3], [Part 4], [Part 5], [Part 6]

© 2024 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Bibliography

✡️ Ariel Magazine, Fall 2023, Volume I / #48, The Eternal Order, Brainard, Lee W., Rapture Discoveries in Eusebius.

✡️ Brown, Michael L., 1992, Destiny Image Publishers, Our Hands are Stained with Blood.

✡️ Carroll, James, 2001, Houghton Mifflin company, Constantine’s Sword, The Church and the Jews.  My daughter gave me this book over 20 years ago.  Author James Carrol is a former Catholic priest who left the priesthood to write.

✡️ Fruchtenbaum, Arnold G., 2003, Ariel Ministries, The Footsteps of the Messiah.

✡️ Horner, Barry E., 2007, Broadman and Holman Academic., now Barry E. Horner update of the first edition, Volume I of a Trilogy, Future Israel, Why Christian Anti-Judaism Must Be Challenged. (Horner’s book were suggested by my friend, Sarah.)

✡️ Horner, Barry E., 2018, Barry E. Horner, Eternal Israel Biblical, Theological, and Historical Studies That Uphold the Eternal, Distinctive Destiny of Israel.

✡️ House, H. Wayne and Ice, Thomas, 1988, Multnomah Press, Dominion Theology: Blessing or Curse? An Analysis of Christian Reconstructionism.

✡️ Leventhal, Barry R. 2023, Ariel Ministries, Where Was God?  Theological Perspectives on the Holocaust.

✡️ Melnick, Oliver J., 2007, Purple Raiment, an imprint of Joan Prinjinski, They Have Conspired Against You, Responding to the New Anti-Semitism.

✡️ Robinson, Andrew D., 2018, Ariel Ministries, Israel Betrayed, Volume I: The History of Replacement Theology.

✡️ Robinson, Andrew D., 2020, Ariel Ministries, Israel, The Inheritance of God

By Paul Engel

April, 9, 2024

• TikTok is spyware, but it’s not alone.
• Congress has come up with Protecting Americans from Foreign Adversary Controlled Applications Act, but does it do more harm than good?
• What if the American people simply stopped their children from using TikTok?

I have a lot of issues with TikTok, and it’s one social media platform I refuse to use. However, when I look at how Congress plans to deal with this platform, I see even more problems. I’ve also read and listened to several commentators about the bill, and find even more problems with their suggestions. So what do We the People do when our representatives in Congress have a personal vendetta against a foreign company?

Like most social media and mobile applications, TikTok is a data vacuum. Yes, though TikTok is one of the worst abusers of its user’s trust, it’s by no means alone. So why has this particular social media company drawn such bipartisan ire from the members of Congress?

TikTok

I freely admit I have never used TikTok, and I have no plans to do so in the future. Why you ask? After all, it could be quite beneficial in getting the message of The Constitution Study out, especially among young people. The answer is quite simple: Treason. I’m not saying anyone who uses TikTok is committing treason, but it seems to be pretty close, especially for those who support its infrastructure here in the United States.

TikTok has been shown to be spyware, but then again, that’s true for just about every app on your phone and every website you visit. There have been reports of the TikTok app listening on your microphone, watching via your camera, tracking your location, and reading every keystroke you type. That makes TikTok one of the worst spyware apps on the market, right up there with Google’s Android Operating System, Chrome browser, Gmail, Google Docs, and Google Maps. (By the way, I do all I can to avoid these applications as well.) So what makes TikTok different? TikTok is owned by ByteDance, which is a Chinese company. By Communist Chinese law, not only is ByteDance required to turn over any information the government asks for, but I believe they are required to propagandize for that government as well. I’m pretty sure that all app companies that operate in China are turning over data as well, but mostly data it collects from the Chinese people. I could be wrong, and if evidence comes to light that apps are sharing my data with governments, foreign or domestic, without my permission, I’ll drop those as well. (I guess that means my phone’s home page is getting pretty bare.) Yes, every app on your phone and every website you visit tries to collect data about you. Yes, many if not most of the companies that develop these apps sell their data to data brokers, who may sell that information to governments foreign and domestic, and that is a problem. There’s more. TikTok manipulates the information they show its audience in the United States to promote their own agenda, but they’re not alone in that either. Today however, we are talking about H.R.7521, commonly known as the TikTok Ban.

Protecting Americans from Foreign Adversary Controlled Applications Act

Formally know as the Protecting Americans from Foreign Adversary Controlled Applications Act, H.R. 7521 claims to protect you from foreign spying and influence. I took a closer look at the legislation, and it seems more like a political stunt than something designed to protect the American people.

Let’s start with the title. It sounds pretty good, doesn’t it? The Protecting Americans from Foreign Adversary Controlled Applications Act. Good, except, this bill does not protect you from foreign adversary controlled applications.

PROHIBITION OF FOREIGN ADVERSARY CONTROLLED APPLICATIONS.—It shall be unlawful for an entity to distribute, maintain, or update (or enable the distribution, maintenance, or updating of) a foreign adversary controlled application by carrying out, within the land or maritime borders of the United States, any of the following:

(A) Providing services to distribute, maintain, or update such foreign adversary controlled application (including any source code of such application) by means of a marketplace (including an online mobile application store) through which users within the land or maritime borders of the United States may access, maintain, or update such application.

(B) Providing internet hosting services to enable the distribution, maintenance, or updating of such foreign adversary controlled application for users within the land or maritime borders of the United States.

1. R. 7521 Protecting Americans from Foreign Adversary Controlled Applications Act

This bill, should it become law, would make it unlawful to host one of these applications on an application marketplace or store, but only within the United States. It does not prohibit anyone from having the application or from using it. I don’t know if the members of Congress realize this, but the Internet is international. So while this bill would make it unlawful for Apple or Google to host TikTok on their U.S. based marketplaces, it does not prevent them from hosting it on their foreign ones. Which I suppose means they could list the app on their stores, but the link to download or update the app would go to a server in a foreign country. The other option would be for users to simply get a VPN that would direct their traffic to a foreign country, then search their app store for TikTok. In either case, people will still have and be able to update the app. Since this law only prohibits hosting the applications, TikTok would simply have to redirect TikTok.com to a server in a foreign country and their website will still work. So this bill would have little impact on a foreign adversary either collecting data on or influencing Americans.

Then there’s the ownership requirement for an app to be controlled by a foreign adversary.

CONTROLLED BY A FOREIGN ADVERSARY.—The term “controlled by a foreign adversary” means, with respect to a covered company or other entity, that such company or other entity is—

(A) a foreign person that is domiciled in, is headquartered in, has its principal place of business in, or is organized under the laws of a foreign adversary country;

(B) an entity with respect to which a foreign person or combination of foreign persons described in subparagraph (A) directly or indirectly own at least a 20 percent stake; or

(C) a person subject to the direction or control of a foreign person or entity described in subparagraph (A) or (B).

1. R. 7521 Protecting Americans from Foreign Adversary Controlled Applications Act

All a person or company would have to do is own less than 20 percent of the app to get around this. But as a stake holder, would they not still have access to all of the data? Could they not influence the development of the algorithms used to influence their audience? After all, the United States doesn’t own Twitter or Facebook, but they’ve been able to influence both companies and impact both elections and the response to COVID.

At that point there’s the question of what is a foreign adversary country?

FOREIGN ADVERSARY COUNTRY.—The term “foreign adversary country” means a country specified in section 4872(d)(2) of title 10, United States Code.

1. R. 7521 Protecting Americans from Foreign Adversary Controlled Applications Act

What countries are specified in 10 USC §4872(d)(2)?

(2) Covered nation.-The term “covered nation” means-

(A) the Democratic People’s Republic of North Korea;

(B) the People’s Republic of China;

(C) the Russian Federation; and

(D) the Islamic Republic of Iran.

10 USC §4872(d)(2)

Then there’s the question of what companies are covered by this bill?

(A) IN GENERAL.—The term “covered company” means an entity that operates, directly or indirectly (including through a parent company, subsidiary, or affiliate), a website, desktop application, mobile application, or augmented or immersive technology application that—

(i) permits a user to create an account or profile to generate, share, and view text, images, videos, real-time communications, or similar content;

(ii) has more than 1,000,000 monthly active users with respect to at least 2 of the 3 months preceding the date on which a relevant determination of the President is made pursuant to paragraph (3)(B);

(iii) enables 1 or more users to generate or distribute content that can be viewed by other users of the website, desktop application, mobile application, or augmented or immersive technology application; and

(iv) enables 1 or more users to view content generated by other users of the website, desktop application, mobile application, or augmented or immersive technology application.

1. R. 7521 Protecting Americans from Foreign Adversary Controlled Applications Act

While The Constitution Study doesn’t have a million monthly active users yet, I would like to one day. Users can create accounts, and one day I would like them to share information with other users. Does that make The Constitution Study a “covered company”? This bill would require us to be 20% owned by a citizen of one of these foreign adversary countries. And we all know that Congress would never slip an amendment into some huge omnibus bill to change those requirements, would they?

While there are plenty of issues with this legislation, we haven’t even covered the question of constitutionality.

Is It Constitutional?

The first question that should be asked about any legislation is, “Is it constitutional?” Congress does have the power:

To regulate Commerce with foreign Nations, and among the several States, and with the Indian Tribes;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 3

Congress can regulate commerce with foreign nations, and TikTok is a commercial app owned by a foreign company. However, Congress goes too far with this bill, making it a Bill of Attainder.

a legislative act which declares a named person guilty of a crime, particularly treason.

Bill of Attainder – The Free Legal Dictionary

How does this rise to a bill of attainder? Because it declares a specific party as guilty without a trial.

(3) FOREIGN ADVERSARY CONTROLLED APPLICATION.—The term “foreign adversary controlled application” means a website, desktop application, mobile application, or augmented or immersive technology application that is operated, directly or indirectly (including through a parent company, subsidiary, or affiliate), by—

(A) any of—

(i) ByteDance, Ltd.;

(ii) TikTok;

(iii) a subsidiary of or a successor to an entity identified in clause (i) or (ii) that is controlled by a foreign adversary; or

(iv) an entity owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by an entity identified in clause (i), (ii), or (iii);

1. R. 7521 Protecting Americans from Foreign Adversary Controlled Applications Act

Now if you’re worried about other apps, well, you have a good reason. You see, in addition to targeting TikTok, there’s another clause that allows the President to decide if a foreign company is a significant threat to national security.

(B) a covered company that—

(i) is controlled by a foreign adversary; and

(ii) that is determined by the President to present a significant threat to the national security of the United States following the issuance of—

(I) a public notice proposing such determination; and

(II) a public report to Congress, submitted not less than 30 days before such determination, describing the specific national security concern involved and containing a classified annex and a description of what assets would need to be divested to execute a qualified divestiture.

1. R. 7521 Protecting Americans from Foreign Adversary Controlled Applications Act

We’ve never seen a President declare someone or some company as a national security threat without probable cause, have we? And since this clause doesn’t require the President to go through due process before depriving a company the ability to be available within the United States, that would make this bill a violation of the Fifth Amendment’s Due Process Clause.

No person … be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment V

Is anyone surprised Congress can pack so many ineffective and unconstitutional acts into such a short piece of legislation?

Conclusion

I understand the desire to “get” TikTok, but we shouldn’t let our emotions lead us into making bad law. And there is a lot of bad in this bill. In addition to all of the problems I’ve already identified, there is a major hole in this legislation. Not only would it not be effective in preventing foreign governments from spying on the American people, it completely ignores the spying that other applications have been doing for decades. With all of the media focus on this bill, does anyone else wonder why all of the other apps vacuuming up and selling our data have been ignored?

I alluded earlier to the idea of treason, which is defined in Article 3, Section 3 of the Constitution.

Treason against the United States, shall consist only in levying War against them, or in adhering to their Enemies, giving them Aid and Comfort.

U.S. Constitution, Article III, Section 3

If China is an enemy of the United States, and TikTok is not only collecting data for them but spreading propaganda as well, then wouldn’t helping them do so be giving them aid and comfort? I don’t think China is technically an enemy of the United States yet; after all, Congress has only listed them as a foreign adversary. What is the difference between a foreign adversary and an enemy? And if the plan we keep hearing about China has come true, wouldn’t they then be a full-blown enemy?

If Congress were competent, and truly concerned about applications spying on the American people, they would draft legislation that actually protected us. Instead, we see a bipartisan stand to screw up this situation even more. I cannot read minds, but my guess is this political grandstanding is more about votes this November than the title of the bill suggests. How often have I said if you want to know the purpose of a bill, assume it’s the exact opposite of its title.

© 2024 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By George Lujack

April 9, 2024

This 2024 solar eclipse, in conjunction with the 2023 and 2017 solar eclipses, along with the steep moral decline of the United States, is poised to be the biggest heavenly sign from God in our lifetimes. Corrupt, incompetent, usurper President Joe Biden just used a pagan holiday, Easter, to promote an abomination, transgenderism, saying,  Trans people are the fabric of our nation in his “Trans Day of Visibility Proclamation. It is not a stretch to say that America, on a national level, is not going to repent of her national sins and will continue to promote them.

Sometimes God sends a prophet to warn a nation, as He did with Jonah. In other times, in the absence of a prophet with direct revelation from God, He warns by showing a sign in the heavens. The world is not going to see its next prophets until the Two Witnesses appear – Revelation 11.

Jonah’s prophetic message to the people of Nineveh was also most likely accompanied by a solar eclipse over Nineveh, which is why the people of Nineveh feared Jonah and heeded his warning, as the solar eclipse caused them to believe that he was a true prophet from God.

If the last three American solar eclipses and the cities and places they passed over are not a sign from Almighty God, then Genesis 1:14 is a meaningless verse for believers to observe.

If God acts according to His pattern (He is the same yesterday, today, and forever – Hebrews 13:8), then 40 days after the April 8, 2024 solar eclipse, on May 18, there will be a major earthquake in the United States.

This is based on the Jonah warning of forty days, Jonah 3:1-4.

According to other prophetic events that must first be fulfilled, America’s destruction is not coming just yet. Scripture Truth Ministries is predicting God will pre-judge America, by renting the nation first, as He once tore the Temple in two after the Jewish religious authorities had Yeshua (Jesus) crucified. This will be God showing His displeasure at America, a nation that has turned its back on Him.

For believers, who will be dwelling in the central region of the USA on or about May 18, some advice: pray to God for divine protection and stay away from tall buildings.

I, George Lujack of Scripture Truth Ministries, am so sure that a major earthquake is coming in the central region of the United States that I am willing to make the call in my video. I know if nothing happens, people will be emailing me, calling me a false prophet.

I do not claim to be a prophet with direct revelation from God. I claim to be a prophecy analyzer who studies hard and comes to Scripture-based, scientific-based, signs-based, historical-based, logical, and reasoned conclusions.

There’s much more, that is not covered in the featured video …

On April 8, 2024, the “Devil Comet” will be observable.

On April 8, 2024, CERN will test-fire its particle accelerator searching for invisible matter and other secrets of the universe. Some speculate they are seeking to open portals in time or open portals in the spiritual realm. Some fear they may create a black hole and destroy Planet Earth. This is not going to happen, as Scripture prophecy proclaims that the Earth will remain until Yeshua’s (Jesus’) return. Something biblical comes to mind about the CERN experiments: the Tower of Babel, where man wanted to challenge God and become like God.

On April 8, 2024, when it gets dark during the day, seven planets will be aligned in the sky. Mars, Saturn, Neptune, Venus, Mercury, Jupiter, and Uranus will be lined up along with the eclipsed Sun.

On April 8, 2024, NASA plans to launch three rockets during the total solar eclipse, from its Wallops Flight Facility in Virginia, to study the solar eclipse’s effect on the atmosphere.

On or about May 18, 2024, 40 days after April 8th, according to the warning issued by Jonah (Jonah 3:4), this ministry believes that there will be a massive earthquake in the central region of the United States.

On or about May 18, 2024, 40 days after April 8th, billions of cicadas are set to emerge in the central region of the United States (43-second video). NOTE: Cicadas are not safe for humans to eat, as they do not possess hind, leaping legs as grasshoppers and locusts do: (Leviticus 11:20-23; Deuteronomy 14:19). This emergence of cicadas appears to be a secondary curse, besides the earthquake this ministry is predicting, similar to the locust plague of Egypt (Exodus 10:1-14).

NUMEROLOGY:

If America has a number, its number is 18. Two chapters in Scripture are exclusively written about America: Isaiah 18 and Revelation 18. Isaiah speaks of the second woe, the woe coming to the land shadowed with buzzing wings (commercial airplanes) a nation which is divided by many rivers – America, and the American rapture (Isaiah 18:7). Revelation 18 speaks of America as the great nation that has blessed the world with its wealth, that will be destroyed in one hour, and when it is destroyed the merchants of the earth will weep, because no one buys their merchandise anymore. This ministry believes that America, on May 18, will experience a major earthquake (a prediction), and will simultaneously be plagued by billions of cicadas (a scientific fact of nature).

Hope you enjoy this presentation and share it with all who are interested in Scripture prophecy and these end-times signs. Please share it with your skeptic friends too. As always, Scripture prophecy is not meant to scare, even though it does sometimes, but to prepare. How do we prepare?

Get right with God. Repent of all sin. Live righteously according to all His commandments, as best as humanly possible. Believe in Yeshua (Jesus) for salvation.

PSALM 46:10:
Be still, and know that I am God.

LUKE 21:36:
”Watch therefore, and pray always that you may be counted worthy to escape all these things that will come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man.”

© 2024 George Lujack – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail George Lujack: georgelujack@gmail.com

Watch the video on UGETube:

THE APRIL 8, 2024 SOLAR ECLIPSE ACROSS AMERICA

Watch the video on YouTube:

THE APRIL 8, 2024 SOLAR ECLIPSE ACROSS AMERICA
 

By Lex Greene

April 8, 2024

For over three years now, democrat politicians, judges, voters, and so-called news media have accused President Trump of “attempting to overturn the 2020 elections” and even, an (unarmed) “insurrection” on January 6, 2021, as if it were the first time a U.S. Presidential election had ever been contested. The Biden government has weaponized all Federal branches and agencies against the American people, criminalized political free speech, and established a massive political censorship machine involving all news outlets and social media platforms.

Now democrats Biden and Hillary Clinton are openly claiming that “republicans have a plot to steal the 2024 elections” – once again, accusing their opponents of the actions that the democrat party has been using almost since the Constitution and Bill of Rights were signed.

Maybe some folks just don’t know history the way they should, or maybe they are willing to cheat and lie to win, without any conscience at all. Either way, the facts actually matter, and there’s no requirement for anyone to like those facts.

1800 was the very first contested Presidential election in the newly formed USA. Thomas Jefferson and Aaron Burr were running under the Democratic-Republican Party, and they allegedly tied at 73 electoral college votes each, due to a counting error. John Adams was running under the Federalist Party and received only 65 electoral college votes. Federalist Alexander Hamilton was the tie breaker, and despite not liking anti-Federalist Jefferson, chose Jefferson for President stating, “Burr loves nothing but himself—thinks of nothing but his own aggrandizement.” Sound familiar?

The next contested Presidential election was in 1824 – The Federalist Party had already dissolved, and all four candidates were running under the Democratic-Republican label. Old Hickory, Andrew Jackson won the election by less than 39,000 votes to capture 99 electoral votes. Jackson was the first “populist” President in our history. His challenger, John Quincy Adams, won 84 electoral votes, with 41 going to William Crawford, and 37 to Henry Clay. As no candidate earned a majority of electoral votes, the election again went to the House of Representatives.

Clay was eliminated from contention, but still controlled the House. After a month of back-room negotiations, Clay’s supporters largely threw their weight behind Adams, enabling him to win the House vote and become President.

NOTE: When Adams chose Clay as his secretary of state soon after his inauguration, an enraged Jackson called it a “corrupt bargain.” Quitting his Senate post, he vowed to come back and win in 1828, which he did as the head of a new Democratic Party.

Then in 1860, The presidential election wasn’t just contentious—it tore the nation apart. Abraham Lincoln, the chosen nominee of the fledgling Republican Party and a steadfast opponent of slavery, wasn’t even on the ballot in most Southern states.

While the Democratic Party went with Lincoln’s Illinois rival, Senator Stephen Douglas, as their candidate, the southern branch of the party defected, choosing sitting Vice President John Breckenridge as its candidate, Sen. John Bell of Tennessee rounding out the race on the ticket under the newly formed Constitutional Union Party.

Lincoln would eventually win the Presidency with only 40% of the popular vote but taking a majority of the electoral votes. Just weeks after Lincoln’s victory, South Carolina voted to secede. Six more Southern states followed, forming the Confederate States of America in February 1861, with Democrat Jefferson Davis as President. The result was the Civil War.

Lincoln would later meet his end by assassination while attending a play with his wife.

In 1876, Democratic Governor Samuel Tilden of New York won 250,000 more ballots in the popular vote than his Republican opponent, Rutherford B. Hayes, and snagged 19 more electoral votes. However, Tilden was still one electoral vote short of winning the Presidency and talk of a second civil war was spreading fast.

In an unprecedented (unconstitutional) move, Congress established a 15-member commission of senators, congressmen, and Supreme Court Justices (including seven Republicans, seven Democrats and an independent) to decide the election. After the swing vote turned in Hayes’ favor, he was awarded all 20 electoral votes from the disputed states, giving him the necessary 185. After the Democrats threatened to filibuster and block the official vote counting, the issue was settled in negotiations at D.C.’s Wormley Hotel in February 1877.

The presidential election would be challenged again in 1912, 1948, and in 2000, with the “hanging chads” controversy in Florida, where it had become apparent to even the US Supreme Court, that Democratic candidate Al Gore was going to continue endless recounts, knocking more and more “hanging chads” to the floor until he could eventually overcome the Bush victory. Five agonizing weeks and endless recounts after the election later, the US Supreme Court put an end to the insane recounts.

Then in 2016, Hillary Clinton insisted Donald J. Trump had stolen the election from her because despite allegedly winning the popular vote, Trump had clearly won the electoral college vote to become the next President of the United States. To this day, Clinton sticks to that claim and now, makes the public claim that “republicans plan to steal the 2024 elections” by simply insisting upon free, fair, lawful, and transparent election processes…denying illegal, ineligible, dead and repeat voters a right to be counted.

Of course, we are talking about the woman who committed multiple acts of treason in her international collusion efforts to prevent Trump from winning in 2016, via fake “Russian Collusion” claims that some dishonest democrats still regurgitate to this day, despite knowing it was Clinton who was involved in international dirty tricks with foreign agents to defeat Trump.

At no time throughout this history of contested elections was anyone ever accused of trying to “overturn an election,” much less an unarmed “insurrection” until 2020…

The 2020 elections were unlike any election in American history. Told that millions of Americans would die of the “Wuhan Flu” developed and released from a Chinese “gain of function” (read; bioweapons) lab just in time for the 2020 elections, voters were locked down, socially distanced, out of work, masked up and in fear for their very lives in 2020.

The people allowed governmental bodies to infringe on every basic Constitutional Right under the sun as a result, including a right to a free, fair, lawful, and transparent election processes in 2020. Democrat leaders at the federal and state levels were violating all existing election laws in 2020, under the guise of “emergency powers” due to the Covid 19 “scamdemic.”

Sure enough, mountains of evidence would quickly emerge of election interference, election tampering, fake mail-in balloting and even truckloads of illegal ballots caught on camera, as they were dumped into the systems in numerous “swing states” after hours while they thought no one was looking. Republican poll watchers were kicked out of vote counting rooms in all swing states and the fix was in, and it was obvious.

Trump received a reported 11-million more votes in 2020 than in 2016, and by the end of the circus, we had more votes than legal voters with over 100% voter turnout in countless “blue” cities across the country. To say the least, there was every legitimate reason in the world to doubt the 2020 elections as a mountain of evidence continued to explode.

But unlike any election in the past, Trump challenges to the 2020 election were treated as if “there’s nothing to see here, just a sore loser.” Immediately, the democrat party machine went into overdrive to silence any talk of election fraud or interference, despite the rapidly growing evidence that should have concerned every American Citizen and did concern millions of people watching around the world in utter disgust and disbelief at what they saw happening in what was once, the beacon of hope for the world.

2022 was also held in the same unlawful manner as 2020 and after the 2022 elections, left-leaning swing states like Michigan, Arizona, Nevada, Georgia, Colorado, Wisconsin, and Pennsylvania started rushing through new State Constitutional amendments and new election laws, essentially aimed at legalizing the illegal acts they committed in 2020 and 2022, in time for the 2024 elections.

Now, if there’s anything at all that all Americans should be able to agree on, it’s free, fair, lawful, and transparent elections, because without this, the American people have no control over their government whatsoever.

Now that you know the historical truth about contested Presidential elections, should this be the most critical problem in our country to fix before we worry about anything else?

Without honest elections…exactly what kind of country do you think we have?

© 2024 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 8, 2024

Part 1: The incredible speed of our country being invaded, the devolving of our Constitution, our language being changed, our history be altered, we’re guilty of being a free country.

Twenty years ago, I sat in the audience when historian Victor Davis Hanson spoke to an “Stop Mass Immigration” audience sponsored by www.Fairus.org in Washington DC.  I shook hands with him. He wrote an extremely prescient book: Mexifornia. 

In that book, he exposed how Governor Jerry Brown of California back in 1975 to 1983, and 2011 to 2019, overwhelmed the state with illegal Mexican workers, drug pushers, rapists, shoplifters, welfare anchor babies, and job stealing.  He noted how Mexicans moved into positions of power.  Today, you’re seeing California’s ugly situation of being unable to function as a first world state. It features 200,000 homeless, shoplifting killing major stores and chains, regular murders on a grand scale, welfare off the charts for illegal aliens, hospitals and prisons overrun, and the Mexican flag flown more than Old Glory. You see schools taught in Spanish while gangs rob trains, carjack automobiles, cities destroyed by incompetent minority mayors. Governor Gavin Newsome is totally useless, and MS-13 distributes drugs up and down every city in California.

We’re talking about the largest state in the lower 48 turning into a corrupt, disgusting and un-American colony.

At that same conference, I heard Colorado Governor Richard Lamm give a brilliant speech on: “The Eight Ways to Destroy America.”  I wrote a book about it: Immigration’s Unarmed Invasion: Deadly Consequences.”  I have been writing about our country being invaded for over 30 years. I’ve written three books on it.  I’ve tried to warn the American people what’s coming.  I tried to interview on “60 Minutes, NPR, PBS” and another 30 major network programs.  They didn’t and they won’t touch it.  Some very powerful people want to keep the American people clueless and in the dark as to what’s coming.

Last week, Hanson wrote a piece: “11 Ways Biden’s Handlers are Hellbent on Destroying America.”  You can access it on the Internet or Fox News.

Notice Hanson’s choice of words as to who runs our country. It’s not the dementia-plagued Joe Biden.  He’s clueless, unintelligent, vacant minded and totally out of touch with what’s happening to our country.

1. We are no longer a sovereign country.  Biden’s handlers have erased our borders.  I talked about it in my first book. What astounds me stems from the speed of this invasion. We’re talking in excess of 12 million illegal aliens in the past 40 months and over 30 million more already here since 1986.
2. We are being hung out to death with Congresses’ $34 trillion debt. President John Adams said there are two ways to defeat a country, “By the sword or by debt.”   We’re in a hell of a mess with this gargantuan debt that WILL destroy our economic foundation.
3. Biden’s handlers have given Iran and China the keys, money and power to destroy us.  Whether it was his son Hunter gaining millions by his father’s VP status, or Biden’s sheer corruption over the past 50 years in Congress, Iran and China have him by his gonads.  That means we’re all screwed.
4. Our identity is now defined by dozens of opposing tribes.  We’ve got so many other tribes in our country, we’re no longer Americans.  Millions of us identify as something other than “American.”  Hanson said, “Ensure each identity group rivals the other for victimhood and the state spoils it confers. Reboot all political issues by race and sex oppressors and oppressed. Destroy all meritocratic standards of admission, retention, promotion and commendation.”
5. Change crime from a crime to social issue: do not punish criminals. Reward them.  Allow $100 billion in shoplifting annually.  Allow 100,000 drug overdoses annually by keeping th4e borders wide open.  Allow American money to the tune of $120 billion annually to fly out from our country to other countries as cash transfers.  Invest in “no-bail”, no jail, and it’s okay to shoot and kill police offers.  That’s what’s happening across America in 2024.
6. Turn the Army, Navy, Marines, Air Force and Coast Guard into a bunch of transgenders, gays, illegal aliens, mentally deficient and mentally unfit discontents who can’t fight their way out of a paper bag.  The fact today: our military is more worried about a transgender’s choice of uniform such as a lady’s skirt and high heels on a DNA male, rather than a MAN with a PAIR that’s trained to defend America with his life.

Hanson said, “Deliberately impugn as racists and insurrectionists the largest demographic in the military who in recent wars died at twice their numbers in the population — so that they leave or never join the military. Encourage retired high officers to slander their commander-in-chief. Cut the defense budget. Stop producing sufficient weapons, but leave billions of dollars’ worth of arms to terrorists.”

The fact is: somebody like General Milley left $90 billion worth of military hardware in Afghanistan. That wasn’t a mistake. It was Biden’s handlers totally in control and out to kill America.

In Part 2, we’re going to examine the last six items that show how Biden’s handlers are hellbent on destroying America.  When he brings in another 10 million Muslims, 5 million Chinese and 1-5 million Africans with chain-migration along with “asylum seekers”, we won’t know who we are or what the hell to do to save ourselves. Biden’s handlers are effectively destroying our culture, our language, our identify and our way of life.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Amil Imani

April 8, 2024

Texas shares approximately half of the 1,954-mile U.S.-Mexican border, making it a primary entry point for illegal immigrants. In 2011, the U.S. border patrol apprehended 125,821 illegal immigrants in Texas alone. This high volume of illegal immigration presents significant challenges to Texas and the entire U.S., including economic, social, and security concerns.

Economic Impact: The influx of undocumented immigrants can strain public resources and social services, leading to potential economic challenges. It is essential to find a balance between humanitarian concerns and fiscal responsibility. Economically, illegal immigrants impose a significant burden on the state’s resources. They account for about 14% of the students in Texas public schools when U.S.-born children of illegal immigrants are included, costing the state around $3.75 billion annually. Furthermore, illegal immigrants are more likely to live in poverty, with about 58% taking advantage of welfare programs, which cost the state an additional $803.3 million annually.

National Security Threat: Open borders can be exploited by criminal organizations, smugglers, and potential terrorists. Ensuring national security becomes a formidable task in such a scenario. From a security perspective, the long Texas-Mexico border requires significant resources to secure, including workforce, equipment, technology, and infrastructure. The overall budget for all agencies and operating costs in 2011 was $56.3 billion. Despite these efforts, illegal immigration continues to be a significant issue.

Rule of Law: The rule of law is fundamental to the stability and functioning of any society. Ignoring illegal immigration can undermine the integrity of legal immigration processes and overall societal trust. The open border policy rewards those who break the law by entering the country illegally, undermining the efforts of those who seek to immigrate legally. Moreover, it threatens national security, as it may allow criminals and potentially dangerous individuals to enter the country undetected.

Public Health: Health concerns, especially during pandemics, are exacerbated by unchecked immigration. It is vital to have measures to ensure the health and safety of the incoming immigrants and the resident population.

Social Cohesion: Large-scale, unregulated immigration can strain social cohesion, as it may lead to cultural clashes and increased polarization within society. Socially, the rapid growth of the Latino population in Texas, primarily due to illegal immigration, threatens to influence state politics and immigration policies. This demographic shift could lead to policies enabling unlawful immigration, exacerbating its associated issues.

Addressing illegals

Immigration and open border issues require a multifaceted approach. It involves ensuring border security, reforming immigration laws, and creating stricter laws for immigrants to enter the country. Maintaining border security is essential to prevent criminal activities and ensure national security. Investment in advanced technology and personnel can be part of the solution.

It should be different from what the Biden administration has done. For instance, it has expanded the Title 42 policy that allows for increased expulsion of migrants while also granting humanitarian parole to 30,000 people from each country monthly, as long as they apply for asylum legally. Under President Trump, the plan required adult asylum seekers to use an app to book a meeting with U.S. officials or first claim asylum in another country before reaching the U.S. Failure to comply would make migrants ineligible if they subsequently go the border.

The issue of illegal immigration and open borders in Texas and the United States has become challenging. Under President Trump, there was a simple solution: Close the Borders!

The circumstances of their arrival are intriguing in that unlike other illegal aliens, most OTMs  (other than Mexicans) promptly turned themselves in. Why is it not known for sure? There can be no doubt, however, that the scheme has given Mexican drug cartels and—potentially—terrorists a promising opportunity to simply step over the invisible line that is our border undetected by border tax adjustments or BTAs because the agents processing the new arrivals could not handle their posts.

To most Americans, the perception has long been that most of those illegally crossing our southern border are Mexicans, people coming here in search of work, looking to join family or a gang. While that may have been the case, it is no longer supported by the latest immigration numbers today. According to a study done by Pew Research, detention of illegal Mexican aliens is at an all-time low. The primary reasons cited for the reversal are current mixed economic conditions, fewer job opportunities in the U.S., increases in deportations, and better border enforcement.  However, the number of illegal aliens has not diminished. As Mexicans have opted to stay home, children from Nicaragua, El Salvador, and Honduras have quickly filled the vacuum. Numerous sources indicate that President Obama’s and President Biden’s executive actions have helped spur these children to make the dangerous journey through Mexico and ultimately up to our border.

The question should be asked is if their parents are poor, how can they come up with as much as $10,000 to have coyotes (people paid by cartels to smuggle drugs and humans across borders) or others bring their child up to the Rio Grande, the natural boundary flowing between Mexico from the U.S. No sources could be found to suggest that terror groups are funding the trips, but one must wonder who is.

That would be understandable if they were arriving in a group of five. But they are coming in droves and in the same timeframe. There is no question that the children are diverting BPAs from covering their guard posts so illegal border crossers, in particular members of the Mexican drug cartels, their “mules” (people hired to smuggle drugs into the U.S.), as well as gang members and Special Interest Aliens (SIA) can cross the border far more quickly. SIAs are of considerable concern to our intelligence and law enforcement agencies for obvious reasons. Stories are appearing with greater frequency on various news websites and blogs about how radical Islamists are being stopped as they try to enter the country.

In short:  active cells could attack critical electric-grid substations, the failure of which could compromise or cripple our entire electric infrastructure. Other obvious threats are car bombs, improvised explosive devices (IEDs) placed on busy highways or train tracks, and other devastating attacks. We must close our borders now.

© 2024 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Rob Pue

April 7, 2024

On March 23, Biden signed us all up for another 1.2 trillion dollar credit card.  This, following the 1.7 trillion dollar debt we were shackled with in December.  This latest loan, taken out in our names by those who supposedly “represent” us — just like so many other  “emergency spending bills” before it — was ostensibly to avoid another government shutdown.

Our federal government is morbidly obese, outrageously bloated, and yet we’re constantly barraged with threats of government shutdowns because the government is broke.  In case you’re not aware, in America, “we, the people,” are supposed to be the government, so essentially, we’re the ones who are broke, whether people realize it or not.  Take a look at the website “USDebtClock.org.”  The numbers there are staggering.  As I prepare this message, every individual US taxpayer owes $266,950 toward the national debt.  Of course by the time you get this message, that number will be higher, because the interest on the debt never stops.

And just how fast is our national debt (and inflation) rising?  This year, the average American household must spend an additional $12,000 annually just to maintain the same standard of living we had just three years ago.

Republicans are supposed to be the so-called “conservatives” on the “right” side of the aisle.  Yet I can’t think of a single positive thing Republicans have done to stop the destruction of our country for many, many years now.  There are a handful of Republican legislators who make excellent points during their grand speeches on the floor of the House and Senate, yet nothing ever comes of it.

Our founding fathers would rightly try most of our current legislators and the evidence against them would be so enormous, most would have been hung for treason.  But in modern America, “we, the people,” have become powerless.  Our “public servants” have become our masters, and we continue to believe the lie that there are two distinct parties in Washington — liberal and conservative.  We continue to vote for the “lesser of two evils” even though the “lesser evil” is just as evil and corrupt — and even more dangerous, because we know what Leftists will do, yet we still, somehow, believe that the so-called “Conservatives” will deliver us from evil.

The best thing that could happen is to let the government shut down.  It’s happened before, and it’s one of the few times I can recall anything government ever did that was a direct benefit to me, even though it was small.  My wife and I happened to be traveling at the time, and we were able to visit a National Park.  The park was open, but there were no employees working or services operating — thus, according to the sign at the gate, no admission fee.  Because there were two of us, we saved $70.  Wow. I kind of like “government shutdowns.”  We really didn’t need an employee at the gate to take our money.  We got along without them just fine.

So let’s look at this latest 1.2 trillion dollars we just borrowed, as the government created it out of thin air.  Initially, Republicans stated they wouldn’t approve this additional spending unless it included the closing of our national borders and stopping the invasion.  In the end, 101 Republicans sided with 185 Democrats, and the measure passed, by a vote of 286-134.  And our borders remain wide open.  By the way, the cost of accommodating the millions of illegals in this country is $451 billion dollars annually.  The total cost of actually securing our border would be $15 billion.  Illegal invaders freely receive more than $4000 a month in federal assistance.  Meanwhile, social security checks average $1200 a month.  Do the math.

In fact, rather than securing our national borders, this latest spending package includes an additional $650 million dollars to provide shelter and other services to the invaders.  It also includes $368,000 dollars for a podcast hosted by a Democratic candidate running for city council in Lancaster, Pennsylvania; over $100 million dollars for “training for diversity” programs at the Health and Human Services department, and $87 million for social and emotional learning” in the Department of Education.

Also included is $7.5 billion for electric vehicle infrastructure, which only the extreme, Leftist “woke” have any interest in;  and of course, the Leftists’ LGBTQP+ and transgender obsession received a big payday as well.  $400,000 for an LGBTQ program for minors age 13 and up to provide clothing and “events” without parental consent.  And another $400,000 for a New Jersey LGBTQ group for “binders and gaffs” to hide body parts and allow transgenders to indulge their mental illness.  And let’s not forget the $1.8 million allocated for a Rhode Island women’s hospital performing elective abortions up to 22 weeks.

Shall I go on?  $850,000 for a “gay” senior citizens home.  $15 million to pay for Egyptian’s college tuitions.  Another $400,000 for a homosexual activist group to teach elementary kids about being “transgender.”  $500,000 for a “Diversity, Equity and Inclusion” zoo.  Apparently, money is no object.  And being hopelessly bankrupt — financially and morally — is no issue for those who claim to represent our best interests.

While our military veterans  — and all of us, really — struggle to receive adequate medical care; while millions of Americans have lost their homes and are now living on the streets; senior citizens are subsisting below the poverty line, and newlyweds can’t afford even a modest “starter” home, there’s always plenty of money for sodomites, the affirming of “transgender” mental illness, taking care of every need, wish and desire of foreign enemies invading our borders, the perversion and destruction of the lives of our children, and forcing electric vehicles on the public that nobody wants.  Not to mention the constant funneling of untold trillions of dollars to 188 foreign nations and the military industrial complex in the most massive money-laundering scheme the world’s ever seen, lining the pockets of those who claim to “represent” us.  To illustrate just one part of the scam, it took the USA four presidents, thousands of lives, trillions of dollars and 20 years to replace the Taliban in Afghanistan — with the Taliban.

Our federal government is spending with no limits, and when the latest “emergency fund” runs out, they just approve another one.  I have to wonder… why are we, the people, even paying taxes?  Why are we living on a budget and living responsibly when clearly, no one in government even knows what those things are?  If they can just pull trillions of dollars out of thin air every few months for whatever Leftist/Communist wish list they want to cater to,  despite the fact the money doesn’t even really exist, why do they need our measly tax dollars, which come nowhere near to even covering the debt our government owes?  The massively heavy tax burden levied upon us is completely unnecessary, except to keep us enslaved.  Because they spend way more than they receive in tax dollars every day, without thinking twice about it, and in the blink of an eye.  By the way, a system that has no problem printed “currency” without wealth also has no problem printing votes without voters.

It’s an enormous burden on American taxpayers. The American Revolution began due to taxation without representation.  England was taxing the colonists on goods we imported, but the colonists had no representation in British Parliament.  Today, American citizens are being taxed on everything, with no legitimate representation in our own Congress.  By the way, the Revolutionary War was fought over those taxes, that amounted to a whopping 3%.  Today, just the federal income tax rate alone ranges from 10% for those living in poverty to 37% for those with a higher income.

And that’s just the federal income tax.  We pay taxes on the money we earn, taxes on the money we spend, and taxes on things we own that we already paid taxes on with already-taxed money. Only our government is incompetent enough to be in the the business of forcibly extracting money from people and still come out bankrupt.

In addition to the federal income tax, we also pay: property tax, sales tax, state income tax, marriage license fees, public school taxes, vehicle registration taxes, business permit fees, estate taxes, dog license fees, driver’s license fees, vehicle registration fees, gasoline taxes, gift taxes, social security taxes, unemployment taxes, self-employment taxes, hotel taxes, license plate fees, medicare taxes, utility taxes, and sports stadium taxes — to name just a few.

Basically, if you earn it, you pay income tax. If you live somewhere, you pay property tax.  If you spend it, you pay sales tax. If you save it, inflation tax. If you invest it, capital gains tax. If you start a business, license fees. If your business prospers, you pay profit tax. If you give it away, there’s a gift tax. And in some states, if you die, inheritance tax.

There was a time when we didn’t have to ask permission from the government or pay taxes to: collect rain water, go fishing, own a property, start a business, renovate your home, build a home, drive a vehicle, get married, hunt, own a weapon, cut hair, sell a product, protest, grow your own food on your own property, set up a lemonade stand or sell food.  Today, you can do virtually nothing without being extorted by the government and obtaining their permission first.

So why do we pay taxes, when government now issues money to every special interest group — and nearly every foreign country in the world — racking up trillions in debt, with literally nothing to back it up, and with absolutely no accountability to anyone?  The average citizen, and especially those who own a business or operate a Christian ministry, must account for every single jot and tittle of their income, and then hand over a substantial amount of that money to the government.  The IRS has thousands of agents to scrutinize every single cent we have.  Yet the government “loses” trillions in assets frequently, spends trillions that do not even exist, and there is no audit, no accountability, no nothing.

And why do we even have cash and coins anymore in the first place?  We know it’s only a matter of time before the digital “currencies” are rolled out, giving the Globalists and Big Government even more power and control over every aspect of our lives.  It’s because having cash and coins allows us peasants to maintain the “illusion” that actual “money” still exists.  In reality, it’s only “digits” anyway, and there will come a time, sooner rather than later, that our paper money will become more valuable as fire-starter so we can stay warm.

On June 4th of 1963, President John F. Kennedy signed Executive Order 11110, which returned to the US Government the power to issue currency and did away with the so-called “Federal Reserve System.”  Kennedy was killed on November 22 of that year, just five months later, and on that same day, Lyndon Johnson rescinded that order…keeping Americans enslaved to the Rothschild banking system, and ensuring the eventual bankruptcy of our nation.

In America today, we labor under a heavy burden of taxation — without representation.  Although our Constitution assures us of our right to a redress of grievances, that right, like so many others, has gone the way of the horse and buggy.  We saw what happened to those patriots who showed up at the capital on January 6th of 2021.  Thousands now held as political prisoners for the crime of “wrong think.”  This has had a chilling effect and has served well as a deterrent, to keep all of us peasants in line.  So we dutifully and carefully file our taxes, being sure to declare every single cent we earn.  We go along with the illusion that America isn’t hopelessly beyond bankrupt, even as our crooked politicians continue to heap ever heavier burdens on our backs, on our children’s back and our grandchildren’s backs, should they live long enough to survive in the new Communist Amerika.

It’s time for another American Revolution.  It’s time to hold our “public servants” accountable for their crimes.  Time to reinstate our Constitution and Bill of Rights.  Most of all, it’s time we return to God, in humility and repentance, seek His face and turn from our apathetic and wicked ways.  If the judgment God’s pouring out on this nation now causes us to mourn, that’s a good thing.  Maybe we’ll finally muster the courage to stand up and declare “ENOUGH!”  But I won’t hold my breath.  Most likely, we’ll just continue kneeling before tyrants.

© 2024 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com and ask for message number 425.

By Dr. Mike Spaulding

April 7, 2024

Because lawlessness is increased, most people’s love will grow cold.  —Matthew 24:12 NASB

The context of Matthew 24:12 is Jesus speaking to His disciples after leaving Jerusalem during His Passion Week. He had sparred with the religious leaders several times in the preceding days. As He and his disciples left Jerusalem that day, Jesus responded to some of the disciples’ comments about the beauty of the Temple complex. He said that what they thought beautiful would be destroyed one day. This led to some of His disciples asking when that time would come. Jesus then described the things that would be prominent during the time right before His Second Coming.

The timing of this verse in Matthew’s Gospel is generally accepted as being during the time of the Tribulation.[1] This is thought to be the case because Matthew 24:9 mentions “Then they will deliver you to tribulation…” Following that, verses 9-11 describe a falling away from the faith, betrayal, and hatred arising among the brethren to the extent that many will be misled by false prophets apparently suggesting that their betrayal, hatred, and callousness toward the brethren is warranted. Verse 12 describes the fading love of many. Some scholars see this entire passage as part of the period Jesus called “birth pangs” prior to the Tribulation (Matthew 24:8). Regardless of the timing of this worldwide event, I see this very behavior spreading across the world today and especially in American Christianity.

Lawlessness is from the Greek anomian from anomos, which means illegality, violation of the law, iniquity, and/or sin.[2] We get the word antinomian (without or against the law) from these roots. In this context, it means to violate God’s law specifically, which of course, includes God’s moral law.[3]

Notice in verse 12 that Jesus connects the rise of antinomianism (lawlessness) with love (agape) growing cold. The Greek for “will grow cold” is psygesetai, and means to cool, chill, or pass. Paul was writing of the same thing when he wrote in his second letter to Timothy, Chapter 3:

But realize this, that in the last days difficult times will come. For men will be lovers of self, lovers of money, boastful, arrogant, revilers, disobedient to parents, ungrateful, unholy, unloving, irreconcilable, malicious gossips, without self-control, brutal, haters of good, treacherous, reckless, conceited, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God…

Here we see clearly that the agape love for one another will be replaced by a love for self only. A self-absorbed, narcissistic love will characterize many and will result in a mass exodus from the ecclesias. No wonder, for these will love themselves and will become swallowed up in their own pursuit of pleasures, abandoning any pretense for loving God (2 Timothy 3:4 cited above).

Believers are instructed to love God with all our heart, all our soul, all our mind, and all our strength (Mark 12:29), as well as our neighbors in like manner (Mark 12:31). Jesus then stated that there are no other commandments greater than these two. Are Christians obeying these two commandments today? Some are and unfortunately some are not.

Most alarming for me in the context of love growing cold, is the meteoric rise of Antisemitism among those who profess Christ that evinces vitriolic outbursts and denigrations. It is one thing to criticize some of Israel’s political decisions over the years. It is quite another to demonize Israel and the Jewish people as a whole carte blanche.

What do we see happening today that reflects the love of God and His heart for all people and especially His people Israel? In many evangelical ecclesias we see Christians supporting Israel by word and deed. Millions of dollars of humanitarian assistance have been delivered to the Israeli people. Sermons have been preached advocating for the right of Israel to exist as a sovereign nation, her right to her ancestral land, and her right to defend herself against aggression. This is the love of God for His people manifested by and through the grafted in vine, the Christian ecclesias.

However, not all Christians are exemplifying the love of God for Israel. Instead, they are demonstrating hatred, rage, tirades of ungodly speech, and advocating for other Christians to follow their lead. Many churches are involved in the Boycott, Divest, and Sanction Movement (BDS), a known hotbed of aggressive Antisemitic rhetoric and behavior. The stated goal of one of the founders of the BDS movement is: “The ending of Israeli control in the territories is but the first stage on the road to fulfilling the vision of the dismantling of Israel.”[4]  Some are appealing to non-sequiturs such as the evil of Zionism, Rockefeller and Rothschild seed money provided for Israel’s creation, and the Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion. Lies and Antisemitic thinking is a hallmark of the devil and must not be entertained or given credibility by Christians.

The question that must be answered by all Christians is this – “Who is your neighbor?” Is it only those people who meet your criteria such as holding the same doctrine, the same eschatology, being of the same ethnicity, or meeting your requirements whatever they might be, to be loved and concerned about? Do we love only the loveable or do we love with a godly love that seeks the best for all people?

Will we obey God’s command to pray for the peace of Jerusalem? Do we seek to share the Gospel of Jesus with Jewish people, knowing that only through faith in Jesus for eternal life will peace come to Jerusalem. Without appealing to eschatology, do we see God’s love for His people Israel as a motivating factor in how we view and interpret the news and reports concerning Israel and her need to be ever vigilant against overwhelming odds?

God is not done with His people Israel. God has promised through the prophet Zechariah that His people will one day return to their land and turn to Him through faith in their promised Messiah (Ezekiel 36:24; Zechariah 12:10; 13:1). We read in Ezekiel 36:25-28 that God will one day yet future:

For I will take you from the nations, gather you from all the lands and bring you into your own land. Then I will sprinkle clean water on you, and you will be clean; I will cleanse you from all your filthiness and from all your idols. Moreover, I will give you a new heart and put a new spirit within you; and I will remove the heart of stone from your flesh and give you a heart of flesh. I will put My Spirit within you and cause you to walk in My statutes, and you will be careful to observe My ordinances. You will live in the land that I gave to your forefathers; so you will be My people, and I will be your God.

What some in the church today seem incapable of overcoming is their antagonistic beliefs concerning Israel that simply are not supported in the Bible. An entirely new narrative has arisen among some Christians that is antithetical to the Scriptures concerning Israel. If your doctrine, theology, and/or eschatology results in you hating, vilifying, denouncing, and working to destroy Israel as a people and nation, you are creating for yourself a future where you will answer to God for your treatment of His people.

When the Bible is permitted to speak for itself, and people seek the leading of the Holy Spirit, they will be able to clear away all of the mis and disinformation that clouds their judgment.

© 2024 Mike Spaulding – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: drmichaelspaulding@gmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] Generally accepted by those who are Premillennial in their eschatology. Amillennial and Postmillennial interpreters are confronted with several problems by this text.

[2] Interlinear Bible – https://biblehub.com/interlinear/matthew/24-12.htm

[3] Micah 6:8 and Luke 10:30-37 (The Parable of the Good Samaritan) are two of hundreds of examples of the moral law being an outworking of God’s Law, often referred to simply as the Torah.

[4] Quote Attributed to Omar Barghouti, Co-Founder and Leader of the BDS Movement. See https://www.ajc.org/issues/bds

by Rolaant McKenzie

April 7, 2024

In the 1992 American comedy-drama film Sneakers, students and long-time friends Martin Brice and Cosmo break into a building at their university on a snowy night in December 1969 to hack into the school’s computer network to redistribute money from causes they consider evil to more noble ones they believe need more funding.

Martin leaves to bring back a pizza just before the police arrive, responding to a silent alarm resulting from Brice and Cosmo’s break-in. Cosmo is arrested, and Brice becomes a fugitive.

More than 20 years later, Martin Brice, using the alias Martin Bishop, heads a group of experts who specialize in testing security systems. One day, two men professing to be NSA agents meet Martin in his office. They inform him that they know his true identity and offer to wipe his record clean if he steals a black box for them developed by an eminent mathematician.

When Bishop and his team recover the black box, they discover that it has the ability to decode all existing computer encryption systems around the world. This would allow whoever possessed it to see and control virtually anything and anyone. They hand the box over to the two supposed NSA agents.

They find out later that the two men wanting the box are really corporate thugs masquerading as government agents, and they work for his old friend Cosmo, who was able to get out of prison early and find work with an organized crime syndicate where his hacking skills helped to manage and launder their finances.

Cosmo wants the box to infiltrate computer networks and destroy financial and ownership records to create an egalitarian society. He abducts Bishop but is unable to persuade him to join him, so he uses the box to access the FBI’s computer network and connects Bishop’s alias to his true identity, making the FBI aware of his location so that he can be taken into custody.

Bishop and his team later succeed in infiltrating Cosmo’s office, recovering the black box, and returning to their own office. But at their office, they are surrounded by genuine NSA agents, led by a man named Abbott, who want the box so that the NSA will be able to hack into any U.S. computer system, especially those belonging to the FBI and the White House.

To ensure their silence, Abbott offers the team members what they desire. Bishop did not ask for money or any other material thing. All he wanted, and what he received, was his record wiped clean so that he could walk freely as Martin Brice again without fear that the authorities could imprison him for his transgressions decades before.

One of the key aspects of Sneakers was how extensive our interconnections with each other are and how detailed information gathered on individuals or organizations can be used to ruin lives and coerce or blackmail people or organizations into complying with illicit agendas. The film also illustrated the deep concern of many that governments with the ability to gather such information would use it to subjugate or destroy their lives.

The Utah Data Center (UDC), completed near Bluffdale, Utah, in 2014, is a data storage facility run by the United States Intelligence Community (IC) designed to hold vast amounts of information. This includes extensive data on American citizens coming from phone communications, private e-mails, social media posts and connections, Internet searches, travel itineraries, financial transactions, and any computer networks where they may appear.

While critics have pointed out that all this data mining is being done by unelected government bureaucracies without warrants, the greater concern is how such information can be used to control people, such as political or corporate leaders, to do the bidding of those who manage the intelligence agencies, called by some the deep state. The data gathered on everyone from tools such as the UDC never goes away and can control or destroy the lives of ordinary individuals should they become a target of interest.

More than a century ago, it used to be that a person wanting to start over somewhere else with a clean slate could do so. A man from New York, for example, may have a ruined reputation that limits his standing in the community and the opportunities available to him, so he moves to Dillon, a small city in a southwestern county of the Montana Territory, where he is unknown and can leave his transgressions behind, start over again, build a better life for himself, and have a good name again.

Just as Martin Brice desired more than anything else the freedom a clear record would provide, many long to be forgiven and have their past wiped clean of anything that would come back to shame and destroy them. But with the data-gathering and storage technologies of today, the ability to relocate elsewhere without one’s record following close behind seems virtually impossible.

Both the devil and tools like the UDC have so much information on us. They never forget, they never forgive, and they always keep close track of our activities to manipulate, accuse, or ruin us when convenient to their purposes (Revelation 12:9-10). But all this knowledge and the power they exercise because of it are nothing in comparison to the omniscience and omnipotence of God.

With God, there is nothing hidden from His sight. He knows who we are, where we have been, what we have done, and everything else about us. It is before the Lord Jesus that we must give an account for our lives (Hebrews 4:13), for He is seated at the right hand of God far above all rule, authority, power, and dominion forever (Ephesians 1:20-21).

But God does what the devil and man cannot and will not do. He remembers no more the transgressions of those who trust in Jesus Christ’s sinless life, death on the cross for sinners, burial, and resurrection from the dead (Isaiah 43:25; Hebrews 10:16-17). He clears your record and grants you a new life — eternal life (Romans 6:3-11; Jude 1:24-25).

“If you confess with your mouth that Jesus is Lord and believe in your heart that God raised Him from the dead, you will be saved. For with the heart one believes and is justified, and with the mouth one confesses and is saved. For the Scripture says, ‘Everyone who believes in Him will not be put to shame.'” (Romans 10:9-11)

In Christ, the blemishes and deep stains of your transgressions are not kept as unerasable data in a heavenly data center to shame and ruin you at some point in the future. They are wiped clean.

© 2024 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Kat Stansell

April 6, 2024

In today’s world, there are thousands of serious cases of walking wounded – those who have listened to so many lies and SO much trash from the Left, that they have lost the reasoning portion of their brain. I call them, the LIB-otomized, where liberal BS has rendered them incapable of thinking rationally.

Stay tuned. This gets deadly serious. Zbigniew predicted it.

This Mad Bovine Fecal Disease (MBFD), otherwise knows as insane BS, is political in nature, much like the Scamdemic. It is grown in a Luciferian laboratory of the minds of madmen who want to rule the world.

MBFD infests the gray matter via an ear worm, called “talking points”. The more you hear the same garbage, over and over, from the main stream media, the more infected you become. Eventually, the victim loses all ability to think rationally. Funny that Big Pharma hasn’t pumped out a drug for this yet. The Lib-otomized love their products. Maybe…some of the drugs today are to turn the rational, irrational…just a thought.

The most gravely ill actually believe that enemies of the State, like Obama, Biden, Austin, Yellen and the rest, are doing a good job.

The LIB-otomized are easy to spot. They often scream skyward, or dress as the wrong sex. They use infanticide as birth control. They hate the Church.

Today, I read a White House proclamation that Easter has become “Transgender Day of Visibility”. Clearly, submitted by Obama and mouthed by his teetering stand-in, Biden, whose last shreds of rational thinking disappeared decades ago. Life, to them, has NO value, and they see NO miracle behind it.

Electing Donald Trump will mean “The end of our democracy”, they moan. “Democracy” IS “mob rule”. They need THAT to stay. They want mob rule, until they begin to knock off their lemmings who have followed them to the edge of the cliff.

“If he wins, there will never be another election, ever”, intones Michael Cohen, a post-”45”purchase of the Left. Don’t you love THAT, coming from those who have been ‘fixing’ elections for decades? Just know, if the Left should be allowed to keep invalidating your political choices, elections won’t matter, anyway, and that is their plan. This is the reason behind my years-long focus on returning integrity to our elections.

AH, but Trump is the Evil one who promised a “bloodbath” if elected. He, of course, said something VERY different. Those in full possession of their faculties heard the comment as he spoke it, which referred to the demise of the US auto industry should another term of the climate alarmists be forced up our tailpipes.

Those who can still think for themselves know that Trump is our only answer to retaining our freedom. The high volume of the howls from the Lib-otomized proves it.

“We are Killing Mother Earth” they shriek, with a mentally ill young Swedish woman as their high priestess. “We must bury all CO2!!” — that, which allows life on earth. Those who have not succumbed to a Lib-otomy, know the REAL science to follow, of course. CO2 is a key to the process of photosynthesis by which plants use it with water and sunlight to grow so that they may produce oxygen for all living things. You get the picture. Get rid of CO2, get rid of life.

Ah, but don’t try to look anything up on the internet.

“Fact-checking” is one of the main ways the bogus information is inserted into the human brain.

It has become a huge industry. I call them “Fact-chukkers” because they make sure to discard any real facts. Snopes, Politifact, Media Matters (Soros), and Correct the Record (Hillary) are some of the most partisan. Add to these, the Washington Post, the NY Times, and your can be assured of finding one or more fact-checking sites, which ALWAYS come up first, on any internet search you might make. To them, LIES = FACTS, and, of course, the truth is a lie.

During each search for “controversial topics”, like the truth about something, or someone, I often have to go through 2-3 pages of Chukking, before real facts surface.

Along with the main stream media, fact chukkers spoon feed the pablum for the LIB-otomized to swallow.

Hint: the quickest way to learn what’s really going down is to believe EXACTLY the OPPOSITE of what the Left says. It works about 99% of the time!

Every once in while, just for the fun of it, I like to choke back my disgust and dig a little deeper into some of the spew coming from the Left. It lightens my mood, for a second or two…

I often read the Orlando Sentinel, a central Florida online paper, and have found some things factually informative. They are not fans of DeSantis. Neither am I, at times, as you know. I’ve told you my reasons why, and left it up to you to decide.

My favorite thing about the Sentinel is their unfailing bleating about their adversaries aka, conservatives, being, “unconstitutional”. They’ve hacked away at DeSantis about his “don’t Say Gay” mandates, and other dealings. The Sentinel says that DSG was to protect “snowflakes” from hearing things with which they might disagree. (Who are the “snowflakes”?)

OK. Don’t gag yet…Their OPENING SALVO in the article states,
“Florida politics has become so routinely ridiculous that you might be prone to tune out a lot of it, figuring it’s just typical theatrics. BUT, you should never ignore politicians who are trying to strip you of your Constitutional rights.” My stomach turned.

EXCUSE ME????? WHO IS TAKING AWAY OUR CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHTS!?!?!? It is their own party in our nation’s Capitol, the one that is proven to have stolen the election in 2020, just missed in 2016, and openly talks of doing it again. They are the party that wants to take away your freedom to speak your thoughts; to defend yourself and your home; to choose the fuel you use with which to heat and cook and the vehicles you drive; your right to own your own home, or even to make your own health care decisions! WHO IS SHREDDING OUR FOUNDING DOCUMENTS??

While this kind of idiocy is either utterly laughable, or totally nauseating, depending on your mood – it is a perfect example of LIB-OTOMY in action. Just keep spewing and soon (they hope) people will believe them, without thought. In a comparison of Conservatives vs. Dem/Globalist/RINO, we all know who is destroying our constitutional bedrock.

The Sentinel is seeming to confuse America-first conservatives with the RINO/Globalists to which their party belongs. I’d expect a responsible media to “get it” by now. But, maybe it’s just not in their marching orders.

Remember, this libotomization project is about control. I joke to keep what’s left of my sanity. Know that, if a majority of people stop believing the the mainstream lies, they will move on, if we let them. And the next moves are deadly.

Zebigniew Brzezinski, Sr. Advisor to Barrack Husein Obama, said, in 2008, “It is easier to kill a million people than to control them.” In earlier times, he’d opined that it was easier to control a million people than to kill them. He felt that, in 2008 with a Muslim in control of the White House, it was the perfect time to turn this around – to make the millions EASIER TO KILL THAN CONTROL.

Brzezinski feared that the capacity to actually control the masses had been “at a low” then. Enter Obama, and it was time to switch to the kill mode. The Globalist conquerors needed to get moving, and the “election” of Obama was the perfect scenario.

This is the underlying modus operandi of everything we see today. Let your mind draw it all together: stolen elections; the border invasion, the coordinated messages from the MSM; Obama’s third term using the dimly-lit Biden as a prop; the unprecedented and astounding lawfare against American patriots; the hundreds of attacks on our food and fuel supplies. This all helped with what Mika’s daddy was advocating – killing off the masses.

The technology now exists to render the final blow to us, and it is being brought online as fast as they can: artificial intelligence, digital currencies, WHO control of your health, and so much more.

Zebigniew Brzezinski didn’t get to live to see his dreams come true. He passed away in 2017, after leaving his mark from the LBJ administration to that of Obama’s. I believe we know where is his soul, today.

I pledge to you that I will do everything I can to keep those evil constructs from becoming reality. We who love our freedom MUST work together to make it happen. No one candidate for POTUS can change the trajectory. Local action, once again, is the real power.

The enemy of our liberty is crazy with a deadly purpose. Never underestimate their hatred for us or our amazing Republic – OR FOR US Today’s control is becoming the kill. Brzezinski said that that will be so much easier…

I will be back with how we can turn this around. If we hurry.

© 2024 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Steven Yates

April 6, 2024

Introducing John Porter: Ordinary Concerned American and Trump Supporter

Once again, an item written by someone other than myself came my way this past week and struck me as worth republishing: another “ordinary” guy and not a so-called expert. I don’t know him. What I’ve gradually learned over the years, though, is that “ordinary” guys (and sometimes gals) have more wisdom than we think. Typically they’ve worked in the real world, which is more than you can say for the average politician or, more and more these days, the average corporate bigwig who took his corporation public. The item, an emailed missive, comes courtesy of a correspondent, a fellow writer named W.H. Lamb who writes for The Times-Examiner based in Greenville, South Carolina, where I lived for a while.

Here is what Mr. Lamb sent out:

Greetings, Patriots:

I’m sending you this insightful, and disturbing, message from John Porter, part of our Patriot Readers Group. In a sense, at least possibly as it applies to some Americans, it is a condemnation of the confused and totally unfair attacks on a man, Donald Trump, who served for four years as our POTUS, and who appears to have earned the disgusting enmity of a large part of our “American” electorate, courtesy of the evil propaganda and outright lies told about him in the Marxist-controlled mainstream media and from the “kept whores” of Academia, government bureaucrats, multi-national and “woke” corporate leaders who often despise America, anti-American lobbyists for un-American companies, the Marxists / collectivists / globalists who inhabit the “Klan of New Bolsheviks” (a.k.a. Demoncrat Party), and the Chinese Communist Party, which has its tyrannical tentacles wrapped around far too many of the so-called “American” entities just mentioned!

One does not have to be a supporter of former President Trump to know in one’s heart that the treatment being meted out to him by the scumbags mentioned above is totally unfair — totally un-American — totally un-Christian. WHY have Americans allowed “politics” to DEGENERATE in this manner? For that matter, IF this is now to be the permanent state of “politics” in America, why should any of us subscribe to this “Bovine Scat” any longer?

In any case, please read John Porter’s cogent words — reflect upon them, and determine whether or not they might apply to anyone you know. OR to YOU!

1. 1. H. LAMB

Commentary Writer &

Local Columnist

The Times Examiner

Steven again. I don’t know John Porter. We’ve never been introduced. But what he says makes perfect sense. I’ve removed the identity of the list where this was sent and everything that could be used to trace him to his location. Mr. Porter, you have the floor (very light editing for grammar).

——– Original Message ———-

From: John Porter

To: undisclosed-recipients@********.***

Date: 03/28/2024 7:15 AM EDT

Subject: WHAT? WHAT? WHAT?

From: John Porter

To: Americans everywhere

March 28, 2024

I offer no apology for what I am here expressing to you, for this is truly how I feel.

I have lived through Presidents Harry Truman, Dwight Eisenhower, John Kennedy, Lyndon Johnson, Richard Nixon, Gerald Ford, Jimmy Carter, Ronald Reagan, George H. W. Bush, Bill Clinton, George W. Bush, Barack Obama, Donald Trump, and Joe Biden, and have studied the lives of the rest of them.

Every one of them had some of their policies not liked and criticized, as it should be. Every one of them performed in ways not popular by some, as it should be. Every one of them lived through some trying times with some of the American people, as it should be. After all, they are all human beings whom we have hired to work for us.

But, in my lifetime or before I have never witnessed or heard of a President while in office, or after leaving, being scrutinized over every word he speaks, every action he takes, humiliated daily by the public news media, slandered, ridiculed, insulted, lied about, charged with almost 91 various crimes by an Attorney General appointed Federal prosecutors, some state, and even local COUNTY prosecutors, hounded by the head of our own Department of Justice, had his private home raided in the early morning hours by more than 30 FBI agents, had many of his private possessions impounded, arrested and mugshot by a LOCAL COUNTY SHERIFF, had his name removed from some state presidential primary election ballots, ordered to post almost half a billion dollar cash bond or his property will be confiscated, had his wife, as well as his children, threatened, insulted and humiliated.

It is nothing less than a shame and a disgrace in the life span of our nation as a Constitutional Republic. I am ashamed of the ruthless, cruel, violent, and evil Trump-hating people both of the general public, and those who are supposed to be serving us in government. Do they have no morals? For many of them, their hatred of Donald Trump has become greater than their love of our country. I am ashamed of the reporters and the several news media organizations who feel they have the right to carry on with lies and fake stories and say the things they do for a good story even though they know are not factual.

Other Presidents took the oath of office and were mostly left alone while serving in the job and after leaving office. Even those who stood for re-election, weren’t on the news 24 hours a day seven days a week, their every word and action being misinterpreted, ridiculed and lambasted, found guilty, and punished, of crimes, by four members of a state Supreme Court and a state Secretary of State all without a trial.

Folks, we all know that politics in America have always been rough and tumble since the founding of the nation. It’s the way we do it.

Definition of rough and tumble:

“A situation in which there is a lot of arguing or competition and people do not worry about upsetting others; Rowdy, disorderly, and boisterous; marked by scuffles or infighting.”

Ladies and gentlemen, this is far more than rough and tumble politics. That can be accepted. This goes beyond the pale. Definition of beyond the pale; “outside the bounds of acceptable behavior.”

It absolutely begs the question, and it must be answered so the rest of the American people can be warned of this danger if one exists. WHAT ON THIS EARTH ARE ALL THESE PEOPLE SO SCARED TO DEATH OF IN THIS MAN, Donald Trump????

Unless someone can let me know the danger this man has demonstrated while he was our president for four years, or otherwise, I must confess, it strengthens my resolve to help him be re-elected come November 5 this year.

Thank you …. John Porter….   [Location withheld.]

I’m back. I think I can help him with his all-caps rhetorical question.

This is not about Trump, folks.

It’s about what he represents.

His rise 2015-16 came in the wake of systemic narrative collapse, I call it. What, precisely, does this mean?

Collapse here means: loss of credibility outside the enclaves of out-of-touch and unaccountable elites who inhabit Beltway and big city echo chambers. These narratives have collapsed:

• Globalization will make us all prosperous.
• Numbers (e.g., GDP, the Dow and NASDAQ) tell the story of the economy.
• American foreign policy is making the world safe for democracy.
• The Exceptional Nation’s obligation is to police the world.
• Diversity is our strength.

There may be others, but these seem key. Trump didn’t collapse these narratives. He just walked into the political vacuum that narrative collapse opened.

Details aside, the first as an economic ideology has destroyed much of the American middle class. Nearly every professional economist seems also to believe in the second, enabling them to paper over the increasingly precarious situation common people face by talking about Wall Street, or tech and hedge fund billionaires, or a “low” U-3 “unemployment rate.”

The third and the fourth, favored by neocons, have started wars, gotten thousands of Americans killed or maimed for life, displaced countless native populations, and caused the mass migrations we’re seeing now everywhere in the West.

Belief in the fifth has almost ruined higher education, captured corporations and professions, harmed the military, and conceivably placed us in grave danger at the hands of migrants from countries that consider America their enemy.

What wasn’t obvious to the pseudo-pundits at CNN, MSNBC, etc., inside the Beltway, and in Silicon Valley, was visible to tens of millions of ordinary Americans getting stuck with the bills. They were powerless to prevent their jobs from being outsourced to cheap labor countries, or to avoid having their lives shattered when their sons and daughters returned from Afghanistan or Iraq in boxes draped over in flags.

They lacked a voice until Trump came along and became the only voice they had — even if flawed.

The power elites are scared to death of Trump 2.0!

Nowhere near as naïve as he was in 2017, he conceivably represents a massive disruption, if not the actual end, to everything they’ve been working on for decades now: a globalist superstructure that puts Americans last.

In short, he represents the potential end of an era, and the arrival of a new period of genuine freedom.

Hence their desperate efforts to brand him an authoritarian, a fascist, a “threat to democracy” (or to “democratic institutions” or to the “rule of law”), as they brand others around the world who speak for their people instead of those who want to rule the entire planet.

Hence their efforts to malign and destroy movements such as MAGA, which have counterparts in Europe and in countries like Brazil where substantial fractions of populations have figured out what is going on.

Here’s a thought: suppose these efforts succeed? Suppose the elite-controlled legal system, operating through folks like Letitia James, Fani/ Willis, Jack Smith, others, manage not just to stop a Trump 2.0 but put the man in jail, having destroyed him politically, professionally, and personally.

What happens next?

The following seems to me a plausible scenario … even though it assumes the Establishment is able to circumvent, or put down, massive civil unrest in the meantime.

This, I submit, then becomes a plausible scenario, which I’d look for no later than the mid-2030s, possibly much sooner.

A new “populist” voice emerges. He is younger than Trump, has money, but is more focused and less apt to post every passing thought on social media. Possibly the product of a home destroyed by the techno-feudalist economy or by having lost relatives in one of the elite-sponsored wars, he’ll be angrier and more radical.

Being as charismatic as Trump was (maybe more), he’ll do just as well at attracting a following of the like-minded. He’ll have a knack for channeling much greater frustration than existed in 2016, or 2020, or 2024 — because his supporters will be poorer, more damaged, more desperate, and just as angry. While the political and corporate superelite classes will be that much richer.

In short, this fellow and his base of support really will be everything today’s political and corporate media elites says Trump and MAGA are now.

The Establishment will mobilize accordingly. Even so, they’ll have a potential American edition of the Storming of the Bastille on their hands that will make January 6, 2021 look like an elementary school cafeteria food fight by comparison.

Add to this mix CBDCs to which the new generation of dissidents will have figured out how to avoid by forming an extensive unregulated underground economy. Maybe the tech-savviest among them will have invented technology they can use to “cloak” themselves and their activities.

As CBDCs are rolled out globally (expect this in the next 12 to 24 months), only a fool will fail to recognize what I’ve described as the real battle of the near future: between that sociopathic minority that wants to rule the world and “transcend humanity” (“transhumanism”) versus the hundreds of millions of ordinary people(s) everywhere who just want to be left alone.

© 2024 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

This article is also available on Steven Yates’s Navigating the New Normal (Substack). Subscribe to Navigating the New Normal to receive access to exclusive content.

I have it on excellent authority that in the wake of the counterattacks against alternative (i.e., truthful) media, this site is struggling to survive. Please consider making a donation to support NewsWithViews.com here.

Steven Yates is a (still recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored more than 20 articles, book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself. In 2021 he moved to Chile. He is married to a Chilean national.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).

By Dr. Laurie Roth

April 6, 2024

The war against God and Christians has been loud and vivid by Joe Biden throughout his pathetic career. He has always worshiped at the altar of all kinds of abortion and murder of children in the womb. Forget the right to life defined in our Constitution, The Holy Bible, the Catholic church he pretends to be involved with and God himself.

Now, in the name of more blasphemy against Jesus, he has declared the day of Easter as the day of transgender visibility. Biden’s middle finger has once again flipped off Christ and all real Christians everywhere. It wouldn’t have mattered what other group he declared as getting Easter as their special day ‘ gays, illegal aliens, pedophiles, terrorists, and satanists, it is blasphemy and beyond comprehension.

Most real Christians I know support love and kindness and the message of Jesus, even toward those who disagree with us. Regardless, Easter has always been a sacred day for us Christians. I reckon all groups and sexual persuasions who think they need to have more special days and rights than they already do can at least stay away from Easter and Christmas. Pick another day.

It is time to rise up and demand an apology from Joe Biden for daring to put a ‘transgender day of visibility on Easter, as Donald Trump also demanded.

The great news about this drama queen blasphemy by Joe Biden is that he has only awakened millions more Americans and believers in Jesus to get off any fence they may be sitting on. Millions more now will run with ‘nascar’ speed to vote for Donald Trump this next election and never again vote for a democrat.

Thank you, Blasphemer Joe Biden. You are deeply immoral and dumb as a post.

May our Lord Jesus be praised for His sacrifice on the Cross, conquering death and raising from the dead on Easter.

© 2024 Laurie Roth – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Laurie Roth: drljroth@aol.com

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

April 5, 2024

Last night another set of storms ripped through Central Ohio.  That is where I have lived my entire life.  Columbus, our Capital City, sits in the middle of the state.  Although Cleveland and Cincinnati are more likely to come to mind when you think of the Buckeye State, Columbus is the largest city in the state.

For years, the marketers have used THE HEART OF IT ALL as the catch-phrase for Ohio.  A map of the Midwest will show that Ohio, roughly shaped as a heart, sits in the mid-section of the country…associated with the location of a human heart in the chest of the body.  In many ways, Ohio IS the heart of it all.

I am grateful this morning.

Let me first give thanks to Paul Walter at www.newswithviews.com  and my friend Steve Quayle at www.stevequayle.com for faithfully publishing what I write.  Last week I made an appeal for funds to help those in Ohio who had survived an unwelcomed visit from a tornado.  Both Paul and Steve graciously published the appeal on their websites.  Thanks, fellas, for helping us help others.

Thanks to all of you out there that that donated.  You’ll never know the lives you touched.  Thanks for trusting us.  Thanks for giving us the opportunity to serve.  Thanks for helping us make a difference.

I am grateful today.

Last night, as my wife of 43 years lay beside me, Michele and I heard the sirens that send chills down your spine.  You know, those run-to-the-basement sirens that shake you to the marrow.  Checking the radar on my cell phone I could see the ominous RED images on the radar bearing down on us.  My mind flashed to Indian Lake and the devastation that we had just witnessed the week before.  The memories were raw.

As the wind and rain pounded our humble abode, I thought of the hundreds…perhaps thousands…of Indian Lakers who had danced this dance two weeks ago.  The mental images stung my soul as we prayed the storm would divert and that God would be merciful.

You know, the same prayer that the folks in Indian Lake had prayed two weeks ago. Why is it that tornado warnings make even the heathen pray…?

I am grateful today.  The storm passed over us.  Our “stuff” is safe.

One of the things that was so humbling about our rescue efforts in Indian Lake last week was trying to figure out what to do with other people’s stuff.  As our crews moved about to different clean-up locations the overwhelming amount of “stuff” that littered the landscape brough to mind what my buddy Norm Emmets had said to me one time regarding other people’s possessions.

“It may mean nothing to you…but it means the world to them.”   I still fight the urge to weep over what I saw.

As our crew moved about what days before had been the homes of families, the urge to scoop it all up and throw it in the trash bin was overwhelming.  But then…a family picture …a necklace…a vacation souvenir…a baseball glove…a refrigerator magnet…simple objects oozing memories now lay in the ruble.  Norm’s words came flooding back, “it means the world to them.”

I am grateful this morning.

What are you building your life on?  That was my focus as Michele and I snuggled through the storm last night.  What means the world to you?

Jesus asked us What does it prosper a man to gain the whole world and lose His soul?  Or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?

Stuff.  That’s what I saw at Indian Lake…other people’s stuff.

That’s why I am grateful today.

Why do some people’s prayers get answered and other’s don’t?  Why did last night’s tornado cloud stay in the sky as it passed over our home?  Weren’t the people in Indian Lake praying? Didn’t God hear their prayers?  Sometimes, that is what makes Christianity so hard to explain.

Jesus explained it to us like this: “Suppose ye that these Galilaeans were sinners above all the Galilaeans, because they suffered such things?  I tell you, Nay: but, except ye repent, ye shall all likewise perish.”  The rain falls on the just and the unjust…

Life is but a vapor…it is here and then it is gone.  What are YOU living for?   Here today, gone tomorrow.  Get right with Jesus.

I am grateful today…

© 2024 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

By Cliff Kincaid

April 5, 2024

There is a “humanitarian catastrophe” in Gaza is the scream heard around the world from those trying to create a second Holocaust for the people of Israel. This “humanitarian catastrophe” could have been avoided if Hamas had not launched terrorist attacks on Israel on October 7 and if the terrorist group had surrendered in the face of Israeli retaliation. The terrorists want civilians to suffer. That is why they are a terrorist group dedicated to Israel’s destruction.

Simply put, the people who brought Hamas to power are suffering the consequences, in the same way the Germans bore the brunt of Hitler’s defeat in World War II.

Tragically, some in Israel have grown soft in the face of the terror, agitating for the removal of the one Israeli Prime Minister, Benjamin Netanyahu, who understands the need for total victory. Softer yet, in the name of solving the crisis, is President Joe Biden, exposed as someone who, for the sake of votes in November, is willing to sacrifice the existence of the state of Israel in exchange for saving Hamas and getting “humanitarian aid” into the hands of those who brought Hamas to power.

If this is another no-win war, the kind that America has been waging since World War II, Israel will face the emergence of another “Palestinian state” dedicated to its destruction.

But Netanyahu is smart, as evidenced by the precise military strike on the Iranian generals waging war on Israel from the Iranian consulate in Damascus, Syria. That headquarters is no more.

I usually don’t take the anti-American website, Global Clearinghouse, seriously. But its headline, “Israel and US Are at War with Iran, Russia and China,” is correct.

In truth, Biden is waging a war on Iran, through his tepid support for Israel, but Iran has been striking back hard with Russian and Chinese support. That is the meaning of the Key bridge collapse. I stand by my reporting on the weak or even non-existent arguments for an “accidental” event.

The Baltimore Sun reports that the collapse of the Key Bridge could rival or beat the maritime industry’s largest-ever financial loss, with an estimated cost of $1 billion or more. You can be sure that China Joe won’t demand retaliation against the perpetrators. He was on the phone yesterday with the Chinese dictator and has never demanded compensation for the more than one million Americans killed by the China virus.  Our intelligence agencies still can’t figure out where the virus came from, and whether it was deliberate or accidental. They don’t understand the communist mind of total war.

But the FBI already somehow knows that the cargo ship going off course and hitting the Key bridge was just an accident. These people are worse than the Keystone cops.

We laugh at the Keystone cops. But the FBI is not a laughing matter.

Anybody with a brain understands that ruling out terrorism in the bridge collapse, only a few hours after the fact, makes no sense. The politicians assembled at the news conference after the event were covering their asses and trying to mislead the American people. They had no time to investigate. Instead, they spent their face time congratulating one another for the “quick response.”

Now we are seeing endless stories about how Maryland’s young black governor Wes Moore is facing a test over his leadership. How much money can he spend? And how fast? Biden has already said the taxpayers would foot the bill for reconstruction.

Like Israel, we are at war. What the FBI and the politicians didn’t tell you was that warnings have been accumulating for the past several months about cyber warfare and other threats against American ports.

On February 21, just about one month before the Baltimore bridge collapse, the U.S. Department of Transportation Maritime Administration issued a threat warning and defined it in these terms: “Foreign Adversarial Technological, Physical, and Cyber Influence.” It was directed to maritime industry stakeholders, “including vessel owners/operators, shippers, and port operators exposed to these risks” and advised that they “should apply cybersecurity best practices for Access Control (identity and access management), vulnerability mitigation, and configuration management…”

It advised these stakeholders to position themselves to “increase their cybersecurity and cyber resiliency to respond to and report any incidents that could inhibit their ability to continue operations,” including being “wary of untrusted network traffic” and treating all traffic transiting their networks – especially third-party traffic – as “untrusted until it is validated as legitimate.”

The evidence indicates a cyber- attack conducted by Iran with Russian and Chinese help. But after the bridge collapse, all of these warnings are ignored, as if they did not happen and are irrelevant. It’s a typical cover-up.

Don’t forget that America’s ability to detect and deter foreign attacks was compromised by the defection to Russia through China of Edward Snowden, the former NSA/CIA analyst. He gave our enemies, including Islamic terrorist groups and states, the ability to evade surveillance by the NSA.

Despite his bloody hands, presidential candidate Robert f. Kenedy, Jr. wants to pardon and honor him. Strange. His own father was killed by a Palestinian Marxist, Sirhan Sirhan, but he doesn’t believe that, either.

By contrast, the Israeli attack on the Iranian consulate in Syria demonstrates the superiority of Israeli intelligence. Netanyahu knows the enemy. And now the enemy is in the White House, screaming about the “humanitarian catastrophe” in Gaza.

The catastrophe is made worse for America, suffering under what Trump calls the Biden Bloodbath of open borders, by the inability of the American intelligence “community” to figure out “Havana syndrome,” the “mysterious” attacks on U.S. personnel overseas. They began in Communist Cuba, which is perhaps a clue to what is going on.

Their own people are suffering and they can’t understand why, after eight years of investigations. Why do we waste our money on the CIA, FBI, and the NSA?

The CBS show “60 Minutes” linked a Russian military intelligence unit to the attacks, citing eyewitness testimony and documents, but the U.S. intelligence agencies are still in the dark. No wonder they need to lie about the Key bridge collapse.

These scandals and wars result in death and destruction, in addition to financial costs that America cannot afford. They could have been avoided if we had honest men and women in charge.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Paul Engel

April 5, 2024

• The fundamental basis of our freedoms is the power to choose.
• Independence, liberty, and freedom are all based in people choosing.
• Yet the American people have handed over their power to choose over to others.

The word “choice” has all but been taken over by the pro-abortion crowd, but that is not what I want to discuss here today. Recent history, both public and private, has displayed the fundamental function choice plays in a person’s independence, liberty, and freedom. Yet said history has shown that many of the American people have given up the ability to choose, placing that responsibility on others. By doing so, people have voluntarily abandoned their position as free citizens in order to become enslaved subjects to those who do the choosing for them.

If there is a fundamental core concept behind the idea of America, it is the belief in independence, liberty, and freedom. Think about it: Our nation was formed when we declared independence from Great Britain. Within the Declaration of Independence we find the recognition of the unalienable right to liberty. And the Bill of Rights starts out with protecting our freedoms of religion, speech, and press. These ideas, and the laws that protect them, are the fundamental basis for our nation. Yet there is one key aspect to this triad that we seem to seldom think of, because all three are dependent on the ability to choose.

The Power of Choice

a: to select freely and after consideration

b: to decide on especially by vote

Choose – Merriam-Webster Dictionary Online

When our nation was founded, our ability to select freely how we live our lives and to decide who will represent us, was not only a fundamental part of the character of this nation, it was unique in the world. Throughout our almost 250 year history, this power of choice was not only the envy of many of the world’s population, but drew them to our shores with the hope that their children would be able to choose for themselves. While not always smooth, our ability to choose not only shaped our lives, but the lives of billions across this planet. As often as I hear people complain about their choices being taken away from them, more often than not, it has been We the People who have given up our right to choose rather then others taking it away.

Every choice has consequences. Even choosing not to decide has consequences. In the long run, our choices come down to what consequences we are willing to endure. Take for example, our own war of independence.

Independence

1. A state of being not dependent; complete exemption from control, or the power of others;
2. A state in which a person does not rely on others for subsistence; ability to support one’s self.
3. A state of mind in which a person acts without bias or influence from others; exemption from undue influence; self-direction.

Independence – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

For a decade, the king and parliament of Great Britain chose to enact laws and taxes upon the colonies, many of which violated the rights of those colonists. During that time, the colonies chose to push back, either by request or by disobeying those laws and edicts. This, of course, let to conflicts between the colonies and Great Britain. On April 19, 1775, the consequences of those decisions blew up.

Picture April 19, 1775, Lexington, Massachusetts. Imagine you are a member of the Massachusetts militia. Having heard the warnings about the British marching for your neighbors in Concorde, to confiscate their ammunition, you responded with your fellow militiamen and gathered on Lexington Green. Shortly after dawn, you see a column of British soldiers marching your way. As their commander orders them to halt, you stand there, nervous but steadfast. This is your land, your home, and you will defend it. The British commander orders you and your fellow militiamen to lay down your arms and go home. You have a choice.

Yes, you had joined the militia, giving your word to follow the orders of your commander, Captain John Parker. The British Army had law enforcement powers, so their commands to disarm and go home had legal authority. You probably didn’t realize it, but what you and your fellow militiamen did in the next few moments would change the world forever. As you stand there, you have a choice. Do you stand with the militia or obey the legal authority? The choice is yours, and you will suffer the consequences.

Your commanding officer makes a choice and issues orders.

Stand your ground.

He chooses to disobey the legal authority, recognizing the violation of the colonist’s rights. He orders his troops to do so as well. They will not lay down their arms. They will not go home.

Don’t fire unless fired upon,

He chose not to escalate the situation. He will not order his men to fire, neither will he expect them to stand defenseless if attacked.

but if they mean to have war, let it begin here.

There’s your choice. Do you stand against the legal authority or obey it? Do you hold your fire, waiting for your opponents to fire first? Should they attack, do you stand and fight or do you flee. Captain Parker made his choice; independence was more important than life and limb. If the British wanted a war, he was willing to give it to them. However, you still have a choice. Obey your commanding officer or the legal authority. What do you do?

History tells us that someone fired. Who was it? We are not sure. The battle that followed effectively started the War for Independence, or as we call it today, the Revolutionary War. In those times it was called the War for Independence, but in many ways it was the war to remain independent. The Massachusetts Militia at Lexington Green had looked at what the legal government was doing, and knew it was wrong. They considered, to whatever extent possible, the consequences of their decision, and chose independence over servitude. To this day, we live with the consequences of those actions for, both good and ill.

Liberty

Freedom from restraint, in a general sense, and applicable to the body, or to the will or mind. The body is at liberty when not confined; the will or mind is at liberty when not checked or controlled. A man enjoys liberty when no physical force operates to restrain his actions or volitions.

Liberty – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

Liberty, in its most general sense, is the ability to choose without outside influence. This is a state which cannot fully exist in the real world. There will always be people who wish to control you, how you live, what you can and cannot do, and what you will allow to confine you if you do not comply. Either they will be stronger than you, and thereby enforce their will on you, or you will be stronger than them, thereby enforcing your will on them. Which is why, when most people talk about liberty, they are talking about civil liberty.

Natural liberty consists in the power of acting as one thinks fit, without any restraint or control, except from the laws of nature.

Civil liberty is the liberty of men in a state of society, or natural liberty so far only abridged and restrained, as is necessary and expedient for the safety and interest of the society, state or nation.

Liberty – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

Civil liberty is the ability to live your life as you choose, restrained only by the laws of nature, or of civil laws necessary for the safety and interest of society. I like to summarize the laws of nature into one simple statement: We don’t hurt people, and we don’t take their stuff. Civil laws that protect the public as a whole, such as speed limit and traffic light laws, do not infringe on your civil liberty because they are necessary for the safety of society. On the other hand, helmet and seatbelt laws do infringe on your civil liberty, since they are designed to protect the individual not the society as a whole.

Even here, we still have the ability to choose. Many people choose, if not to ignore, at least to “bend” speed limit and traffic light laws. In many cases when they are caught, people recognize their breech of civil law and accept the consequences. Others act as if they have the right to violate these laws, frequently because many have done so without getting caught. I feel little sympathy for these people, since they chose to break the law and are merely suffering the consequences.

Freedom

A state of exemption from the power or control of another; liberty; exemption from slavery, servitude or confinement.

Freedom – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

As you can see, freedom and liberty are closely related. For our discussion here, I want to focus on the exemption from slavery, servitude, and confinement.

Many think that slaves have no choices. In reality they have very few choices, and the consequences of are extreme. After all, the consequences of failing to escape slavery cannot only be severe, but lethal. Servants, on the other hand, may have a few more choices, but the consequences are generally far less severe. In rare circumstances losing one’s job is likely to lead to the end of their life. Even those in confinement have choices. They can obey the guards or not, or they can try to escape or not. In those circumstances the consequences of their choices have varying punishments.

Giving Up the Right to Choose

In all of these situations, people have choices. The most fundamental of these choices is whether or not to obey. This nation was founded on our ability to choose and the independence to govern ourselves, rather than be governed by others, the liberty to live our lives as we see fit, and without undue external influence. The ability to live as free citizens rather than subjects of government. During my lifetime I have observed a disturbing trend, one that seems to have accelerated exponentially over that past decade or so, that of the American people giving up their right to choose for themselves. Instead, they choose to follow others without consideration.

When did the image of a strong and independent American become something to be vilified? When did we decided that conformity was preferable to uniqueness? When did we decide that the ability to choose for ourselves must be subjugated to the will of others? When did the American people decide to give up being citizens and decide to be subjects?

The native of a city, or an inhabitant who enjoys the freedom and privileges of the city in which he resides;

Citizen – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

American citizens are those who enjoy the freedoms and privileges of this nation. Over the decades Americans have given up many of those freedoms in an attempt to “get along” with others. We gave up our freedom of speech, first to the politically correct, who then took over our governments and Human Resource departments. Then we gave up our privacy to tech giants, who vacuum up our data in exchange for the latest gadget and the claim of making our lives easier. We gave up our freedom of the press to social media, who in turn encouraged us to give up our freedom of thought. Let us not forget that we also gave up our civil liberties to government agencies that do not legally exist. Lastly, it appears we have given up even our right to decide by vote, first by handing over our right to choose to political parties, then by allowing those who corrupt the process to continue without punishment. Just as Esau sold his birthright for a bowl of stew, the American people have sold their birthright as citizens to become subjects of others.

Being under the power and dominion of another;

Subject – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

Just look at the reaction to the mask and vaccine mandates. Few Americans recognized that these acts were violations of the Constitution and therefore void. Even fewer were prepared to defend their rights in the face of government and corporate actors. Millions of Americans still live under the dominion of illegal government actors, not because of the law, but because of their own subjugation, and their unwillingness to accept the consequences of defending their rights.

Conclusion

I have met hundreds of people who truly believe they have no choice. They complied with the mandates because they didn’t think they had a choice. They follow government edicts about their health, their homes, and even their speech, because they do not think they have a choice. The truth is, they have a choice, but are afraid of the consequences of it. As a society, we have become so risk adverse that we will give up just about anything to be kept safe, and in doing so we become subjects of government. Many will not prepare to defend themselves because we are told that is what law enforcement is for. We won’t prepare for natural disasters because that is what the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) is for. We won’t investigate the drugs, supplements, and foods we eat, because that is why the Food and Drug Administration was created. Many see these problems, but won’t stand up because they are afraid of being put on some list, or of receiving a knock on the door. We have done what Benjamin Franklin warned us not to do, and we are suffering the consequence:

They who would give up an essential liberty for temporary security, deserve neither liberty or security.”

Benjamin Franklin

Look around you today. Do you have liberty, or do government and societal actors claim the authority to tell you how to live? Do you have security, or does law enforcement simply come to mop up the mess afterward?

Contrary to popular belief, you do have a choice, and it’s a legal one. The Constitution is the proof of the illegality of so much of what the federal and state governments are doing, the infringement on our rights, and the usurpation of our powers. The question is, do you have the fortitude to do what is right in the face of evil, knowing there will be consequences?

Most of us only know the first stanza of our national anthem, the last last two lines of which ask an important question:

Oh, say! does that star-spangled banner yet wave
O’er the land of the free and the home of the brave?

The Star Spangled Banner

Does that banner still wave over the land of the free? Not unless the American people are brave enough to choose rights over false promises of security, to look at the cost of standing up for freedom, and to consider that cost worth the gain. As long as we value our comfort more than our rights, we will continue to be servants of those in government.

When the 56 men in Philadelphia saw independence in their grasp, they were well aware of the costs. They would be labeled traitors and subject to death. Even though we won the war, some of those men died, others suffered horribly in British custody, and other had financial ruin. They knew the likely costs of declaring independence, yet were still willing to pledge…

And for the support of this Declaration, with a firm reliance on the protection of divine Providence, we mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our Fortunes and our sacred Honor.

Declaration of Independence

Only if the American people recognize that those who work in government serve us, not the other way around, and are willing to pay the price so that the following generations can live free, do I believe we will be brave enough to ensure that the land our children live in will be free.

© 2024 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Lynn M. Taylor

[Author’s Note: Today’s article is not to state what you should do when it comes to the choices you make for your family. I am passing on vital information about schools being used, one more time, to overreach into those decisions, especially when it comes to vaccination. Regardless where you live, your family’s freedom to decide should be yours, and yours alone. Not coerced by a system which cares little to nothing about your family.]

LMT

March 2024 is upon us. Have you heard or seen the February 2024 announcements from the Centers for Medicaid/Medicare Services? While this may seem exclusive to the US, I can assure you the ties to the United Nations, the World Health Organization and many others can also be found.

January 2024’s Announcement:

The CMS (Centers for Medicaid and Medicare Services) stated that the US poverty levels needed to be increased. (Released 1/24/24)^[1]

While this may sound okay on the surface, it’s what’s in the details that may surprise you. (*Note: when you access the website, it takes you to a general page, to access January 24th’s announcement, go to the 3rd document. If you click the link to see the new poverty standards, it will instantly download. Also note that the website clearly states “Federal Policy”.) Policies are NOT laws, but under the de facto rules we live under, the policies are being treated as such.)

Also released on the same day, from CMS was the news that $50 million dollars[2] in the form of grants would become available for school based mental and behavioral services. These services directly involve Medicaid funding the schools receive. These services are not based on need as much as ‘universal screening’. This means your student may not even have a mental health or behavioral health problem and still be subjected to these formative, invasive assessments. Why? To back up the ‘whole child wrap around services’. Under ESSA (Every Student Succeeds Act) schools were turned into quasi-hospitals. This meant (and still means) that each school QUALIFIES as a federally recognized health care center!

Friends, this is NOT new news, at all. However, under the guise of the global uproar over COVID, we’ve seen an increase in government overreaches into ‘meducation’ [3] (the combination of too much healthcare at schools).

Not only COVID, but remember the USMCA (United States-Mexico-Canada)[4] Agreement? Overreaches into schools/healthcare happened there, too. Between the 2, the UN (United Nations), WHO (World Health Organization) and many others stepped up their ‘stakes’ in your student’s ‘well being’.[5]

The New Mandates:

Released in February 2024, the CMS gave us a toolkit[6] centered on coverage and payment for vaccines under Medicaid and CHIP (Children’s Health Insurance Program). These directly impact schools. The toolkit is available to download and is 38 pages long. I downloaded it to read the fine print. Not only does this extend all vaccines currently required by the CDC (Centers for Disease Control) for children, but it goes on to cover any future need for global pandemics. The toolkit also expresses the need to ‘educate’ (aka: vaccine counseling) citizens about the constant need for vaccines. There is some language that can be used to help those who choose to not follow the CDC, but given the mandates being issued globally, it’s unclear how long your freedom in healthcare remains up to you, especially when it comes to your family.

Also, in the toolkit, is the proof that data trails between all those connected to healthcare (locally and worldwide) must increase. It’s on page 18 where the evidence for everyone under the age of 21 (in the Medicaid programs) MUST be tested with EPSDT (Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnostic and Treatment assessments. The benefit ‘is key to ensuring that children and adolescents receive appropriate preventive, dental, mental health, developmental, and specialty services.’

It’s also on this page that you see the WHO’s definition of ‘vaccine counseling’ is used. Ready?! “A motivational state of being conflicted about, or opposed to, getting vaccinated.” I quoted that for you from the footnotes in the CMS toolkit. The footnote also gave the WHO position paper you could read for yourselves. In that 16 page pdf,[7] you’ll see that the definition cited above is NOT for “vaccine counseling”, but describes ‘vaccine hesitancy’.

Why did the CMS change this? Simple: the WHO pdf is all about ‘behavior and social drivers’ when it comes to vaccines. In other words, using certain techniques to sway the narrative regarding your feelings and thinking based on practical social issues should you remain hesitant or opposed to vaccinating your children.

On page 5 of the WHO’s position paper shows a type of funnel system to use to shift your attitudes about doing what they feel is best for your child. Why would this exist? Because a growing distrust in the healthcare system, across the world, exists!

Enter the Global Overreaches:

Friends, what if you aren’t in the US and don’t have Medicaid or CHIP? Well, universal health care[8] is attached to children for one thing. It’s also woven into the UN’s SDGs (Sustainable Development Goals). Then, there’s a UNICEF document [9] where they explain the SDG #3 (Good Health for All) impact on children. Make no mistake, SDG #4 (Quality Education for All) immediately follows. Why? To intersect families in schools. The UN knows schools create the largest captive audience to bring about changes.

From WHO on ‘immunization coverage’,[10] a special IA2030 (Immunization Agenda 2030) is in place. Here’s an excerpt:

“IA2030 sets an ambitious, overarching global vision and strategy for vaccines and immunization for the decade 2021–2030. It was co-created with thousands of contributions from countries and organizations around the world. It draws on lessons from the past decade and acknowledges continuing and new challenges posed by infectious diseases (e.g. Ebola, COVID-19).” A key factor of IA2030? “Leaving no one left behind”.

Considering how well leaving no child left behind ‘worked’ in education, we should all be on watch. If you’ll recall, here on my blog, I’ve pointed repeatedly how NCLB (No Child Left Behind) not only helped paved the way for the CCSS Machine (Common Core State Standards Machine), but was codified (meaning it hasn’t gone away) in ESSA. Those outside the US, will also be able to trace back to 2004, when UNESCO signed the global education agreement with Bill Gates.

From Our World in Data, [11] some of the latest information on the need to continue vaccinations. If you’re interested in the attitudes surrounding all we experienced as a result of COVID, see this behavior tracked data study by Imperial College London. [12]

From UNICEF, 2023[13] information about every child in the world becoming vaccinated. Those who are classified as ‘zero vaccinated’ or ‘under vaccinated’ are also pointed out. However, the justification given for ‘every child’ is that those in the last 2 groups aren’t being served in ‘equity’ or fairness.

The World Bank (2022)[14] even suggested that vaccines could be the ‘silver bullet’ for schools. When you read the ‘learning losses’ per country, keep in mind that this is a tactic to sway attitudes. How? Look at the one of the ways in which children supposedly ‘lost’: social emotional learning (SEL)!

What’s SEL: mind manipulation to sway attitudes, values and beliefs!

What’s a Parent to Do?

First, exercise your rights which are inalienable (aka natural rights or God-given). These are the ones that came as part of the gift of parenting. The right to protect your child based on what’s best in fitting your beliefs and attitudes. These rights are everything the government DIDN’T assign you. Governments don’t ‘create’ parents, God does. While governments CAN bring families together (adoption or legal guardians), governments are also increasing the tactics to pull families apart.

Secondly, use the resource from Britannica: a Pro/Con list[15] when it comes to school enforced vaccines. While it appears to be geared for the US, it’s easy to apply to any country’s school system which does this.

Third, know your rights per your government’s founding documents. What did the government set up to PROTECT for you? What was left unspoken and what is left up to your judgement/decision?

There’s a line that was set in place. One of our jobs as parents is to watch for those parameters. As fellow taxpayers, part of our mission needs to be helping these parents watch out. Are the parameters shifting, if so how? Why? Because the shifts of control seeking to control us all will not stop at our children.

Lastly, consider this fact: The U.S. Dept of Health and Human Services took a definition from the WHO (vaccine hesitancy) which meant one thing and inserted it where the most damage could be done to our children (vaccine counseling)! Remember, this is being done to influence YOU into conformity to fit a narrative you may not support.

© 2024 Lynne M Taylor – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lynne M Taylor: info@commoncorediva.com

Sources:

1. https://www.medicaid.gov/federal-policy-guidance/index.html
2. https://www.cms.gov/newsroom/press-releases/cms-announces-50-million-grants-deliver-critical-school-based-health-services-children
3. https://www.commoncorediva.com/2020/08/05/meducation-progress-part-three/
4. https://www.commoncorediva.com/2020/08/04/progress-part-two/
5. https://www.commoncorediva.com/2020/08/03/this-is-progress/
6. https://www.cms.gov/newsroom/cms-round-up/cms-roundup-feb-23-2024
7. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/who-wer9720-209-224
8. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/1475-4932.12331
9. https://data.unicef.org/sdgs/goal-3-good-health-wellbeing/
10. https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/immunization-coverage
11. https://ourworldindata.org/covid-vaccinations
12. https://ourworldindata.org/covid-vaccinations#attitudes-to-covid-19-vaccination
13. https://www.unicef.org/reports/state-worlds-children-2023
14. https://blogs.worldbank.org/europeandcentralasia/vaccination-silver-bullet-keeping-schools-open
15. https://vaccines.procon.org/

By Lex Greene

April 4, 2024

After reviewing numerous demographic reports regarding recent elections, 2016-2022, honestly, the math simply doesn’t add up to the alleged 2020 outcome, for starters. But there are some constants in these reports, so I’ll focus on those in this piece. But before I do…

Since the 1960s, voting has trended towards single-issue voting, which is what has divided the electorate against itself. Based upon decades of election data, those who currently control the USA elections might not be who you think.

TOP SINGLE-ISSUE VOTERS IN THE USA

1. FEMALE VOTERS – representing approximately 53% of eligible voters in the USA (47% male), they vote democrat in every election cycle at a rate of 57% on the basis of one emotion-driven issue, abortion. Even though most never have and never will use abortion themselves, they still vote for abortion, an alleged right of mothers to kill their own children in the womb.
2. NEW YOUNG VOTERS – raised on anti-American Marxist principles and values via government-controlled education in K-12 classrooms and especially on college campuses, they attempt to vote themselves taxpayer-funded gifts from the treasury via social spending, dumping their college loans on taxpayers and hoping they will never have to actually work for a living.
3. RETIREE VOTERS – now dependent upon government benefits they paid into all their lives and believing the democrat false propaganda about “republicans killing social security” when in reality, democrats pilfered the social security (distrust) fund years ago, leaving the system $175 trillion underfunded as of today. They tend to vote democrat as well, on this single issue. (It’s not republicans who have pushed granny down the stairwell!)

Combined, these three voting blocs control modern elections in the USA. While most want to discuss voting trends based upon race or religion, the reality is, these three single-issue voting groups are responsible for the global Marxist shift in American voting trends, for years now.

In each of these three cases, they are all victims of a grand scheme to con or bribe them out of their votes by focusing these voters narrowly upon their own selfish pet issues, at the expense of the country as a whole. They have no concern at all for what their votes have done and will do to a once great nation. They are only focused tightly on their own self-interests, and at everyone else’s expense.

BUT HERE IS THE PROBLEM FOR THEM

They will fail to protect their self-interests unless they save America’s freedom and liberty first.

When freedom and liberty fail, they fail for everyone, not just some group your cancel-culture- clutch doesn’t like. Once you cancel freedom and liberty for others, you will have cancelled your own as well. Fools thought the current “cancel culture” was a grand idea, until they started finding themselves cancelled too.

The thing about Marxism is…it’s only designed to serve the elite ruling class, not the people. A perfect current example is Marxist House Rep Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (AOC), who had a personal net worth of -$8499 before being elected to Congress. She was dead broke and $8500 in debt when she was elected to Congress to “help the poor people” through her Marxist principles and values. Just five years later, AOC is worth more than $13-million, but how much richer are her constituents in Brooklyn, New York, now drowning in democrat caused inflation and a mass foreign invasion of their city?

This is exactly how Marxism works… they steal from the rich, stuff it in their own pockets, and create a society where no one but the ruling elites can succeed in life. AOC is a prime example, even though she’s not smart enough to know it, or honest enough to admit it.

Government has become the greatest “get-rich-quick” scheme in America, as demonstrated repeatedly by the number of politicians who enter the game broke and leave multi-millionaires, like Obama and Biden.

Obama was broke when he was elected to the US Senate. Just a few years in the US Senate later, Obama’s net worth had risen to an estimated $3,665,505, and by the time he left the Oval Office in January 2017, his net worth had ballooned to an estimated $12.2-million. Today, Obama’s wealth is estimated at over $40-million and growing.

Joe Biden’s financial story is very similar… Despite a 40-year political career and eight-years as VP under Obama, Biden was still only worth an estimated $2.5-million at the end of the Obama terms. He needed a little help from his friends…

However, in the four years he spent out of office (2017-2021), he and babysitter wife Jill, managed to rake in a cool $16.7-million combined, doing what? And after just three disastrous years in the people’s White House, Joe’s net worth has skyrocketed to an estimated $58-million.

Party of the little people? More like, a party on the backs of the little people! While they drove your net worth and buying power into the toilet, they became richer than their wildest dreams!

A PROPER SINGLE-ISSUE AGENDA FOR EVERY AMERICAN

The fact is, no matter what you think your partisan leanings are, government isn’t a friend to anyone but itself. While they preach Marxist principles to you, they themselves…enjoy capitalism at its corrupt worst!

WAKE UP!

The ONLY single-issue worthy of anyone’s vote is a vote for freedom, liberty, equal justice under the laws (not corrupt lawfare), equal opportunity, free, fair elections, real government transparency and accountability, personal and national sovereignty, security and prosperity for all, and peace through the strength of the American electorate, sick and tired of watching politicians get richer and more powerful, while the people scrape pennies to survive.

THIS is the ONLY single-issue worthy of every American’s vote.

Understand, no matter what you think of Trump, he made his fortune building things, producing things, profiting from the work he spent a lifetime doing. His political opponents have all become wealthy and powerful on the backs of American taxpayers, while working around the clock to destroy the very foundations of freedom and drive every Citizen into bankruptcy.

Go research it all for yourself. Don’t take my word for it. Verify everything I’m telling you here!

If you do, you will agree that no matter what your personal pet issue might be, it isn’t as important as freedom and liberty itself, without which no one can work to advance their own goals.

As my old Marine buddy says…hear me lookin at you?

© 2024 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 4, 2024

Do you want to be the next victim of another version of 9/11? Would you like to live in one of our big cities where terrorists plan to carry out another 9/11?  Or, would like to be the victim of a “lone wolf” Muslim who yearns for 72 virgins in the afterlife to validate his belief in Islam?

And yet, Joe Biden invites every kind of thug, every type of terrorist, and every kind of welfare seeker into America to the tune of 11 to 12 million of them.

A friend I interviewed asked, “Wouldn’t it have been interesting if, at some point during the presidential campaign, one of the candidates asked, “Oh, by the way, has anyone in Washington, DC, ever heard of the McCarran-Walter Act Of 1952?”

“It has been a law for almost 65 years.  Here are the historic facts that would seem to indicate that many, if not most, of the people we elect to work for us in Washington do not have the slightest idea of what laws already exist in OUR country.

“After several terrorist incidents were carried out in the United States, Donald Trump was severely criticized for suggesting that the U.S. should limit or temporarily suspend the immigration of certain ethnic groups, nationalities and even people of certain religions.”

That action saved a bunch of lives from Islamic terrorists who would love to follow Mohammod Atta who drove his plane into the Twin Towers on 9/11.

The criticisms condemned such a suggestion as, among other things, being un-American, dumb, stupid, reckless, dangerous and racist. Congressmen and senators swore that they would never allow such legislation, and our former president called such a prohibition on immigration unconstitutional.

As Gomer Pyle said, “Well, surprise, surprise!”  It seems that the selective immigration ban is already law and has been applied on several occasions.

It’s known as the McCarran-Walter Act, the Immigration and Nationality Act of 1952 allows for the – “suspension of entry or imposition of restrictions by the president, whenever the president finds that the entry of aliens or of any class of aliens into the United States would be detrimental to the interests of the United States.”

“The president may, by proclamation and for such a period as he shall deem necessary, suspend the entry of all aliens or any class of aliens, immigrants or non-immigrants, or impose any restrictions on the entry of aliens he may deem to be appropriate.”

The democrat Harry Truman, a man of common sense, signed the act.

“Democrat Jimmy Carter, no less than 37 years ago, in 1979 to keep Iranians out of the United States.  But Carter actually did more. He made ALL Iranian students, already in the United States, check in with the government.  And then he deported a bunch of them. Seven thousand were found in violation of their visas and a total of 15,000 Iranians were forced to leave the USA in 1979.”

So, what do you say about all of the criticism that Donald Trump received from the Democratic senators, representatives and the Obama Administration?

“Additionally, it is important to note that the McCarran-Walter Act also requires that an “applicant for immigration must be of good moral character and in agreement with the principles of our Constitution.”

The fact remains if you read the Qur’an, it forbids Muslims to swear allegiance to the U.S. Constitution. Technically, ALL Muslims should or could be refused immigration to OUR country. Both McCarran and Walter were democrats.

In the final analysis, we, the American people stand in the crosshairs of Islam and its 1.5 billion followers. They are dedicated to make it the only religion and political power of every country in the world. One look at Canada’s growing nightmare and Europe’s completed nightmare should be a cautionary tale for America.  Read: The Strange Death of Europe—Islam, Immigration, Identity by Douglas Murray.  If mass immigration from the Middle East and Africa continue, some historian will write another book: The Strange and Stupid Death of America: By Mass Islamic Immigration.

Islam Is A Violent Religion As Required By Their Qur’an

“In 2015 there were 2,860 attacks by members of the religion of peace in 53 countries with 27, 596 killed and 26,145 injured.” (Source: www.religionofpeace.com)

Notice Muslim ‘moderate terrorist’ Khizr Khan’s speech at the Democratic National Convention.  His son died in 2004, but he chastised Donald Trump for wanting to ban Syrian Muslim immigration until we can vet them before jihadist refugees blow up more of our communities.  The mainstream press crucified Trump.  Little did the America people know about Khan’s membership in the Muslim Brotherhood, which remains on course to destroy Europe and America.  Additionally, Khan advocates Sharia Law in America over our Constitutional laws.  Thus, he promotes Islamic violence toward our country, women’s rights and freedom of speech.  He’s been at the helm to import more Muslims by buying land and citizenship in our country through his legal firm in New York.

You must understand that Muslims find every way possible to undermine countries in which they infiltrate.

When you look at the intimidation against Europeans as to sexual assault, Sharia gangs on the streets, endless riots, unreported honor killings and endless ‘female genital mutilations’—these actions don’t come from ‘deranged’ individuals, but in fact, an entire ethnic group that follows the dictates of the “Holy Qur’an.”

The Qur’an doesn’t fool around; it means business.

“Islam isn’t in America to be equal to any faith, but to become dominant. The Qur’an should be the highest authority in America, and Islam the only accepted religion on Earth.” Omar Ahmed, director of Council on American Islamic Relations.

I researched over 20 historians who wrote about Islam.  They all came to similar statements:

Dayanand Saraswati, Indian sage, said in 1883, “Having thus given a cursory view of the Koran, I lay it before the sensible person with the purpose that they should know what kind of a book the Koran is. I have no hesitation to say that it cannot be the work of either God or of a learned man, nor can it be a book of knowledge. Here its very vital defect has been exposed with the object that people may not waste their life falling into its imposition. The Koran is the result of ignorance, the source of animalization of human beings, a fruitful cause of destroying peace, an incentive to war, and propagator of hostility among men and a promoter of suffering in society. As to defect of repetition, the Koran is its store.”

The more Muslims we import, the more terrorist attacks, until, in the end, we end up like Lebanon, France, Holland, Germany, Norway and Sweden.

We need to employ the McCarron-Walter Act, NOW!

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Lee Duigon

April 4, 2024

Three nooze stories, in the past few days, have made me question the sanity of our governing class.

Easter Sunday, the holiest day of the year for Christians: our (ahem!) “president” formally, and with great fanfare, proclaimed it “Transgender Day of Visibility.” He signed his name to it.

And now he says he didn’t do it.  

What is the point of such a lie? Everybody knows it isn’t true. Easter Sunday, for Filthy Joe, was a day to celebrate “transgender,” which is in itself a lie. Generally when we lie, we hope to be believed. But there wasn’t even a sliver of hope that this lie would pass muster.

They tried to walk it back, but nobody’s dull enough to fall for that. Oops! That’s a backlash, Joe. You can’t pretend you never said it. You don’t really expect anyone to believe that, do you?

Meanwhile, Thailand national TV has launched a news program anchored by someone who isn’t real: “she” (if we can apply the pronoun to such a travesty) is a phantom generated by “Artificial Intelligence”. Soon she will be joined by a “male” phantom, and together they will present the news.

Oh, boy. Fake news reported by fake newscasters.

Is there any reason for this? Okay, you don’t have to pay people who do not exist, so you’re saving money by replacing the real people with phantoms. And look how powerful the phantom vote is, in America’s national elections! Robots can only do what they’ve been programmed to do. Maybe that’s the reason.

Will we someday have an AI-generated president? Or an AI-generated Congress? I know, I know—how much worse can it be than the way it is now? But optimism evaporates when one considers that the robots are no better than the programmers.

And then there’s Canada, where the Supreme Court of Canada finds the word “woman” to be “problematic” and says it ought to be replaced by the term “person with a vagina”.

Again we are compelled to ask: Why? Is there some doubt among the justices that women actually exist? Does it trouble them that there are men and women? In what conceivable way does society benefit from this whirlwind of idiocy? Here at home we have Kitanji Whatsername sitting on our Supreme Court and saying she doesn’t know what a woman is.

Why are these bizarre statements being made by women who’ve been appointed to high courts? True, there are male justices who are just as daft. And they’ve all been appointed by high-ranking politicians who seem to be mentally ill.

If you kicked every nut-job out of government, and out of the media, who would be left? And we haven’t even mentioned what is laughingly described as “education.” It would be too depressing, too alarming, to discuss that here.

But we’ll have to face it someday, won’t we?

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2024 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Cliff Kincaid

April 3, 2024

When Washington, D.C., Cardinal Wilton Gregory criticized Joe Biden on Easter Sunday for being a “cafeteria Catholic,’’ he ignored the fact that top Catholic officials have committed crimes of a serious nature, as a Lavender Mafia within the church has been sexually abusing children, one of the worst sins.

Meanwhile, in Maryland, one of the most Catholic states in the nation, church officials are putting up half-hearted objections to a bill to legalize human composting, the first step in using human remains to grow food. Human bodies are being made into mulch.

Maryland has a legislature dominated by Democrats, many of them Catholics.

Why Catholic officials are still being treated with reverence is beyond me. They have laid the groundwork for Biden’s betrayal of Christian values through his support for transgenderism, abortion, and making mind-altering substances such as marijuana more available to our youth, subjecting them to mental health problems such as psychosis.

For those still wedded to the notion that pot is harmless, I suggest spending some of your entertainment time watching a series, “Murder at First Sight,” about a pothead who beat a pastor to death in West Virginia. Pastor Ron Browning’s face was “disfigured beyond recognition” after being struck repeatedly by a glass jar, according to a local news report. An autopsy revealed that the pothead, 22-year-old Camille Browne, tried to strangle Browning with a cord, crushed his chest and cut his eyes. She had already testified that Pastor Browning told her just before his death that she was possessed by a demon.

She was literally “possessed by marijuana,” in the words of another short interview and documentary about the case.

On Fox News, one of their many left-wing hacks, Jessica Tarlov, was giddy over the possibility that having pot and abortion on the ballot this November in Florida would help the Democrats win the state for Biden. This is their appeal to young people – get high and murder your babies, and Tarlov thinks that is a winning strategy.

Perhaps it is.

Republicans will back off and, more importantly, the churches will offer no resistance, which raises the question – what are churches good for anyway? Funerals and memorial services?

I’ve come to the conclusion they’re mostly for people who want to feel good about their own sinful nature. They don’t believe in Christian teachings any more.  They just want to think as themselves as good Christians by virtue of going to or watching a church service.

I watched one service where the pastor taught that the Easter message was one of forgiveness, and that if you confess your sin, the sin never happened. But that’s not true. Sin hurts other people and the damage is not erased away.

Christianity means nothing if there is no justice for the sins that are committed and the sinners who commit them. I believe the evil-doers will have to pay the price. They will have to suffer. No justice, no peace.

So Biden and all of his “Catholic” followers are not off the hook for being cafeteria Catholics, just because they go to church and get blessings from corrupt church officials.

Biden’s Catholicism is a complete fraud, and everyone knows it, especially Washington, D.C., Cardinal Wilton Gregory. But all he can muster in response is that Biden is a cafeteria Catholic, picking and choosing what doctrines he should follow. It’s much worse than that, and he above others should know that these are the “Powers of Darkness” in the church that are also infecting the people through corrupt clergy.

As I wrote in a column years ago quoting anti-communist Professor Renato Cristin, Pope Francis is the leader of the global left and the only serious question is whether Francis is a Marxist masquerading as a Catholic, or whether he has somehow in his own mind synthesized Christianity and Communism into a bizarre philosophy of “Christian communism.”

Whatever the case, the Catholic Church has lost its way. No wonder that only one-third of Catholics go to church anymore. It’s probably a good thing. The money they would put in the collection plates will go to pay off suits from victims of sexual abuse by priests.

Whatever Trump’s personal faults, and there are many that will be advertised at the upcoming trial featuring Stormy Daniels, at least he has had a change of heart, perhaps even a conversion, and he now realizes that the root of America’s crisis lies in the declining morality of the nation and the willingness of its leaders to lie, cheat, and steal. As president, though he is a flawed vessel, he can help stem the tide of the powers of darkness that are rampaging through our country and taking down every institution that once stood in the way of the evil that was even celebrated on Easter with Biden’s proclamation of transgender visibility day.

Biden, of course, claimed he didn’t know anything about it, which is par for the course for a puppet trying to complete Obama’s fundamental transformation of America.

We have learned that the next step in this deterioration of morality and virtue is a bill that is close to passing the Maryland state legislature that will legalize human composting. It is being sold as an “eco-friendly alternative” to traditional burials and cremation.

In addition to the marijuana business, a modern-day version of “Soma” from Huxley’s Brave New World, a new industry is emerging that is dedicated to “ecological death care,” complete with green funeral homes.

Solve climate change by making Mom and Dad into mulch.

It reminds you of the science fiction film, “Soylent Green,” in which humans are killed through assisted suicide and the bodies are made into food for the living. “Soylent Green is people!” shouts the main character, played by Charlton Heston, as he discovers the terrible truth.

The film “Soylent Green” was made in 1973 but was supposed to represent America in the year 2022. Looks like the producers were off by two years.

Science fiction is today’s reality.

When communion with Christ through the body and blood is replaced by eating food grown from the bodies of Mom and Dad, without a serious objection from the church, you know there is a sinister aspect in Obama’s unfolding “Permanent Revolution” in America that requires a response from true Christians.

Like Camille Brown, the killer pothead, there is something demonic in the land.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Bradlee Dean

April 3, 2023

“Approximately 17.4 million guns were sold in 2022, and 1.4 million guns have been sold monthly in 2023.”

Many in this country are now coming to the very realization of why it was that our forefathers established the Second Amendment of the Bill of Rights.

It was to the leave citizens with the ability to defend themselves against unlawful violence, such as incoming from either the tyrants in the government or the criminal element within the populace, in which we have the God-given right to defend ourselves from both.

Most know that Americans have long been made a prey to the invasion of the illegals that are bringing in their crimes along with them.  Of course, this is being committed by the treasonous individuals that are tolerated by the American people both within the federal and state governments (Article III, Section 3 U.S. Constitution).

No doubt, the government of today is at war with what it is that our forefathers have established.

What’s worse is the fact that the said judges are NOT holding the corrupt accountable, but are now going so far as to justify their treasonous acts by somehow advocating that the illegals can lawfully carry (Psalm 94:20) arms.  No, I’m not making this up.

Simultaneously, the government is trying to disarm the American people.

In the face of this treason, the American people are responding.  According to safehome.org:

In the U.S., many dynamic factors influence gun-purchasing decisions: economic conditions, media influences, legislative and leadership changes, and even public perceptions of threats. Each factor differs from state to state, creating a patchwork of attitudes and beliefs about firearms nationwide.

By digging into data on gun sales and ownership, we can begin to understand America’s complex relationship with firearms. This is why we explore data from the National Instant Criminal Background Check System (NICS) from the FBI on a yearly basis. This database tracks firearm background checks and can be used to approximate gun sale trends in the U.S.

Here are a few key insights from our latest research:

• An estimated 1.4 million guns were sold monthly between January and May 2023.
• In 2022, approximately 17.4 million guns were sold in the United States. This is about 12% fewer than in 2021.
• Alaska, Montana, and Wyoming had the highest estimated gun sales per capita in 2022.
• In 2022, gun sales rose year over year in only three places: Iowa, the District of Columbia, and Oregon.
• So far in 2023, Texas and Florida lead the nation in total estimated gun sales, making up about 14% of all guns sold nationwide.
  Estimated Guns Sold in 2022 and 2023
• In recent years, estimated gun sales across America have dramatically increased: toward the end of 2019 and throughout 2020, gun sales reached record numbers. Since then, gun sales have declined slightly. In 2022, about 17.4 million guns were sold in the United States.
• Preliminary numbers show that gun sales in 2023 may look similar to last year. Between January 1 and May 31, 2023, an estimated 7.1 million guns have been sold. That’s about 1.4 million guns a month on average. Read more

Conclusion: Our Rights come from God, not from the privileges given by those who work for the American people, period!

© 2024 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Kathleen Marquardt

April 3, 2024

Less than a week ago, I published an article titled “When Your Red State Governor Dresses in Blue” about Tennessee’s governor trying to sneak in a RED FLAG law now. Today, March 23, 2024, the Department of Justice (DOJ) “launched” an Extreme Risk Protection Order (ERPO) Resource Center.

To make this quick, I will parse their Press Release: Justice Department Launches the National Extreme Risk Protection Order Resource Center. My remarks will be in plain type, the Press Release will be in italics.

Ignoring the fact that there is a Second Amendment, and that it reads; A well-regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed, the DOJ is making up another unconstitutional law. That Amendment is short and has no difficult words. It says that the government must keep its hands off our guns! What part of “shall NOT be infringed” don’t they understand? Um, they get it; but in their minds their hubris must not be infringed upon.

“The Justice Department launched the National Extreme Risk Protection Order (ERPO) Resource Center (the Center) which will provide training and technical assistance to law enforcement officials, prosecutors, attorneys, judges, clinicians, victim service and social service providers, community organizations, and behavioral health professionals responsible for implementing laws designed to keep guns out of the hands of people who pose a threat to themselves or others.”

Prosecutors, clinicians, social service providers? Community organizations?????? Hello out there? Is Black Lives Matters a community organization? Yep, just ask them. Who will restrict any organization that wants to jump on this? You believe our federal government will?

“The launch of the National Extreme Risk Protection Order Resource Center will provide our partners across the country with valuable resources to keep firearms out of the hands of individuals who pose a threat to themselves or others,” said Attorney General Merrick B. Garland. “The establishment of the Center is the latest example of the Justice Department’s work to use every tool provided by the landmark Bipartisan Safer Communities Act to protect communities from gun violence.”

Is there a single, unWoke citizen out there who believes that Attorney General Garland has our interest and safety in mind? Is there anyone out there who believes that the Rs in Congress give 2¢ for what “we the people” want? It’s past time to mince words. We are on our own if we don’t stop this.

“… laws, which are modeled off domestic violence protection orders, create a civil process allowing law enforcement, family members (in most states), and medical professionals or other groups (in some states) to petition a court to temporarily prohibit someone at risk of harming themselves or others from purchasing and possessing firearms for the duration of the order.”

“… create a civil process…” meaning you are on your own. You get your own attorney, they don’t have to show you any evidence, and you are guilty until you are proven innocent.

“This crisis cannot be solved at one level of government. We must use all of our resources and collaborate at the federal, state, and local levels to find innovative, evidence-based, and holistic solutions to help keep American communities safe.”

If that last statement doesn’t convince you that we are in deep doo-doo and need to band together to fight this, nothing will. You can bet your bottom dollar that the illegal immigrants won’t be the targets. We’ve seen them get away with murder. WE THE PEOPLE who believe in our God-given right to protect ourselves are the targets. And you can also be that the government isn’t going to be protecting you – that is not their job. Their job is to protect our right to protect ourselves.

“As of this month, 21 states and the District of Columbia have enacted ERPO laws. Successful and effective ERPO implementation requires a comprehensive and holistic approach that incorporates a wide range of stakeholders. The Center is designed to provide resources consistent with that need.”

One last comment here. When you see the word stakeholder coming from the government, it is time to run as fast as you can the other way. The stakeholders they mean are the global elites and the non-governmental organizations connected to the United Nations –the two categories who either are working to control the entire world or working to make sure the other category gets their one-world government.

Updated March 23, 2024

To read the full press release (it’s short) go to:

https://www.justice.gov/opa/pr/justice-department-launches-national-extreme-risk-protection-order-resource-center

© 2024 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koipolloi@protonmail.com

By: Amil Imani

April 2, 2024

The prevailing perceptions are wrong, and the truth is frightening. The U.S. immigration system isn’t simply broken. It’s an unmitigated train wreck, all cars off the rails spewing poison into the nation’s atmosphere, but not by the people or for the reasons most people think.

The Democrats’ unrelenting focus on immigration, particularly the issue of uncontrolled immigration, is cause for concern that goes beyond mere debate and speculation. Beneath the surface, posturing lies a deception that extends beyond the mere games of representation and power in the United States.

The Democrats’ emphasis on immigration is not a mere coincidence or a short-term political maneuver. Rather, it is deeply rooted in their long-term vision of reshaping the demographic and political landscape of the United States. By advocating for more inclusive immigration policies, the Democrats aim to solidify their support base and gain a strategic advantage in future elections.

Shaping the Electorate: The Democrats recognize that the changing demographics of the United States will profoundly impact its electoral landscape. By supporting policies that are perceived as welcoming to immigrants, the party aims to cultivate support among minority communities who are more likely to vote Democrat. Additionally, the party seeks to appeal to younger voters who are generally more open to immigration and diversity.

Expanding Political Influence: The Democrats’ immigration strategy is also intricately linked to increasing their political influence. By advocating for pathways to citizenship for undocumented immigrants, the party aims to tap into a potential pool of future voters who may be more inclined to support Democrat candidates in gratitude for their efforts toward legalization. This strategy could have significant implications in swing states with substantial immigrant populations.

Addressing Social Justice Concerns: The Democrats’ emphasis on immigration is not solely driven by electoral considerations; it also aligns with their commitment to social justice and human rights. The party champions the idea of America as a nation built on immigration, where diversity and inclusivity are celebrated. By championing comprehensive immigration reform, the Democrats aim to address the plight of undocumented immigrants, promote family reunification, and provide opportunities for economic mobility.

Countering Republican Narratives: The Democrats’ focus on immigration also serves as a counter-narrative to the Republican party’s stance on the issue. By presenting themselves as advocates for immigrant rights, the Democrats aim to differentiate themselves from their conservative counterparts and appeal to moderate voters who may have concerns about the Republican party’s strict immigration policies.

The upcoming census, slated for 2030, looms large in the political landscape. This decennial event isn’t just a tally of citizens; it encompasses every individual residing within the country’s borders, irrespective of legal status. Here lies the crux of the Democrats’ strategic calculus.

Illegal immigrants, who often gravitate towards urban centers, play a pivotal role in this strategy. As they settle predominantly in cities, they significantly influence the population count in these areas. The ramifications of this extend far beyond mere statistics.

At the heart of the matter is the allocation of seats in the House of Representatives. Representation in the House is determined by population size, as derived from the census. By bolstering the urban population through immigration, particularly illegal immigration, Democrats strategically tilt the scales in their favor.

The consequence? Cities, which traditionally lean Democrat, gain disproportionate representation in Congress. Even if surrounding rural areas maintain conservative leanings, their voices are diluted by the overwhelming weight of urban populations.

This grand strategy isn’t solely about the present moment but has implications for years to come. By strategically harnessing immigration, Democrats aim to solidify their political stronghold in key urban centers, thereby exerting significant influence on national politics.

However, every strategy has its counterplay. The specter of mass deportations emerges as the flip side of the immigration coin. Mass deportations, if implemented over the next five years, could potentially disrupt this carefully constructed strategy.

Yet, the Democrats’ focus remains resolute. They recognize the long-term implications of immigration on political power dynamics and are keenly positioning themselves to leverage this demographic shift to their advantage.

By prioritizing immigration and advocating for more inclusive policies, the Democrats aim to shape or rather reshape the electorate. Therefore, it’s crucial to understand the underlying motivations and strategies at play. For the Democrats, the focus on uncontrolled immigration isn’t merely about humanitarian concerns or ideological stances – it’s a calculated move in a larger game of political chess, one that seeks to shape the very landscape of American governance for years to come.

© 2024 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Kelleigh Nelson

April 2, 2024

After the Holocaust we need God more than ever. For there is no limit to the evil men may do when they no longer believe that anything is sacred.  —Rabbi Jonathan Sachs

Monsters exist, but they are too few in number to be truly dangerous. More dangerous are the common men, the functionaries ready to believe and to act without asking questions.  —Primo Levi, Auschwitz Survivor

He could be vain of himself and not be ashamed of it.  Yes, he could be excused for it.  The Egyptian, the Babylonian, and the Persian rose, filled the planet with sound and splendor, then faded to dream-stuff and passed away.  The Greek and the Roman followed and made a vast noise.  They are gone.  Other peoples have sprung up and held the torch high for a time, but it burned out, and they sit in twilight or have vanished.  The Jew saw them all, beat them all and is now what he always was, exhibiting no decadence, no infirmities of age, no dulling of his alert, aggressive mind.  All things are mortal but the Jew.  All other forces pass, but he remains.  What is the secret of his immortality?  —Mark Twain

Mark Twain fell in love with Joan of Arc and wrote a beautiful book about her.  Did he come to faith?  We don’t really know, but his statement about the Jewish people stands the test of time and truth.  The secret of Israel’s mortality is the Lord God and His love for His chosen people.

✡️ The king of Egypt could not diminish him.

✡️ The waters of the Red Sea could not drown him.

✡️ Balaam could not curse him.

✡️ The great fish could not digest him.

✡️ The fiery furnace could not devour him.

✡️ The nations of the world could not assimilate him.

✡️ The dictators cannot annihilate him.

It is interesting that a minority group like this retained its identity for 2,500 years without a flag and without a government.  No other ethnic group has remained intact that long.  Israelites stand as a miracle people throughout the world today.

God had made it very clear that they would survive:

“For I am with thee, saith the Lord, to save thee: though I make a full end of all nations whither I have scattered thee, yet will I not make a full end of thee: but I will correct thee in measure, and will not leave thee altogether unpunished.”  Jeremiah 30:11

The Lord will not allow them to be destroyed.  And his original promises from the unconditional Abrahamic Covenant are still at work today.

Author Oliver Melnick, in his book, They Have Conspired Against You, writes, “Jewish suffering is not a new concept.  While it is true that anti-Semitism hasn’t remained the same over the centuries and has morphed from theological anti-Judaism in theory to racial anti-Semitism in practice, it is still a tragic witness of Jewish suffering.  An unfortunate factor in this suffering has been the wrong interpretation of the Scriptures as they pertain to Israel.  It has led to an exponential increase in hatred of the Jewish people and the passing of many anti-Jewish laws.”

Another early church father who failed to follow the Golden Rule of Interpretation was John Calvin.

John Calvin

Calvin was born in Noyan, France in 1509 and died in Geneva, Switzerland in 1564.  He was a pupil of Augustine, who tortured the text of the Bible “to confess that which was never in it.”  Like Augustine, who in matters of church discipline, was a totalitarian, and hardly a benevolent father, Calvin ordered brutal methods in sixteenth century Geneva, even to the point of sanctioning the death penalty for “heretics.”  Chrysostom and Augustine still speak through the replacement sentiments of Calvin with their prejudicial Christian attitudes to the Hebrew Scriptures and the Jewish people.

John Calvin was the man who did more than any other to ensure that no vestige of premillennial truth made its way into the emerging theology of the Reformation.  He was a formidable amillennial champion who for nearly five hundred years, has commanded obeisance across the entire spectrum of the Christian church.

For those who believe in Calvin’s doctrine, I have no desire to alienate or be confrontational, but the truth must out.  The theological and historical facts where they have a bearing on the development of replacement theology are littered throughout Calvin’s doctrine.  He did more than probably any other Reformer to further the predatory doctrine of “replacementism” that has so mercilessly targeted the Jewish people throughout the ages.

Calvin was the most prolific and influential writer of his day.  He dominated the theological landscape of Reformation Europe, and his works are available in many languages.  His doctrine has had a huge resurgence in the evangelical church and points to the antisemitism of today.  His amillennial views are widely disseminated, not only through his writings and sermons, but also through the marginal notes in the Geneva Bible, and catechisms and confessions of the Protestant church.

The Geneva Bible is often promoted by those within the Dominion/Reconstructionist Christian heresy.  Dominion is seen as the right to dominate and to possess absolute control over the entire earth.  One of the original authors of Dominion heresy was Dr. Gary North and his Holocaust denying father-in-law, Rousas Rushdoony, the author of Reconstructionism.  The latter wrote the following, “The fall of Jerusalem, and the public rejection of physical Israel as the chosen people of God, meant also the deliverance of the true people of God, the church of Christ, the elect, out of the bondage to Israel and Jerusalem.”

The origins of the Presbyterian Church descend from Scottish Calvinism.  Extreme Calvinism slithers over into the full-blown heresy of Dominionism/Reconstructionism.

As the major architect of Reformed amillennialism, Calvin’s belief in a future thousand-year reign of Messiah on earth was, “a fiction too foolish to need or deserve refutation.” There is no doubt that Augustine’s “concept of the kingdom,” in which the Roman Catholic Church ruled triumphant upon the earth, is firmly rooted in replacement theology.  He was steeped in humanistic scholarship, which formed the basis for his biblical exegesis.  He drew from the poisoned wells of Plato, Cicero, and Aristotle.  Calvin’s lifelong favorite was John Chrysostom, the “Golden Mouth” master of anti-Jewish invective.

Calvin firmly believed that by applying “methods of humanistic scholarship to the Bible,” he would discover “the exact meaning of a text and the circumstances of the history involved.”  The term for this form of exegesis is “accommodation,” from classical Greek rhetorical theory.  Origen used it, and his influence on Calvin’s own system of interpretation is beyond question.

John Calvin spiritualized everything in the Bible, from creation to the thousand-year reign of Messiah, twisting and replacing the truth of the Lord’s Word to His people, both Jew and Gentile.  The end result is a catastrophic teaching of hatred for God’s chosen people.

Like Luther, a similar mixture of innovation and hatred toward the Jews marked Calvin’s doctrine.  His use of anti-Jewish invective was clear in his sermon on 2 Samuel 24:24 where he declared: “Now the Jews are cut off like rotten limbs.  We have taken their place.”  He repeatedly referred to the Jewish people as “profane unholy sacrilegious dogs,” describing them as a “barbarous nation,” and “the people of Israel rejected by God.”

Like his mentor and teacher, Calvin imitated Augustine’s totalitarian style of government and advocated the use of military force to compel church attendance.  He not only believed in Augustine’s philosophical doctrine, but adopted the same brutal methods as his mentor, even to the point of sanctioning the death penalty or exile for heretics.

This was particularly true of his treatment of Michael (Miquel) Servetus (1511-1553), who Calvin denounced to the civic authorities, signing Servetus’ death warrant.  The Spaniard was condemned by the ecclesiastical court and burned at the stake in Geneva.  The murder of Servetus exposes the vindictive streak which disgraced the Reformer.  The cruelty of Calvin was condemned by Protestant circles and opened the door for greater religious freedom which also applied to the Jewish people.

“Calvin was the man most responsible for the preservation and propagation of the Augustinian doctrine of the Kingdom of God, upon which the amillennial pulpits of Reformed Europe were erected and from which Jewish hopes of national restoration have been so relentlessly and cruelly dashed.”  (Andrew Robinson, Israel Betrayed, Volume I: The History of Replacement Theology.)

The perpetuation of amillennialism was a feature of John Calvin’s doctrine.  He believed society should be constructed in line with the Mosaic Law, which “he tried to imitate as much as possible in his new Christian republic in Geneva. (Encyclopaedia Judaica, Vol. 5, 66.)  His autocratic and unbending policy censured all doctrinal opposition, disciplined the profligate and punished the “heretic” who disagreed with Calvin’s authoritative and totalitarian doctrine.  He used the ecclesiastical court to discipline.  Calvin’s handiwork can also be seen in the ecclesiastical court sessions of the Scottish Presbyterian Church.  Calvin repeatedly demanded assent and threatened banishment to the unyielding.

The chilling declarations and harshness against anyone who was not conscripted to Calvin’s doctrine and who might believe in free will or adult baptism, were anathema to Calvin.  Calvinists have more than proved the point that they “are the most violent and intolerant of all the Protestant Christians.” (“An Attempt to Shew the Folly and Danger of Methodism in a Series of Essays,” The Examiner, No 22, London, May 29, 1808, 349.)

Many scholars conclude that Hitler’s violent antisemitism was enabled by a wake of anti-Jewish theologies of church heroes like Calvin and Luther, but as we’ve seen, it goes back to the second and third centuries with Origen and Tertullian.

It is difficult for modern Christians to believe that antisemitism was flowing in the lifeblood of the Church for thousands of years, but John Calvin stated, “Their rotten and unbending stiff-neckedness deserves that they be oppressed unendingly and without measure or end and that they die in their misery without the pity of anyone.”

Can you imagine a pastor uttering these words from the pulpit today?

This age-old heretical doctrine of Replacement theology has spawned numerous offshoots, but all are equally destructive and unbiblical.  This heresy turns Israel and the Jewish people into “God’s ex-wife.”  God chose one group of people, the Jewish people, and made an eternal covenant with them.

He said, “And I will establish my covenant between me and thee and thy seed after thee in their generations for an everlasting covenant, to be a God unto thee, and to thy seed after thee.” (Genesis 17:7)

If the Lord were to simply change His mind due to shortcomings on the part of His “wife” (Israel), and then takes a new covenantal partner (the gentile church), it is an absolute assassination of His faithful character.

We have been warned by the Lord’s solemn Word in Romans 11:18, “Boast not against the branches. But if thou boast, thou bearest not the root, but the root thee.”

The olive tree is the place of privilege that was first occupied by the natural branches (the Jews).  The wild branches are Gentiles.  The root of the tree is the Abrahamic Covenant that promised blessings to both Jew and Gentile.  “And I will bless them that bless thee, and curse him that curseth thee: and in thee shall all families of the earth be blessed.”

Far too many who call themselves Christians, are not blessing the Lord’s people, Israel.

The Golden Rule of Interpretation

The church fathers in this series have failed to follow the Golden Rule of Interpretation.

David L. Cooper (1886-1965), one of the greatest conservative theologians and Bible scholars who ever lived, left a legacy of Bible teaching that to this day is helping many understand and apply God’s Word to their lives.  In his attempt to understand Scripture the way it was meant to be understood, Cooper came to the conclusion that in light of past prophecies fulfilled, only a literal approach to the Bible would be appropriate to understand God and His plan for mankind.  He eventually came up with a rule of interpretation still used by many Biblical scholars today, known as “The Golden Rule of Interpretation.”

“When the plain sense of Scripture makes common sense, seek no other sense; therefore, take every word at its primary, ordinary, usual, literal meaning unless the facts of the immediate context, studied in the light of related passages and axiomatic and fundamental truths, indicate clearly otherwise.  Moreover, one must be guided by the principle thus stated: ‘A text apart from its context is a pretext.’”

Conclusion

This abridged history in a few short articles has told the tragic story of the church and the Jewish people.

Truly, our hands are stained with blood.

 Lagniappe

On Saturday of Holy Week, I received an email from a Jewish friend.  He basically wrote that he hated Christ.  I was stunned at his insensitivity and hurt at his lack of empathy.  Yet, by Sunday evening, I understood.

I remember listening to one of my favorite teachers, Mottel Baleston, lecturing on the Holocaust, and he mentioned that his great-grandparents had lived in a Jewish village earlier in their marriage, but had moved.  A year later, the entire village was murdered.  Mottel told us that his grandfather said never to touch a Bible; it would burn him.

The Jewish people have lived with hatred, not only from Ishmael and Esau, but by those calling themselves Christians throughout the Middle Ages and the crusades.

The twentieth century recorded the worst genocide of European Jews in modern history. It started in Germany, a nation of Catholic and Lutheran Christians.

Today that age old satanic evil has raised its ugly head once again. The horror we’re seeing throughout America is reminiscent of 1933 Nazi Germany.

With this history, is it any wonder that our Jewish brethren would mistrust and detest Christians, and the Christ we call our Savior?  Many Crusaders left in their wake the bodies of hundreds of Jews as they made their way to the Holy Land. Jews lost their homes, families, property, and lives in a frenzy of anti-Jewish feeling among many European Christians.

This evil isn’t from the Jewish Savior we worship; it is the work of men throughout history who have come against the Lord’s people. Their allegorizing of Scripture to fit their own desires has produced demonic hatred and jealousy of the Jewish people.

Replacement theology is a lie from the very pit of hell.

The Lord told us He will bless those who bless them and curse those who curse them.

Which will you choose?

As for me and mine, we choose the Lord’s blessings of loving His people.

[Part 1], [Part 2], [Part 3], [Part 4], [Part 5], [Part 6]

© 2024 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Sidney Secular

April 2, 2024

As the Covidiocy conspiracy lengthened, the online vitriol expressed through the lunacy of leftist statements and positions both increased and intensified. Government directed lockdowns exacerbated the anti-social effects caused by increased isolation, and as leftists  participated the most in these lockdowns, they were the most and the worst afflicted. Families already under the strain of social discord splintered and the nation’s familial spirit rapidly evaporated in the remorseless and hate-filled milieu. Social events and sports activities, often a safety valve for cultural pressures, were cancelled and this resulted not only in boredom, but a general feeling of helplessness and bewilderment that resulted in a sharp increase in mental illness and attendant anti-social behavior. The World Health Organization reported that this epidemic of cultural craziness triggered a worldwide 25% increase in both depression and anxiety. This fact was verified through an NIH published study showing suicide rates swelling by as much as 145% from the standard figures.

The need to work from home worsened the weirdness and the stress for those who were not used to functioning in that environment normally. Ordinary office workers lost the normal social contact that gave them purpose other than their jobs while always being on call 24/7 led to blurring of work and home boundaries. Many companies found this “on call” situation to their benefit as the employee was no longer “released” from his or her duties simply because the clock had reached 5 pm. This ongoing “serfdom” made of the employee’s residence an extension of the work environment! And this was further exacerbated by the fact that, as many businesses were shutting down, those employees working from home could not afford to run afoul of their employer! It was definitely an employer economy as even unions were of little help. A UN study found that 41% of remote workers reported high stress levels compared to “just” 25% of those workers who were able to work in an office environment.

Then there were the omnipresent Zoom meetings which have since become only slightly less a feature in our society. Relaxing in slacks did not necessarily mean you could slacken your efforts while the setting of one’s home including children no longer attending school, pets and the ordinary vicissitudes of “home life” tended to embarrass all but the most perfect of homemakers. Personally, I have never participated in a Zoom meeting, but I’ve been repeatedly advised that it is highly stressful as you are constantly in a sort of “candid camera” environment in that you – and your home! – have to be on your best behavior, appearance and efficiency 100% of the time! Of course, such a situation is highly unnatural, stressful, and emotionally draining even on an infrequent schedule.

In many larger urban areas, the term “rush hour” lost its meaning as people were out and about at all hours to shop and visit instead of being confined to their office cubicles during normal working hours when there were no lockdowns being enforced. Of course, working from home has its compensations. This is especially true for women in general and especially those with children. When you are at home you can eat when you like and avoid spending large sums on expensive lunches to impress colleagues and customers. On the other hand, that also can have less attractive results. Either you’re more inclined to snack a lot and thus put on weight or, in the alternative, you lose the “schmoozing” that takes place during “business lunches” in many jobs. This new “spare time,” alas, permitted many leftists the opportunity to post vile things on social media attacking conservatives and play around with porn sites thus making money for the perverts and permitting more aberrant sexual behaviors as well. In short, a combination of generous expansions in unemployment benefits, an anemic Bidenista economy, jobs increasingly filled by immigrants, the turning of regular employment into “consultant” work, and lately, AI applications means there will be no significant return to the pre-plannedemic office environment. This has resulted in a constant drumbeat to hire new workers as many companies remain understaffed. Customer service, always a weak part of corporate America has been a major casualty of the thinned out workforce because it doesn’t produce an immediate profit. Thus, this “corporate service” is almost always farmed out to third world countries such as India because their workers are not paid what most Americans are paid. Obviously, the “press 1 for English” option is needed to fill in the short fall and save money. Of course, as a result, Americans now generally receive not only Third World but third rate service including vexing wait times on telephones in order to speak with people for whom English is a third, or fourth . . . or fifth language.

Small irritants and issues now get the people to respond against an increasingly invasive government demand for compliance. This results in the left reacting with sharply increased levels of resistance and foul fulmination against any such response by the enemy on the Right. All that is acceptable for the Left is absolute, complete and immediate compliance with the dictates of the WOKE agenda. The “snowflake syndrome” is one of the results of this lowered level of tolerance. Yet, people are striking back resulting in the above “increased levels of resistance”! For example, Billionaire Elon Musk’s halting of the banning of conservatives on the platform “X” has produced an increase in the number of trolls spewing out hate at alarming levels. Meanwhile, hostility on social media, the medium for so much (un)social discourse, continues to increase with Pew finding that 40% of Americans experience online harassment, with half of those stating the issue involved was politics. Democrats are twice as likely as Republicans to end a friendship over politics and family relationships are notoriously “non-exempt” from this field of conflict.  The weirder the Woker, the greater the stoking and spewing of nasty vitriol. One example of not only the issues but the difference in the reaction of both Left and Right is this: after Target stores received a backlash from conservatives for prominently displaying radical LGBTQ+ merchandise, the stores responded by minimizing these displays. The Left then responded with threats – ostensibly from LGBTQ+ supporters – to place bombs in Target stores! On the one hand you have the threat of economic boycott and on the other, the threat of injury and death! Big difference, don’t you think?

It is difficult to keep track of this hate because it is typically not reported as such. Leftist reporters leave the depredations and fulminations of “their side” out of the statistics. Why? Because they consider them justified reactions to “right wing Christian” hate! Groups like the ADL, The Southern Poverty Law Center, and Human Rights Watch exist to harass those on the Right. This they do by engaging in “lawfare,” the use of the legal system to prosecute (and persecute) their “enemies” while squeezing contributions from their clueless supporters by painting their victims as hateful miscreants. It can’t be that the hate is emanating from the right since, other than on the “X” platform, Big Tech is banning content they deem offensive before that content can be posted, leaving the left with very little to bash. They are not bashful in bashing the little that leaks through the censorship net, however. In contrast, the left has free reign to create fictions that generate mounting friction and the further formation of factions. The mainstream media reinforces this paranoia by publishing trumped up puff pieces on leftist political figures with the assistance of supportive icons from the entertainment field. Meanwhile, having the entire field to itself, the Leftist Media is able to ignore, ditch and/or pulverize any opposing pieces from the right that might sneak under its ubiquitous partisan radar.

To top off this over-the-top program of deceit and dysfunction, the NIH study showed that prior to the plannedemic, the left had already exhibited worse levels of mental illness than the rest of the population while the plannedemic itself exponentially exacerbated these problems and that resulted in massive attacks on the right including vile attacks that often involved death threats. Part and parcel of the left’s increasingly outlandish behavior involves their ongoing (and increasing) practice of psychological projection. This type of mental gymnastics validates the sufferer’s suspicions that the other party – whether a person or an organization – is, in fact, evil. This, in turn, produces an unshakable conviction that what is not real, is, in fact, so. As a result, the deceived person “just knows” the other – whomever that is! – is wicked and dangerous, even if there is no evidence to validate his or her “knowledge.” There are no “gray areas” for this person and therefore no possible rationale projecting both good and bad aspects or features of the individual or the group he has determined is evil. In the end, whatever argument is used, even if there were any good aspects that the individual might be willing to concede, it wouldn’t matter anyway.

This phenomenon is especially displayed when any historical figure fails to condemn or was silent about the institution of chattel (black) slavery a weapon more deadly than bullets when it comes to any study of history. Whoever that person was, whatever they did for the good of the country, if they in any way were involved in slavery, their role as a “force for good” is simply abandoned. Nowhere is this more obvious then in the condemnation of those of our Founding Fathers who owned slaves and that includes men like Thomas Jefferson and George Washington. Washington grew to hate slavery and even opined that if America became established as a nation and slavery was not ended in the South, he would move North! But even that doesn’t matter in these days of righteous stupidity! The man owned slaves, period! And he didn’t free them until his death! Awful – unforgivable!!! Historically, those who did not openly, loudly and eternally condemn slavery during its existence in this country – is automatically persona non grata no matter how much this nation owes to that person.

In the realm of modern communications, accusations from the Left are accepted wholesale no matter how ridiculous they may be. Republicans, and especially Trumpers, are thus considered “bad” (evil) without any doubt or misgivings. “Bad” includes and encompasses the entire plethora of negatives such as evil, racist, scheming, gun loving, white supremacist (even if non-white), Christian nationalist, fascist, neo-Nazi, and, of course, ignorant. If the malcontents are from the Deep South, well, that’s all you really need to know about them! They are geographically condemned! Thus, the J6 protester rabble/deplorables conducted an insurrection and “the greatest assault on our Capitol and democracy since the “Civil War” even if the participants didn’t carry any firearms and were allowed – even invited into that building! (The doors to the Capitol can only be opened from the inside!) Democrats and Rhinos are thus justified, even compelled, to mete out unprecedented levels of harsh punishment – now called “justice” – to the supposed traitors, for they are certain that our “democracy”* will fail if they do not. Consequently, the libbers and their ilk remain unmoved by the suffering of many hundreds of otherwise ordinary American citizens and Trump supporters who have been arrested and jailed for grossly exaggerated or non-existent offenses, while being kept in pre-trial detention indefinitely. In this situation they are often locked down in filthy isolation cells for up to 23 hours a day, abused by guards, denied medical care, denied visitation by family members or even their lawyers, despised by their “public defender” attorneys and given  harshly outlandish sentences if and when they go to trial. .[*The United States is NOT a “democracy,” it is (supposed to be) a constitutional Republic!]

Without understanding this process of psychological projection – that is, accusing the other fellow of that of which you yourself are guilty, it is impossible to appreciate how Americans could treat each other do despicably and with such conviction of self-righteousness, or could, in the alternative, endorse such treatment. The game is no longer one of rhetoric, playacting, political sparring or gamesmanship, but one of survival in a hostile environment that has become an actual physical battlefield.

© 2024 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By: Devvy

April 1, 2024

No April Fool’s joke. The shadow government’s plans are being shredded between deliberate, malicious prosecutions falling apart to Americans, regardless of skin color or ethnic background becoming more educated on critical issues while they struggle to put food on the table and gas in the tank to go to work.

In Part 1, I covered election fraud and what must be done precinct by precinct or there will be another fraudulent ‘win’ regardless of which useful puppet the DNC, a criminal syndicate, puts up as their nominee at their convention.  And what city will be hosting that event?  Why, the birthplace of vote fraud jokes for a century!

“Chicago is proof that our city and state’s policies deliver for American families, from a higher minimum wage to green energy production to voting rights and equality.  We can’t wait to welcome the 2024 Democratic National Convention to Chicago.  Because our future is created here.” August 19, 2024

Statistically, murders in Chicago are very high and becoming more violent since early 2023.  Chicago where Marxist Hussein Obama set up camp to spread his “transform America” destructive agenda.  Chicago, another city proclaiming to be the myth called a ‘sanctuary city’ with the mayor now begging crook Joe Biden for massive bux as they’re over run with illegal aliens.  Paid for by you and me with borrowed “dollars” from the “Fed”.

Higher minimum wage laws are already eliminating jobs in the fast-food industry.  Fast Food CEOs Warn Of Dire Consequences Coming over New $20 Fast Food Minimum Wage – “$20 an hour sounds great until you learn that you’ve been replaced by a kiosk’.  Those 500,000 fast food employees that Newsom so proudly talked about last month, well, when 2025 comes, we will be seeing a lot less of them.”  Kiosk’s don’t require workmen’s comp or health care insurance.

Trump has promised that on day one: Trump blames ‘Biden’s border invasion’ for Laken Riley murder, vows ‘largest deportation operation’ if elected – ICE confirms murder suspect is illegal immigrant previously arrested in NYC, February 26, 2024

Keep correcting anyone who calls the hordes immigrants, undocumented workers or migrants.  They are illegal aliens, period.  Laken was a 22-year-old nursing student whose life was snuffed out by an illegal alien from Venezuela, Jose Antonio Ibarra. That piece of human garbage beat Laken’s head so bad it cracked her skull.

Ibarra has been charged with felony murder, malice murder, aggravated assault, kidnapping, false imprisonment and a few other charges.  He got to the U.S. through Mexico.  And Americans just continue to buy vegetables and other stuff from Mexico and spend lots of money on vacations to hot spots.  Not me.  I should reward my enemy?  The corrupt Mexican government holds a great deal of responsibility for this human invasion and allowing drug cartels torun his country.  President Obrador crapped his pants after Trump’s announcement and now threatens us?

Video: Mexican president threatens to increase illegal immigration in US, March 25, 2024 – “Mexican President Andrés Manuel López Obrador threatened that the “flow” of illegal immigrants into the United States “will continue” unless President Joe Biden’s administration agrees to his demands for the U.S. to provide billions of dollars to Latin American countries, remove sanctions on Venezuela, end the embargo of Cuba, and grant work visas to millions of illegal immigrants inside the U.S.”

So, how do those avocados, lettuce and tomatoes from Mexico taste while our country is being invaded while Americans are raped, robbed and murdered by illegal aliens aided by Mexico’s president?  And now America is supposed to bend over and kiss your corrupt ass president Obrador or you’ll continue to allow the hordes to invade OUR country?  I think not.

Take a look at this short video clip:  Combat Veteran Motorcycle Association annual meeting.  Ready to lawfully defend our constitutional republic under the Second Amendment:  A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed.

As president, Trump swears to uphold the laws of these united States of America and that means illegal aliens get rounded up and shipped out and calling up the militia:  Article II, Sec. 2 of the U.S. Constitution:  The President shall be commander in chief of the Army and Navy of the United States, and of the militia of the several states, when called into the actual service of the United States;

I addressed this in the two-part series below and a president most certainly has the power and obligation under the Second Amendment to call forth the constitutional militia when we are being invaded.

Illegal Aliens: Can Trump’s Deportation Plan Work? – Part 1

Illegal Aliens: Can Trump’s Deportation Plan Work? – Part 2

Second, Trump is going to need Congress to immediately pass Dirty Harry Reid’s (Deceased corrupt DemonRat senator from NV) 76-page bill that will cause millions and millions of illegals to self-deport and Mexico’s president can make all the threats he wants. The Immigration Stabilization Act [S.1351].  This is one of the reasons everyone must get out there and vote:  While Congress (both chambers) is infested with RINO’s, Trump can put enough pressure on them – as well as We the People, to get that bill passed into law.

A Bill: Stop All Public Welfare in Any Form for Illegal Aliens, August 24, 2014, my column and I made one recommendation here.

Yeah, ten years down the road and look at the tragedy and destruction from this human invasion that could have been avoided. Republicans held the majority in both chambers of Congress for 18 months and could have passed that bill, Trump signs it. Instead, they did nothing but blame Democrats.  Why? Because too many of them are owned by the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and take campaign donations from organizations that are pro-open borders for cheap labor.  Migrants exploiting border wall gaps contaminate crops, threaten nation’s food security, Arizona farmers say – “After shipping containers were removed from the border wall gaps, Arizona farmers raise concerns over food safety”

Abortion. Who would have ever thought electing a president or member of Congress was hinged on legalizing killing unborn human beings. Innocent babies.  THAT is why women voters who scream and yell about “protecting a woman’s reproduction rights voted for serial liar and crook, Joe Biden and that nitwit Legs-in-the-Air, Kamala Harris, who has no biological children of her own. Wonder if she’s had an abortion(s)?

Late term abortion.  How many states now allow abortion on demand right up to the moment of birth?  It’s murder.

Second Trimester, unborn baby. Second trimester is weeks 13-27.

For votes.

Abortion is still legal in too many states so why is Trump doing this?  Trump promotes abortion compromise as Democrats push issue in 2024 race – “Trump reportedly discussed 16-week abortion ban with advisers, March 17, 2024 – “Former President Trump weighed in on the abortion debate, which has been a politically fraught subject for Republicans.  Reports claim Trump has discussed having a ban on abortions after 16 weeks of pregnancy with three exceptions: rape, incest and the life of the mother.” Politics over life.

16 weeks:  Baby’s eyes move.  Fetal development 14 weeks after conception

“Sixteen weeks into your pregnancy, or 14 weeks after conception, your baby’s head is erect. His or her eyes can slowly move. The ears are close to reaching their final position. Your baby’s skin is getting thicker.

“Your baby’s limb movements are becoming coordinated and can be detected during ultrasound exams. However, these movements are still too slight to be felt by you.  By now your baby might be more than 4 1/2 inches (120 millimeters) long from crown to rump and weigh close to 4 ounces (110 grams).”

As I have written for decades:  No one is trying to deny women the right to reproduce.  What’s so barbaric is killing what you have reproduced; a beating heart heard at 18 days.  How many times have we watched screaming females bolstered by Hollywood stars ‘Our body, our right’.  Well, how about that living human being housed inside your body?  Here’s what happens during a ‘partial birth abortion’:

“After dilating the cervix, the physician will grab the fetus by its feet and pull the fetal body out of the uterus into the vaginal cavity. At this stage of development, the head is the largest part of the body…the head will be held inside the uterus by the woman’s cervix. While the fetus is stuck in this position, dangling partly out of the woman’s body, and just a few inches from a completed birth, the physician uses an instrument such as a pair of scissors to tear or perforate the skull. The physician will then either crush the skull or will use a vacuum to remove the brain and other intracranial contents from the fetal skull, collapse the fetus’ head, and pull the fetus from the uterus.”

Trump went on to say in the interview above:  “Pretty soon, I’m going to be making a decision. And I would like to see if we could do that at all. I would like to see if we could make both sides happy,” Trump said on “MediaBuzz” on Sunday.”  Make both sides happy about murdering a live human being?  An unborn baby does feel pain, that’s a proven fact.  But, the bottom line is the GOP used to stand for protecting the innocent.  Now it’s bargain time for when to kill that innocent life for votes.

I will vote for Trump in November because I know he personally is pro-life.  If you need help on this issue, this short 3:18 video is the one to watch (video 1).  So many women who’ve had an abortion have a difficult time mentally (grief, guilt) and serious medical problems.  There’s no shame in asking for help.

One of the biggest hoaxes ever:  Climate change.  Trump opposed most of the climate change cult’s legislation when president and he hasn’t changed his mind.  He withdrew the U.S. from the globalist’s destructive ‘Paris Agreement’.  The lying cheat now in the WH signed back up lickety-split.  The climate change hoax has and continues to destroy our nation’s energy industry and Trump intends to reverse that.

On issues like education, Trump has not changed his mind that parents should have more control over local schools.  In fact, as he said in 2016, he would like to see the unconstitutional Federal Department of Education abolished.  This would have to be done by Congress, not an Executive Order.  Crowd cheers as Trump calls for the abolition of the Department of Education (2022) –“Last month, former Secretary of Education Betsy DeVos, who served in Trump’s administration, told a conservative education summit that the department she once led for four years should be abolished.

“I personally think the Department of Education should not exist,” said DeVos at the Moms for Liberty summit, per the Florida Phoenix.  DeVos argued that the federal department should be abolished to leave education policy decisions to state and local boards. According to the Florida Phoenix, this was also met with cheers.

“Indeed, the calls for abolishing the federal agency precede DeVos. Rep. Thomas Massie, backed by Reps. Last year, Lauren Boebert, Matt Gaetz, and Andy Biggs introduced a bill to abolish the US Department of Education.”

In 1980, Ronald Reagan promised that if elected, he would get that unconstitutional department abolished. That promise was abandoned after his election. While campaigning for his doomed-to-lose bid for the presidency, Bob Dole said on Sept. 9, 1996, while in Georgia, “We’re going to cut out the Department of Education.” At that time, the GOP presidential platform read, in part:

“Our formula is as simple as it is sweeping: The federal government has no constitutional authority to be involved in school curricula or to control jobs in the workplace. That is why we will abolish the Department of Education, end federal meddling in our schools, and promote family choice at all levels of learning.

“We therefore call for prompt repeal of the Goals 2000 program and the School-To-Work Act of 1994, which put new federal controls, as well as unfunded mandates, on the States. We further urge that federal attempts to impose outcome- or performance-based education on local schools be ended.”

Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY] introduces H.R. 899 every two years.  That bill still sitting in Congress this session has 30 co-sponsors, all Republicans.  PRIVATE teacher’s unions have and continue to destroy public education and they do it by buying the favors of state legislators and members of Congress and the American people keep voting back in the same miscreants every two years.

America’s school children have been cheated out of a real education for decades while dumbing them down and shoving “social justice” down their throats.

Keeping us out of wars.  There was already a sane withdrawal plan to leave Afghanistan under Trump.  Then the BIG steal and then the worst military blunder in our history which cost the lives of 13 of our service members and left thousands of Americans stranded thanks to lying incompetent cheat, China Joe in the WH.  Trump was very successful in his dealings with other heads of state and keeping us out of more wars.  I have no doubt he will be very effective on that issue.

The economy.  The constant lies vomited up by pedo Joe’s press secretary, brain dead sexual deviant, Karine Jean-Pierre, about our great economy is disgusting.  Americans are hurting so badly because of inflation while Treasury Secretary, Janet Yellen, another lying POS, tries to convince the American people all is well in la-la land.

The greatest (in scope) depression the world has ever known is underway and there’s no way to stop it before mass destruction of people’s lives.  Trump is a sharp, shrewd businessman and fully understands the problem with fiat currency and currency manipulation.  A few tax cuts will not make a dent because world governments – including ours – are broke.  Debt run up by both parties is killing us and the worst is yet to come, I’m sorry to say.

These are just three excellent articles I hope will help Americans understand just how dire the situation is.  Oh, I have dozens more saved, but these hopefully will help you plan for what’s underway.

Greyerz – This Global Collapse Will Be One For The History Books  //  Global Ponzi Scheme Quickly Approaching A Day Of Reckoning, Gerald Celente //  Central Banks And The Global Debt Catastrophe For Governments, Businesses, And Ordinary People,  Alasdair Macleod:

“The ineptitude of the monetary planners is now sharply focused by events in Argentina, whose new president has vowed to close the central bank and introduce a currency board for the peso backed by the US dollar. Far from being a maverick politician, President Milei is being well advised. Currency boards work, imposing an automatic discipline on government spending.  This opens up the debate between free banking without central banks under gold standards, and the fiat currency system which gives central banks the power of debasement.”

Former U.S. House Rep. Dr. Ron Paul introduced a bill in 2007 to abolish the EVIL, unconstitutional “Federal” Reserve Banking Act of 1913.  Not a single cosponsor.  The American people were torpedoed in 2008, despite warnings for over two years by economists who understand central banks and fiat currency.  For all the blather from Congress about spending by both parties, they went right back to their reckless spending, cheered on by close to half the country who now depend on mother government or for pet projects Congress has NO constitutional authority to fund.

How the US Federal Debt Has Gone Parabolic…March 30, 2024 (Emphasis mine)– “The federal debt has been recently increasing by $1 trillion every 100 days. That’s $10 billion per day, $416 million per hour.  In fact, Uncle Sam’s debt has risen by $470 billion in the first two months of this year to $34.5 trillion and is on pace to surpass $35 trillion in a little over a month, $37 trillion well before year’s end, and $40 trillion some time in 2025. That’s about two years ahead of the current CBO (Congressional Budget Office) forecast.”

Art II of the U.S. Constitution specially defines what a president can do, period.  He can use the power of his office to persuade Congress this and this must get done, but Trump will only be able fulfill most of his campaign promises if Congress passes constitutional bills he can sign into law.  The use of Executive Orders must be curtailed in the near future.

We keep hearing ‘Biden’s budget’.  No where in Article II does it say the president submits a budget.  Section 3 of Article II:  “He shall from time to time give to the Congress information of the state of the union, and recommend to their consideration such measures as he shall judge necessary and expedient;”

Trump is going to inherit a bankrupt government and a disastrous financial situation.  What can he do?  What he SHOULD do is call Dr. Edwin Vieira and stop listing to economists like Stephen Moore (Project 2025).  IMHO, no one in this country understands the issue of the Fed better than Dr. Vieira.  I’ve learned so much over the decades reading Edwin’s books, columns and watching his speeches.  Cure the cancer instead of more Band Aids:

The Road Not Taken, Nov. 8, 2011: “We must demand constitutional money. Even if redeemable in gold, the Federal Reserve Note is not constitutional money. It is not a “dollar”. It is not even “lawful money”, because according to the very statute defining it, it is to be “redeemed in lawful money”. Self-evidently, the thing to be redeemed and the thing that redeems it cannot be the very same thing.”

A Cross of Gold, May 10, 2011 and A Cross of Debt, February 10, 2012, also by Edwin are truly exceptional pieces Americans should read.  If people read one column a day (both are a series) they will fully understand just what we’re up against with all this massive spending and unpayable debt.  Do share this with family and friends because their very survival is going to depend on being prepared.

It broke my heart back in 2008 to see MILLIONS of Americans lose their homes, livelihoods and sanity.  CONgress never cured the cancer, they just kept kicking the can down the road.  However, many millions of Americans now understand the problem with debt, spending and central banks.  Americans need to understand Trump is going to be handed this monster sized disaster and hopefully he will take the right road but he will have to have Congress on his side – both parties.  I addressed this more fully in my last column.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

[Part 1], [Part 2]

© 2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on X. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Related:

Mexico’s Socialist President Lopez Obrador Threatens to Interfere in American Elections – Announces Plan to Ensure “Not One Vote” Goes to Republicans, March 11, 2024

ICE Boston just apprehended 4 alleged child rąpists and an MS-13 gang member in one morning. Massachusetts didn’t detain these illegals because of sanctuary policies. The ICE Boston Director said he’s too underfunded to handle the crisis of illegals, March 29, 2024 // Illegal Alien Caught at Border Admits He is a Hezbollah Terrorist, Said “I’m Going to Try to Make a Bomb”, March 17, 2024

South Carolina Lawmaker at Trump Rally Highlights Story of 3-Year-Old Maddie Hines, Killed by Illegal Alien, Feb. 1, 2024 //  Florida deputy killed by illegal immigrant in hit-and-run before fleeing scene, sheriff says  //  Police: Illegal Alien Killed 76-Year-old Philanthropist in Drunk Driving Crash – Are you or one of your loved ones next?

Behind Massive Mail-in Ballot Push Is a Little-Noticed Executive Order, March 28, 2024 – “The federal government is using its vast resources and its largest agencies to register new voters and expand mail-in balloting, with the help of nonprofits…Other agencies, including the Department of Education, the Department of Agriculture, the Department of Health and Human Services, and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, are also carrying out campaigns to sign up new voters. On Feb. 26, Vice President Kamala Harris lauded a federal plan to use work-study grants to pay students to register voters.”

Importing crime and violence which is increasing by the day.  It WILL come to your city and town, mark my words:

Texas has arrested an additional 70 illegals on rioting charges in connection with this March 21 assault at the US southern border in El Paso. Authorities confiscated knives and shanks from some of the illegals involved in the riot, March 29, 2024

ICE Boston just apprehended 4 alleged child rąpists and an MS-13 gang member in one morning. Massachusetts didn’t detain these illegals because of sanctuary policies. The ICE Boston Director said he’s too underfunded to handle the crisis of illegals, March 29, 2024

Robert Kennedy Chooses as VP – The World Economic Forum, March 30, 2024

By Lex Greene

April 1, 2024

For almost 40-years now, I have studied and written about trends in American politics, as well as global geopolitics, and at the end of the day, it just isn’t that hard to see what happens and why it happens.

For anyone interested in completely understanding the blood sport of politics, I recommend reading two books, if you can lay your hands on them today, The Prince – by Machiavelli, and The Great Game of Politics – by Frank R. Kent (circa 1920s).

Begin with this historically accurate fact… politics is a dirty blood sport, it always has been, and likely always will be. That’s because politics is the constant search for individual power and wealth, involving people with an insatiable thirst for power over others. The truth is, no government in human history has ever been deserving of the people’s trust, much less their admiration.

Yet, average electors (voters) the world over tend to get caught up in the made-for-tv pageantry of the sport, like spectators in the stands placing their bets on their favorite teams down on the field, as if they can affect the outcome of the game from the stands. Average folks tend to look at politicians like special people, “leaders” and even “rulers” they believe have their best interests at heart. Nothing could be further from the truth…

Fundamentally, politics is a scam of all scams. It’s a great con, telling people what they want to hear, to gain their confidence and support, with no intention of ever serving the best interests of the people, once elected. And even when the voters have witnessed this reality over and over again, they still “hope” to get a better outcome in the next election cycle, than was achieved in a hundred previous elections. The only hope we have is in “outsiders.”

It’s a Divide and Conquer Mission

For the ruling class elites to acquire and maintain ultimate power over the governed, they must divide the electorate and pit the people against each other, keeping them so busy fighting amongst themselves that there is no time or attention given to the real enemy of all Citizens…government.

The most common tactics used to accomplish this are;

1. Issue Driven Divisions – abortion, race, gender, religion, climate, medicine, economics, cancel-culture, lies, false science, socio-economics, global “boogie man” threats that aren’t real, and a laundry list of others.
2. The “Hurt and Rescue” Mission – First, convince every citizen that they are a “victim” of something, from someone (else). Then, create conditions that truly do victimize the citizenry, in order to convince us that we need “them” to save us from the hell they created.
3. Control of All Public Information – So that their narrative used to divide and conquer you, is the only narrative allowed in the public domain, hence the massive efforts to censor mass media and all social media platforms. (The current attack on Tik Tok has nothing to do with CCP spy operations. It has everything to do with the ruling elites inability to control content on Tik Tok the way they do on Facebook, X (twitter), Instagram, even Truth Social, and all others.)

In reality, there are only two sides in the battle for the future of America, even though many have been Pavlov trained to think that there are many more nuanced factions in the fight.

The American Side – Those who believe in Freedom for all, Individual Liberty, national sovereignty and security, a fundamental Right to Life for every innocent human being, free-market economics, honesty, integrity, morality, ethics, self-governance, self-reliance, limited government, law and order, equal justice under the law for all legal citizens, and…the beacon of hope for freedom and liberty around the world.

The anti-American Side – Those who believe they are “global citizens” and that there should be no borders, no national sovereignty or security, no freedom and liberty for anyone, dishonest politicians and elections, Marxist economic theories that have failed the world over, every sexual perversion known to man, a right to murder their own children in the womb, fake medicine, and science, race-baiting, the power to cancel anyone with different views, cheating to win, weaponized political justice, … well, you get it.

Every American is in one camp or the other and the battle for the future of America is between these two competing factions, not republicans vs. democrats, conservatives vs. liberals, whites vs. blacks, or men vs. women. Every eligible voter in the USA will cast their ballot on the basis of these two competing agendas for America, whether or not they are smart enough to know it.

Now, America’s Democrat Party

All political groups have strengths and weaknesses. The Democrat Party’s strength is their ability to con millions of people, despite those people’s ability to see truth that counters the lies told by democrats in every election cycle, and “community organize them” like an army. Another is democrat’s ability to convince their loyalists to vote against their opponents, after the party spends billions in fake news to make them hate the opponent.

But the weakness in this party is this…

Sooner or later, they never fail to over-estimate themselves, under-estimate their opponents, over-play their hand, and in the end, eat their own…as rats jump the sinking ship.

As polling data shows support for Biden and Harris, or any democrat politician today, sinking into the political abyss, the party has become panicked, calling Obama and Clinton to come raise $26-million for Biden, who is the most unpopular president in US History as of today. Wait until you see who gave them that money in half-million-dollar chunks…that money was not raised by 500 $100 tickets to the event, accounting for only $50,000 of the $26-million allegedly raised.

Even millions of democrat voters who foolishly voted for Biden in 2020 have shifted to Trump in 2024, after living through the insane policies that every American has felt since January 2021. The world has watched the Democrat Party use every dirty trick (lawfare) in the book to prevent President Trump from appearing on the 2024 ballot, because democrats know they can’t beat him in 2024 if he is on that ballot.

The world once thought that maybe Trump was engaged in “Russian Collusion,” until the evidence proved it was Hillary Clinton and the DNC who was involved in Russian (global) collusion, creating false criminal accusations against Trump using a multitude of “foreign agents” from numerous countries to do it.

Well, when Obama said he would “fundamentally transform America” back in 2008, he was serious. He has indeed done exactly that. Because the Constitution limits the Oval Office to just two terms by any occupant, the democrat party figured out how to give Obama a 3^rd term, as the great and wonderful Oz behind the curtain, controlling the Biden Administration from behind the scenes.

The great “community organizer” was able to get two complete idiots installed in the Oval Office, Biden, and Harris, via unlawful and unconstitutional election processes in 2020, allegedly under “state of emergency” conditions due to the Wuhan Flu developed in and released from a partner bioweapons lab in China. A classic “hurt and rescue” mission…

Following the successful coup d’état in 2020, democrats went for broke, over-estimating themselves, under-estimating their opponents, and over-playing their hand…and now, they have painted themselves into a political corner and the American electorate is turning on them in mass numbers. They are in a state of full panic, which is why they had to drag Obama and Clinton out to try to save Biden/Harris 2024.

Meanwhile, what democrats have been doing since 2008, they tell their voters “it’s republicans who have a plan to steal the 2024 elections.” Never before in USA history has an unarmed campaign rally been falsely labeled an “insurrection.” Never before has challenging the legitimacy of an election been deemed an effort to “overthrow an election.” But that’s where our country is now!

The party has painted itself into a corner that they cannot escape, unless they find a way to make sure Trump isn’t on the 2024 ballot. A no-holds-barred and scorched earth effort will unfold in the coming days and weeks, in their desperate attempt to remove Trump from the race, knowing they cannot defeat him in any remotely honest election.

Now, it’s critical for me to point out that very few modern Americans are cut from the same mold as our nation’s Founders – – – very few. As a result, the likelihood of any significant number of “patriots” rising up together in any united front is very small. I’d say single digit odds.

This means that every Citizen on TEAM AMERICA will have to stand together in the 2024 elections, or their country will be gone for all future generations. This is no time for petty differences and divisions over such childish things as “I just don’t like him.” They can’t affect the outcome of the game from the bleachers, they will have to get down on the field and get their hands dirty to win.

If they don’t defeat the anti-Americans via elections, they won’t defeat them any other way either! Trust me, despite all of the online rhetoric, people who won’t do easy things never do hard things.

Believe this… evil never rests. It is working around the clock every single day, to destroy everything and everyone that is good. If good rests for even a second, it loses ground. In a nation where over 70% claim the Christian faith, it’s unimaginable how our country can be so flooded with pure evil. There’s only one explanation for that…

Modern Christians do not live their claimed faith in every day life, certainly not in the election booth. Until they do, evil will consume this nation. “Faith without works is dead.” We either save this Republic in this election, or we will not be able to save it at all.

Evil will win, so long as your silence and inaction remains your consent.

© 2024 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 1, 2024

Time Magazine announced “The Earth Awards 2024” in its current April 2, 2024 issue now on newsstands and/or in your mailbox. The editor celebrated some of the biggest names in entertainment, politics and the environment—-for their work toward solving climate change.

John Kerry and Jane Fonda rose “BIG” on the pages of the magazine. Their main topic: climate change. Or, as this journalist names it: catastrophic climate destabilization. Either way, humans and all life on this planet face one grueling, cruel and nasty ride.

With the 100,000,000 (million) barrels of oil being burned every single day of the year, you can only imagine the amount of carbon and carbon particulate exploded into the atmosphere. When you add billions of tons of coal, the biosphere cannot clean itself fast enough. From there, all those pollutants must fall encased in raindrops. Most of it falls into our oceans. All that carbon turns our oceans acidic, as well as warms the waters. It creates havoc for reefs, fish species and plankton.

This journalist learned about it from top scientists while I worked and lived in Antarctica for a summer on the ice 1997-98. I wrote for the government paper, The Antarctic Sun. I remember a man named Rutledge who showed me the climate change models and what they meant. I said, “Why don’t you broadcast this information to mainstream press? Good grief, this kind of sudden climate destabilization will wreak incredible damage to the entire ecology of the planet.” He said, “That’s your job.”

When I returned to the states, I wrote a book, Antarctica: An Extreme Encounter. It still publishes on Amazon. I announced the climate change dilemma to 60 Minutes, NPR and PBS. I tried to interview on all of them. They wouldn’t touch it. The one thing I discovered about the mainstream media is that those folks deliberately choose to keep the American people in the dark. As a result, nothing has been done about climate change for 25 plus years. I can enumerate another dozen serious problems the mainstream press keeps from the American public.

Now, we’re seeing our changing climate burn-up our summers. We’re seeing it in 100,000-to-200,000-acre wildfires. We’re seeing it scorch our landscape. We’re seeing it in 100 species a day suffering extinction, worldwide. We’ll see more of it as our electrical grids overload their capacity. It’s affecting every aspect of our civilization.

So now, you’ve got Joe Biden and/or his handlers because he really doesn’t have a clue as to what’s going on day to day because of his dementia—-telling us to buy electric cars/trucks, to stop using gas stoves, turn down your thermostat, and more restrictions on our lives.

But what kills me stems from the fact that Jane Fonda, Joe Biden and/or his handlers, John Kerry and all the other big guns refuse to address: what’s driving catastrophic climate destabilization.

While we’re being forced toward carbon-neutral, China adds one coal-fired electrical plant every week of the year. India very nearly the same. Hundreds of countries keep burning fuel to travel, heat, warm their food and warm their houses. Why are they adding THAT many coal-fired electrical plants? Answer: China adds 8,000,000 people, net gain, annually. India adds 14,000,000 people, net grain annually.

So, what drives the changing climate crisis that the mainstream media ignores and, in fact, suppresses? Answer: human population growth is the single greatest driver of catastrophic climate destabilization.

“We must alert and organize the world’s people to pressure world leaders to take specific steps to solve the two root causes of our environmental crisis—exploding population growth and wasteful consumption of irreplaceable resources. Over-consumption and overpopulation underlie every environmental problem we face today.” Jacques-Yves Cousteau

How do you figure that our top leaders in Washington DC and our mainstream media can devote so much ink to this climate change predicament, but NOT address the driver? How can Jane Fonda and John Kerry, along with the rest of them be THAT stupid?

Answer: beats the hell out of me!

“The U.S. will set a record in the rate of rise—and fall of an empire. Between wide open borders and fall of the dollar and growing population against a declining resource base, the US will be defeated from within. Mobs will rule the streets in the nation that is now the third largest in the world and unable to support its population except by taking resources from other countries.” Arnold Toynbee, historian

You might think to yourself, “Yeah, but that’s India and China’s problem.”

No, it’s humanity’s problem. The third world adds 83,000,000 (million) people, net gain annually. Why do you think environmental refugees are storming the borders of Europe, Canada and America? Answer: they’ve overloaded their own countries’ ability to feed, work and house such horrific numbers.

And now, as you can see on the nightly news, our country no longer possesses borders. We’re no longer a country. We are a destination for the world’s excess refugees.

Reality check: before Joe “Dementia” Biden took office, the United States accepted 1,000,000 legal refugees annually, 1,000,000 of our own babies, net gain annually, 500,000 illegal aliens, and 1,000,000 immigrant births annually for a total of 3,500,000 net gain, over deaths. With Biden’s open borders, we see 11 to 12 million illegal aliens now residing in America in the past 40 months. They overwhelm everything. They are causing us to add 100,000,000 more people by mid-century to jump from 340,000,000 to 440,000,000 (million). In a few words: our civilization faces cataclysmic consequences with THAT many people.

As you can see, Time Magazine interviewed Jane and John, but they won’t interview yours truly or the 20 top experts that I’ve recommended dozens of times over the past 25 years since I reported from Antarctica.

So, what will electrical cars and no more gas stoves solve as to changing climate? Answer: none of it will do squat. They are fooling you, fooling themselves and fooling the future of children.

Therefore, if you keep beating a dead horse; can it recover? What do you think?

What’s my guess as to the future of our civilization? Answer: it’s going to get really, really ugly.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com